Home

Technical Publication Direction 5394141 Revision 1 GE Healthcare

1. 8 S 9 8 S B Figure 8 15 Disassemble Monitor from STD arm While unscrew the hinge hexa screw from the arm keep hold the monitor to prevent drop down 2 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 6 Functional Tests Power On Boot Up Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 15 LCDMON II Assy amp LCD Panel with filter 9394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 5 Equipment Function Validation Procedure passed all required tests and is ready for use Functional Checks See Also Chapter 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 Flexible LCD Arm Removal Procedure 8 2 6 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers e Allen Unbraco wrench e Stubby screwdriver Flat tip and Cross tip 8 2 6 2 Preparations e Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker e Maneuver control console to a suitable position for removing the monitor 8 2 6 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the LCD cable cover Figure 8 16 Removing the LCD cable cover 2 Unscrew 1 screw 2306565 BH M4x16 WHT to remove the power cord bracket assembled under the LCD cable cover F
2. Ovaj simbol ozna ava da se otpad elektri ne i elektronske opreme sme odlagati zajedno sa obi nim gradskim sme em ve se mora pokupiti posebno Molimo vas da kontaktirate ovla enog predstavnika proizvo a a svoje opreme kako bi ste se informisali o njenom pravilnom rashodu Tento symbol ozna uje e odpad elektrick ho a elektronick ho materi lu sa nesmie vyhadzova do netrieden ho komun lneho odpadu ale mus sa likvidova oddelene Viac inform ci o likvid cii v ho zariadenia v m poskytne poveren z stupca v robcu Ta simbol obele ava da se elektronski otpad in elektronska oprema ne sme odlagati skup z navadnim mesnim otpadom ter se mora pobrat posebej Prosimo vas da kontaktirate poobla enega prodajalca opreme kako bi se informirali o njenem pravilnem rashodu Este s mbolo indica que el equipo el ctrico y electr nico no debe tirarse con los desechos dom sticos y debe tratarse por separado Contacte con el representante local del fabricante para obtener m s informaci n sobre la forma de desechar el equipo Denna symbol anger att elektriska och elektroniska utrustningar inte f r avyttras som osorterat hush llsavfall och m ste samlas in separat Var god kontakta en auktoriserad tillverkarrepresentant f r information ang ende avyttring av utrustningen Section 1 2 Important Conv
3. Le P3RLY ASSY E EE S B FrontEnd E gt CL1TRX ASSY w AE NN 3 X33 R ACWD ASSY option gt ul m omm cuc c MIR e gt o o lt SYSCONPM ASSY 5 5 55 ARP ASSY 40 BOX ASSY _______ Figure 5 8 LOGIQ P5 Main board Structure P2RLY ASSY o Front End 2 BL1TRX ASSY c n lt x 7 r gt ITI suuamuikunaaqauvusaaaanarsuunaqakanqaquruiunaakunnaaqaqunanaaqanunquaqaqunania ee SELEENA SYSCONCM ASSY Back End APS APS Pro ASSY ARP ASSY 4D BOX ASSY lt lt S gt Option Figure 5 9 LOGIQ A5 A5Pro Main board Structure The Front End generates the strong burst transmitted by the probes as ultrasound into the body It also receives weak ultrasound echoes from blood cells and body structure amplifies these signals and converts them to an digital signal Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 9 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 4 Main Board Detail conta The digital representation of this signal is presented to the Mid Processor section P3RLY Relay This PSRLY is for LOGIQ M P5 or LOGIQ A5 A5Pro with 3port upgrade kit P3RLY Assy contains 3 connectors for probe interface and arrays
4. LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL ECG module option P AC Inlet M Core Filter v Hard D isk AC Filter Module wild V 2401 DVD RW AC TRANS i 100 240V or100V 120V APC ASSY option SPEAKER SPEAKER j fo ASSY ASSY LPS keybord ASSY LPS LEDON ASSY Sub Keybord ASSY LCD PANEL LP 5 Main keybord 155 AIN KEY Controller TRACK BALL uncion TGC CTRL KEYS From SYSCONPM Backplane Assy Figure 5 4 LOGIQ P5 System Block Diagram cont d Section 5 3 Block Diagram GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 3 2 LOGIQ A5 A5Pro Block Diagram Differences between LOGIQ P5 and LOGIQ A5 A5Pro are followings CPU Module LOGIQ P5 is Pentium M and LOGIQ A5 A5Pro Celeron M Transmit pulse driver circuit LOGIQ P5 is dual puse driver for CFM mode but LOGIQ A5 A5Pro is single pulse driver So LOGIQ A5 A5Pro circuit is more simple and cheap then LOGIQ P5 Keyboard LOGIQ A5 A5Pro keyboard doesn t have CFM and PDI CWD button ASIG ASSY P2RLY ASSY BLITRX ASSY Probe
5. j C Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests 10 23 GE HEALTHCARE A CAUTION 10 24 DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 9 Probe Leakage Current Test 10 6 9 1 Definition This test measures the current that would flow to ground from any of the probes through a patient who is being scanned and becomes grounded by touching some other grounded surface 10 6 9 2 Generic Procedure Measurements should be made with the ground open and closed with power line polarity normal and reversed and with the unit Off and On For each combination the probe must be active to find the worst case condition POLARITY REVERSING SWITCH H BLACK PROBE Q CONSOLE OUTLET G GREEN I MOMENTARY SWITCH LEAKAGE TEST METER Figure 10 9 Set Up for Probe Leakage Current NOTE Each probe will have some amount of leakage current dependent on its design Small variations in probe leakage currents are normal from probe to probe Other variations will result from differences in line voltage and test lead placement 10 6 9 3 Meter Procedure Using Probe Adapter The Dale 600 600E provides a method for testing probes independently from the system The meter utilizes a probe adapter to apply a test potential commonly to all connector pins The probe s imaging area is immersed in a saline solution along with a grounding probe from the meter to complete the current path
6. 7 5 Capturing m arai re deeds 7 6 Reset the P2 Key to Customer s Functionality 7 7 IAIN 0 S 7 8 Common x xs a ead med Seded EE E deiode ace sr d d e feci 7 9 at Ao 7 9 PC Diagnostics Non Interactive Tests 7 10 PC Diagnostics Interactive Tests 7 14 PW CSE 7 16 LED ID CSCHOUOMG acu nd ae SE u S ee ye apa 7 20 CLARA BET TAR ASSy tout de tna Sark pee eum ew ead o es 7 20 PSBEY POREY ASS cutus n tot qtu eee E Reed ur 7 20 SYSCONPM SYSCONCM Assy 7 20 APOARS PIOASSY a eee 7 21 Trouble Shooting Tree 7 22 System Does Not Power On Boot Up 7 22 oyster Does NOU BOOK eter RR ee es 7 23 NOGEN weed oe he 7 26 Unable 16 uyo su Seiad ib DIOC CARO Ea ae secas 7 27 WACKOOU TT INIT TETTE 7 28 Monitor Troubleshooting 7 29 Unable to Record to is xe E ee a a 7 31 Printer TFOUDIESMOOUMG xc recie ice
7. Z lt a 7 Tic KBoY UAT D C P 25 5 OES Kartha FHRS Avit Be n5 Mea RRA Itt Oho fic ABS 2 HNET AR EE FAME ROCK JF RARE XA HEEFT A BTA 5 BU APSE TT ELE ZO WES ATE FS A gt eh H 0 up Ah 1 5 Ael ASAE 50404 OE QA AS HS AS 129 OE MULE els ATON OAD D ore T 33 2 BO 288 ABA 3 SE UI A 0 La Was 172 im Vii GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL DAMAGE IN TRANSPORTATION All packages should be closely examined at time of delivery If damage is apparent write Damage In Shipment on ALL copies of the freight or express bill BEFORE delivery is accepted or signed for by a GE representative or hospital receiving agent Whether noted or concealed damage MUST be reported to the carrier immediately upon discovery or in any event within 14 days after receipt and the contents and containers held for inspection by the carrier A transportation company will not pay a claim for damage if an inspection is not requested within this 14 day period CERTIFIED ELECTRICAL CONTRACTOR STATEMENT FOR USA ONLY All electrical Installations that are preliminary to positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for the equipment
8. punas em eed UE eat emo re Q E 3 nha 5 40 HIS Iy unuy CHR 5 40 Global Service User Interface GSUI 5 41 oervice Home uuu dae iret roe XAR SUR pue 5 42 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL FII6 S TaD i o mt hdc qd donor dam d aedes Mon d 5 43 buy k 5 45 Mage Quali ve ve 5 46 52 SS tt oe eee ees 5 46 ODIO DIOE bade D eed eee bee ee ga an 5 47 dee ted eed Maan ie Bee Seatac Say 5 49 MEDIACCINCNE dc Eee paie Red e a Sect dte 5 50 5 50 Remote Software Option Installation and Updates 5 51 RES Senvice For Hequesb 4 3 e RR ee CEA te wee 5 52 Genelia suyakuspa ws wa 5 52 System Checkout Procedure 5 52 sending RFS PIOCedUIe 22934 quide di dodo tco cd Sog SER 5 54 eod Sarakaya eco dad AR Oe ee Rec dod dtd 5 56 General wem Ded aon hea eae MU ERR 5 56 a edet tek aie Ps dive wore Lathe hae hada da ates bas 5 56
9. O O TO j 2 N O mm BA N 9 41584 Screwdriver slotted 1 4 in X 6 in 9 GH300ME Steel Rule Metric 6 inch 9 4118 Screwdriver Phillips 22 Stubby 9 XL9920 Xcelite hex Blade 050 inch i Kcelte hex Blade 1 16 inch Xcelite hex Blade 5 16 inch Xcelte hex Blade 352 inch Xcelte hex Blade 1 8 inc Xcelte hox Blade 532 inch Blade 3 16 inc Section 10 3 Maintenance Task Schedule T mg AITAI RY A e AIOI AINI O N NI N c O N P BA C1 C1 gt O C2 nm C GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Table 10 3 Overview of GE 1 Tool Kit Contents Continued Pisce Oa Table 10 4 Overview of GE 2 Tool Kit Contents GE 2 Sears Kit 99034 9 45381 Socket 1 1 16 in for 1 2 in drive 9 45092 Socket 10MM Hex for 1 2 in drive 2273333 9 42882 Extension 10 inch for 1 2 in drive 2273405 erenaaoneh _ pnus 77702 ex 2 _ Section 10 3 Maintenance Task Schedule 10 5 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 4 2 Special Tools Supplies and Equipment 10 4 2 1 Specific Requirements for Care amp Maintenance
10. PM SOM 5178410 PM SOM 5178410 CM SOM 51 78834 Figure 5 17 Different Label on PM SOM and CM SOM e BIOS display screen are different The BIOS boot screen come up when power on the system The number on the screen is FRU number of each SOM assy The system with PM SOM assy show 5178410 and the system with CM SOM assy shows 5178834 2178410 BIOS 1 0 9178834 BIOS 1 0 Figure 5 18 BIOS Boot Screen of PM SOM and CM SOM 5 20 Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 4 2 BIOS Content e To login to Bios mode press Del key in AN keyboard when bios boot screen comes up after System power on e password for bios login is arirang PM SOM and CM SOM both has same BIOS contents Only difference is CPU description in main bios screen and CPU configuration menu in advanced menu e PM SOM BIOS screen shows the Pentium M CPU configuration But the CM SOM BIOS screen shows the Celeron M CPU configuration BIOS SET UP UTILITY BIOS SET UP UTILITY Advanced Boot Security Power Exit Advanced Boot Security Power Exit System Time HH MM SS System Time HH MM SS System Date xxx MM DD YYYY System Date xxx MM DD YYYY BIOS ID P915RXXX BIOS ID P915RXXX OEM Version GEUKXXXX OEM Version GEUKXXXX Processor Intel Pentium M Processor 1 8 Processor Intel amp Celeron amp M Processor 1 5 CPU Frequency 1800MHz CPU Frequency
11. un S in neis RF Data to SYSCONPM FEBUS connected to SYSCONPM DC POWER from APS Figure 5 2 LOGIQ P5 System Block Diagram Section 5 3 Block Diagram 5 3 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 3 1 LOGIQ P5 Block Diagram cont d 6 From TRANSBOX ARP ASSY APS ASSY DCW 0 LAN Conn option Circuit Breaker for AC Video In Out IF amp Control LV block HV block AC Outlet em D3 3 V USBconn x 6 D5 0 V uc E onus SOUND In Out ACWDASSY S video In Out A12 0 60 FANS THVLM 60 0 FootSW conn HostUSB conn LPS SYSCONPM ASSY PCIBUS SDRAM DSP I TMS320C6415 eMe Decorder LCD I F Ethernet SOM CPU module Intel Pentium M CPU Audio de 10 SDRAM with AMP m I O control SS VG A Audio CHACOM IDE I F Exi T 4 port gt USB APS Video Control encoder Backplane Ta Figure 5 3 LOGIQ P5 System Block Diagram cont d 5 4 Section 5 3 Block Diagram GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 5 3 1 LOGIQ P5 Block Diagram cont d TRANSBOX
12. P N Section 1 1 Overview 1 1 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 1 1 3 1 1 4 Typical Users of the Basic Service Manual Service Personnel installation maintenance etc Hospital s Service Personnel Contractors Some parts of Chapter 2 Pre Installation LOGIQ P5 Models Covered by this Manual Table 1 2 H44662LD H44662LE H44662LF H44662LN H44662LP H44662LR H44662LT H44662L Y H44662LZ H44672LA H44672LB H44672LD H44672LE H44672LF H44672LL H44672LH H44672LJ H44672LK LOGIQ P5 Model Designation Purpose of Operator Manual s LOGIQ P5 SEvICE MANUAL The Operator Manual s should be fully read and understood before operating the LOGIQ P5 and also kept near the unit for quick reference Section 1 1 Overview GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL Section 1 2 Important Conventions 1 2 1 N DANGER N WARNING A CAUTION AN NOTICE NOTE Conventions Used in Book Icons Pictures or icons are used wherever they reinforce the printed message The icons labels and conventions used on the product and in the service information are described in this chapter Safety Precaution Messages Various levels of safety precaution messages may be found on the equipment and in the service information The different levels of concern are identified by a flag word that precedes the precautionary message Known or potential hazar
13. j j ee Low j LL Lom s ee LLL Le mm wm j J mm wee j Le s 1 LL Lee s eo T T T T Isolated Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Ground Definition This test measures the current which would flow to ground from any of the isolated ECG leads The meter simulates a patient who is connected to the monitoring equipment and is grounded by touching some other grounded surface Measurements should be made with the ground open and closed with power line polarity normal and reversed and with the ultrasound console Off and On For each combination the operating controls such as the lead switch should be operated to find the worst case condition Equipment damage possibility Never switch the Polarity when the unit is powered ON Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching the polarity using the POLARITY switch Otherwise the unit may be damaged Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests 10 19 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 6 2 Generic Procedure Measurements should be made with the ground open and closed with power line polarity normal and reversed and with the unit Off and On For each combination the operating controls such as the lead switch should be operated to find the worst case condition Appliance power switch use both off and on positions Pati
14. TX Driver HVL CTX Only v TPG2 2 5 D TPG2 E TX Driver HVH a TPG2 TPG2 Buffer enable signal Control Signal to select TX Driver Figure 5 14 Tx pulse Generation Block Diagram The CTX in CL1TRX generate bipolar transmit pulse and have dual driver for each scan mode for example low voltage driver for PWD or CFM and high voltage for B This board has 64 channels transmit signal drivers Transmit Pulse Generator ASIC control FPGA and so on Transmit pulse are generated by TPG2 ASIC Each TPG2 ASIC makes 16 channels signals so total 4 ASIC are used in CTX in CL1TRX All of control informations for pulse generation pulse width time delay of each channel come from SYSCONPM SYSCONOM in real time via Backplane The control FPGA TRBC FPGA provide interface between SYSCONPM SYSCONCM and TPG2 ASICs and control operation condition of CTX in CL1TRX Main items are TPG2 ASIC A TPG2 ASIC can generate 16 channels logic level transmit pulse signal This ASIC use 2 phase 40MHz clocks for transmit delay control and pulse generation 40Mhz operation clocks are come from L1SYSCON assy Backplane Transmit Pulse Driver TPG2 ASIC generated logic level signal for transmit pulse So this signal need to be expanded to high voltage signal Driver circuit make logic level signal to high voltage level signal THV Switch LOGIQ P5 system use dual transmit high voltage for tran
15. 9 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 Section 9 5 COVERS Figure 9 3 COVERS Section 9 5 COVERS LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 5 COVERS contd em FRU Number Description FRU rax nsa Fence mam ve fm were san fe Table 9 4 COVERS Section 9 5 COVERS GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 Section 9 6PCB LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 9 4 PCB BOARDS Section 9 6 PCB GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 6 PCB conta LONE LC EL Description Qty R1 0 X R2 0 X R3 0 X R4 0 X APS Assy 5166108 LOGIQ P5 LOGIQ A5 Yes Yes Yes Yes CL1TRX Assy 5144578 ee Yes Yes Yes Yes Color Option SLITAX Assy sume IOGIOASONLY re re P3RLY assy 5144579 2 P5 or LOGIQ A5 with 3 Yes 402 port option Make sure to check the removal 404 Backplane assy bjaasajp Plecesdreana ps 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes Backplane Assy before removing and installation the Assy LOGIQ P5 ONLY Make sure to check the removal d SYSCON PM Assy SYSCON CM Assy before removing and installation the Assy 406 LOGIQ A5 ONLY Make sure to check the removal SYSCONCM Ass 5177111 4
16. Figure 4 46 L2SYSCON Diagnostic Test 6 Shut down the system 7 Restart the system 8 Check the basic function of system s different modes Refer to 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 8 and refer to 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 4 9 4 2 Peripheral Test Refer to Section 4 5 Peripheral Checks on page 4 26 Section 4 9 Board Function Checks 4 47 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 5 NOTE APS APS Pro Assy PCB Function Validation Procedure HVL and HVL are not available for APS PRO 1 Turn on the system 2 Do the Service Login Refer to 5 10 2 2 Service Login on page 5 41 3 Select Diagnostics gt LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics gt test gt APS gt APS Overall 4 Execute the diagnostic test 5 All diagnostic test item of APS APS Pro should be passed GEMS Service Home Page Service Browser Erman Linge dl gpl 2 A Diagnostics iugis BH Common Diagnostics Er LOGIQ Dsagnoshics amp Trouble Shooting E y FRU test LISYSCON Started on Thu Apr 17 03 05 18 BST 2008 B CLITEX Start the APS FULL diagnostic APS HV VOLTAGE PASS gd P3RLY amp 1 81V 51 00V 66 00V ACWD 61 23V 66 00V 54 00V 4 ADS 50 72VW 54 00V 66 009 nz 61 34V 66 00V 54 00V r3 80
17. Figure 8 283 Printer VCR DVD Fixture installation top 7 Tie the cable properly using the tie wrap 8 190 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 11 Color Printer Fixture Top Installation UP D25MD Printer 1 Unscrew 2 existing screws from the top cover Figure 8 284 Color Printer Fixture Top Installation 2 Connect the USB cable and Power cable to the Color Printer Figure 8 285 Color Printer Fixture Top Installation 3 Install Fixture DVD bot bracket on the top cover by screwing 2 screws 2327592 FH 4 14 Figure 8 286 Color Printer Fixture Top Installation Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 191 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 11 Color Printer Fixture Top Installation UP D25MD Printer conta 4 Install Top Cable BRKT UPD25MD by screwing 2 screws 2159633 BH M4X8 Figure 8 287 Color Printer Fixture Top Installation 5 Install Color Printer to the DVD top Bracket by screwing 4 screws 2306562 M3X6 Figure 8 288 Color Printer Fixture Top Installation 6 Screw 4 screws 2159633 BH 4 8 on both sides to fix the color printer with TOP Bracket to the color printer bottom bracket 4 Figure 8 289 Color Printer Fixture Top Installation 8 192 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ
18. htl na Pa breaker Feripheral on Front EX printer power DC 12volt 4F H connector Figure 5 32 AC Power Assy Block Diagram The mains cord has plugs in one side end A male plug connects to the mains outlet on site The mains voltage is routed to the Main Circuit Breaker located on the rear side of the system The Main Circuit Breaker is of the auto fuse type if for some reason the current grows to high the switch will automatically break the power From the Main Circuit Breaker the AC power is routed via the Mains Transformer and the Inrush Current Limiter to internal outlet connector for AC distribution The Transformer is the galvanic barrier between the rest of the scanner and the on site AC Mains Input voltage to the transformer can be either 220 VAC or 110 VAC AC output of transformer is supplied to the APS APS Pro through Inrush Current Limiter without additional control AC output of transformer for LCDMON 4D BOX option and peripheral controlled by the L1SYSCON according to the On Off status of the system Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 7 3 APS APS Pro LV Power amp HV Power HVL and HVL are not available for APS PRO DC Powers are supplied by APS and source of all assys in nest and nest fan etc To turn on the APS the live power is needed as a standby power This live power is generated from
19. Figure 5 23 Security Menu in BIOS Section 5 4 Main Board Detail LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 5 4 4 2 BIOS Content cont d BIOS SET UP UTILITY Main Advanced Boot Security Exit Configure power management and control Power management APM Enabled Suspend Time Out Disabled Video power Down Mode Disabled Hard Disk Power Down Mode Disabled Keyboard amp PS 2 Mouse Monitor FDC LPT COM Ports Monitor Primary Master IDE Monitor Primary Slave IDE Monitor Secondary Master IDE Monitor Secondary Slave IDE Monitor Resume On Ring Disabled Resume On Disabled Resume On RTC Alarm Disabled Power Button Mode On Off Figure 5 24 Power Menu in BIOS Section 5 4 Main Board Detail LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 Section 5 5 Top Console 5 5 1 Keyboard LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Main RAY Keyboard EFK USB Microcon KITI troller CPLD AIN Key M atrix TrackBall t Mode Key TGC Slide Lighting LED Encoders OWER 1110 Sub keyboard Encoders 4 Arrow Keys Figure 5 25 Keyboard Block Diagram LOGIQ P5 and
20. Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 2 45 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 101 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 46 ARP Assy 110V 220V 8 2 46 1 15 Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 46 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 46 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove side right cover and EMI cover Refer to the 8 2 16 Side Right Cover on page 8 52 and 8 2 27 EMI Cover R on page 8 69 2 Remove the Rear Cover Refer to the 8 2 18 Rear Cover on page 8 55 3 Unscrew 4 screws 1 4 Figure 8 140 Screws of the rear panel 4 Disconnect J15 connector Figure 8 141 AEXP Cable of rear panel 8 102 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 46 3 Removal procedure cont d 5 Disconnect three 3 USB connectors or 5 USB connectors from the rear panel and 2 AC power connector The 4D controller USB and ECG USB connector also connect to this rear panel PWA Figure 8 142 Open Rear Panel 6 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 47 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Sec
21. WARNING EN AVERTISSEMENT FR WARNUNG DE THIS SERVICE MANUAL IS AVAILABLE IN ENGLISH ONLY IF A CUSTOMER S SERVICE PROVIDER REQUIRES A LANGUAGE OTHER THAN ENGLISH IT IS THE CUSTOMER S RESPONSIBILITY TO PROVIDE TRANSLATION SERVICES DO NOT ATTEMPT TO SERVICE THE EQUIPMENT UNLESS THIS SERVICE MANUAL HAS BEEN CONSULTED AND IS UNDERSTOOD FAILURE TO HEED THIS WARNING MAY RESULT IN INJURY TO THE SERVICE PROVIDER OPERATOR OR PATIENT FROM ELECTRIC SHOCK MECHANICAL OR OTHER HAZARDS CE MANUEL DE MAINTENANCE N EST DISPONIBLE QU EN ANGLAIS SI LE TECHNICIEN DU CLIENT A BESOIN DE CE MANUEL DANS UNE AUTRE LANGUE QUE L ANGLAIS C EST AU CLIENT QU IL INCOMBE DE LE FAIRE TRADUIRE NE PAS TENTER D INTERVENTION SUR LES QUIPEMENTS TANT QUE LE MANUEL SERVICE N A PAS T CONSULT ET COMPRIS LE NON RESPECT DE CET AVERTISSEMENT PEUT ENTRAINER CHEZ LE TECHNICIEN L OP RATEUR OU LE PATIENT DES BLESSURES DUES DES DANGERS LECTRIQUES M CANIQUES OU AUTRES DIESES KUNDENDIENST HANDBUCH EXISTIERT NUR IN ENGLISCHER SPRACHE FALLS EIN FREMDER KUNDENDIENST EINE ANDERE SPRACHE BENOTIGT IST ES AUFGABE DES KUNDEN F R EINE ENTSPRECHENDE BERSETZUNG ZU SORGEN e VERSUCHEN SIE NICHT DAS GERaT ZU REPARIEREN BEVOR DIESES KUNDENDIENST HANDBUCH NICHT ZU RATE GEZOGEN UND VERSTANDEN WURDE WIRD DIESE WARNUNG NICHT BEACHTET SO KANN ES ZU VERLETZUNGEN DES KUNDENDIENSTTECHNIKERS DES BEDIENERS ODER DES PATIENTEN DURCH ELEKTRIS
22. in located bottom of LCDMON LEFT Moves the highlight icon UP to the function that wants Increases the adjustment of the selected function When the OSD menu is off press once Performs Contrast adjustment function When the OSD menu is off press twice Performs Brightness adjustment function 3 MENU When the OSD menu is off press thee times Performs Dim Brightness adjustment function When the OSD menu is off press more than 5 seconds Performs OSD adjustment function When the OSD menu is on Selects the function that user wants 4 RIGHT Moves the highlight icon Down to the function that wants Decreases the adjustment of the selected function Push Menu button to select the mode between Contrast Brightness and Dim Brightness mode Then hold down Left and Right button until the value you want is set The default values are 8096 for the contrast 8096 for the Brightness and 5096 for the Dim Brightness Dim Brightness Figure 5 30 Contrast Brightness and Dim Brightness adjustment Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 29 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 Section 5 6 ARP Rear Panel LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL The LOGIQ P5 and LOGIQ A5 ABPro system has the I O interfaces for peripherals in rear panel ARP Arirang Rear Panel assy has connectors for peripheral Composite in out and S VHS in out is for the analog video interface for recording and playback of
23. 5 3 LOGIQ A5 A5Pro Block Diagram 5 6 Man Board Detall M p oh oe eee 5 9 duse qe eub unus S SEE ASA 5 11 and BETTE tod id pot eee baud ESO sas saa 5 12 SYSCONPM SYSGONCM 2422 Sh prm ware CE LE He tems 5 16 SOM NIOd ul6 ete dea P phuyupas 5 19 TOONS Oe Pc 5 26 Koya eevee Se S dias Ww v ew dart 5 26 LOGIQ P5 Monitor Il and LOGIQ 5 5 Monitor ll 5 28 ARPER Fane 2 3 x12 Sue 2 509 99 ae ERE a WEEE eate dear ae SS 5 30 Input Output Signals for peripheral 5 31 PoWer DISSI allis aeg ac Vect atus 5 32 OV CIVIC Rt MU iU 5 32 TRANSBOX AG POWER 5 32 APS APS Pro LV Power amp HV Power 5 33 AC Power Outlet for Peripheral 5 34 Cable GO IGO E eee 5 5 OVON sesta udin ardua Drame ME MUN 5 35 uerius que 5 35 Peripherals and Cable connection 5 96 FIRES ceru PET 5 39 FIGS anys cre facets Seo ere tins as pu aap hee eee A ce 5 39 aya Su E EEE 5 39
24. Connect one side Label CON7 to Label CON 7 of Monitor power Con cable or Monitor power con long cable and another side Label CON 11 to Lable CON 11 of Internal AC Power cable assy 2 BW Printer Power Cable Connect one side Label CON10 to Label CON10 of USB CON Cable and another side Label CONSO Lable CONO of LP5 ARP Assy 3 Keyboard USB Cable Connect one side Label KBD to LP5 Keyboard Assy and another side Label J221 to PCB Silk J221 of LP5 Backplane Assy 4 BW Printer USB Cable Connect one side Label PRN to BW Printer Bracket and another side Label J223 to PCB Silk J223 of LP5 Backplane Assy Section 9 9 Cables LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL R1 0 X R2 0 X R3 0 X R4 0 X 1 Yes Yes Yes Yes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 702 703 704 705 706 707 708 709 18 Multi Cable Assy 3 Monitor Power Conn Cable Monitor Power Conn Long Cable ACPC Cable Printer Cable Assy 1 Printer Cable Assy 2 EIDE Cable APS AC Power Cable Table 9 9 lt 5168797 5166286 5168941 5168846 5177395 5168842 5168955 2 5168913 Cables Front USB Cable MIC Cable 1 Front USB Cable Connect one side Label F USB to Front USB Bracket and another side Label J14 to Label J14 of LP5 ARP Assy 2 MIC Cable Connect one side Label MIC to LP5 Front USB Bracket and ano
25. Figure 8 47 Screwing 4 screws 11 Put in the two cables Make sure place DVI cable be on the right side power cable on the left side Figure 8 48 Putting in the cables Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBL Y GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 4 Assembly procedure cont d 12 Screw 2 screws 2159626 PH M4X20 to assemble the Arm stopper Figure 8 49 Installing the stopper I 13 Screw 2 screws 2159625 PH M4X8 W SP to assemble the Lower arm guide bracket Figure 8 50 Assembling the Lower arm guide bracket 14 the Cables with Cable tie Figure 8 51 Tying the cables 8 28 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 4 Assembly procedure cont d 15 Place the cables inside the slot and connect power cable and DVI cable Figure 8 52 Placing the Cables 16 Assemble the Cable bracket with 1 Screw 2159625 PH M4X8 W SP Figure 8 53 Assembling the Cable bracket 17 Screw 2 screws 2159634 BH M4X10 WHT to assemble the Cable clamp Figure 8 54 Assembling the Cable clamp Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBL Y 8 29 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 4 Assembly procedure cont d 18 Place the cables like the figure below Figure 8 55 Placing the cables 19 1 screw 2306565 BH M4X16 WHT to fix the Powe
26. HI I i d As fib AJ J a Hs ti i1 EE t T uh AL NEED HMA THR See mark n itab et tarbetuks muutunud elektri ja elektroonikaseadmeid ei tohi ara visata sortimata olmejaatmetena vaid need tuleb eraldi kokku koguda Seadmete kaitlemise kohta kUsige lisateavet tootja volitatud esindajalt Section 1 2 Important Conventions 1 7 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEvICE MANUAL Table 1 6 WEEE Label LABEL SYMBOL LANGUAGE PURPOSE MEANING Finnish FIN French France FRA German Greek GRE Hungarian HUN Icelandic ICE Tama kuvatunnus ilmaisee etta silla merkittya s hk ja elektroniikkalaitetta ei saa h vitt lajittelemattomana yhdyskuntajatteena vaan se on ker tt v talteen erikseen Ota yhteytt tuotteen valmistajan valtuuttamaan myyntiedustajaan ja kysy lis tietoja laitteen k yt st poistosta Ce symbole indique que les d chets relatifs l quipement lectrique et lectronique ne doivent pas tre jet s comme les ordures m nag res non tri es et doivent tre collect s s par ment Contactez un repr sentant agr du fabricant pour obtenir des informations sur la mise au rebut de votre quipement Dieses Symbol kennzeichnet elektrische und elektronische Ger te die nicht mit dem gew hnlichen unsortierten Hausm ll entsorgt werden rfen sondern separat behandelt werden m ssen Bitte nehmen Sie Kon
27. N NOTICE After pressing Freeze button Freeze button message should be displayed into Log dialogbox on scfpapitest program 4 32 Section 4 7 Keyboard Function Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 7 6 TGC key assay TGC Knob Set validation 1 Follow up the procedure 4 7 1 Main Keyboard Assy Function Validation Procedure on page 4 29 to run the scfpapitest program 2 Slide TGC pot and check up the value N NOTICE While sliding TGC pot TGC message should be displayed 4 7 7 Sub Keyboard Encoder Knob Set validation Follow up 4 7 2 Sub Keyboard Assy Function Validation Procedure on page 4 32 Section 4 7 Keyboard Function Checks 4 33 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 4 8Mechanical Function Checks 4 8 1 Cover Parts Function Validation Table 4 10 Cover parts of the FRU e Check if the FRU parts are assembled tightly by naked eye and hands e Check if there are dents scratches or cracks on the FRU parts e Check if screws in place 4 34 Section 4 8 Mechanical Function Checks LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LCD plastic filter Function Validation Procedure 4 8 2 Check if LCD plastic filter is fastened so that it won t move A a a 4 Figure 4 31 Check the LCD Plastic Filter Air filter set Function Validation Procedure
28. Section 7 7 Trouble Shooting Tree GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 7 9 DVD RW Troubleshooting Unable to record to CD R or DVD H Is a new unused CD R disc inserted to the drive Insert a new un used CD H disc Are CD Rs rated at the proper write speed Acquire CD Rs rated at the proper write speed Replace SOM Module Figure 7 21 CD RW Troubleshooting 7 34 Section 7 7 Trouble Shooting Tree GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 7 10 Network Troubleshooting 7 7 10 1 No Connection to the Network at All 1 Check that the network cable between the scanner and the wall network is connected and well seated in both ends 2 Try a network cable that is known to be OK Check the cable between the SYSCONPM SYSCOMCM and Rear Panel 4 Connect a Crossed network cable between the Scanner and your PC Try to ping from the scanner to the IP address on the PC If OK the hardware connection inside the scanner is OK 7 7 10 2 No Contact With Server But Connection to Network is Check Network setup on the scanner Section 7 7 Trouble Shooting Tree 7 35 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 7 10 Network Troubleshooting cont d No Connection to the Network CP IP Cable between LOGIQ P5 A5 ABPro network outlet sonnected and we YES Connect the cable and veri
29. id LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics Press the Execute button to start 1 Trouble Shooting Current Status um FRU test Started on Tuc Apr 15 10 45 10 BST 2008 Start the P3RLY FULL diagnostic PIRLY ASSY REV CHECK Rew Hoard Revision 0 P3RLY FEBUS IF PASS P3RLY 1 SHW PASS P3RLY 1 Probe is connected P3RLY 1 PASS Check Probe Probe Code ch Probe Hame fla Hl Completed on Tue Apr 15 10 46 59 BST 2008 Loopeount 1 c 71 Figure 4 48 P3RLY diagnostic test 8 Shut down the system 9 Restart the system 10 Activate probe Refer to 4 3 7 2 Activating the probe on page 4 12 11 Check the system basic functions Refer to 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 8 and refer to 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 For LA5 system omit CFM test 12 Disconnect probe Refer to 4 3 7 4 Disconnecting the probe page 4 12 13 Connect probe on port 2 and repeat step 8 10 14 Connect probe on port 3 and repeat step 8 10 For LA5 system omit port 3 test 15 All basic functions must show correct operation as described Section 4 9 Board Function Checks 4 49 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 7 SOM Function Validation Procedure 1 Turn on the system 2 Press the del key in A N key within 3 sec to enter BIOS setting mode 3 Set the system time and the system Date 4 Check the SOM version HW version
30. 8 2 14 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove key caps from the keyboard Figure 8 83 Key Caps 2 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 15 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown TGC key assy TGC Knob Set Sub keyboard Service manua Direction encoder Knob Set Keycap set Main Keyboard 9394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 14 Equipment Section 4 8 4 Encoder Knob set Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Procedure Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 2 14 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 50 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 15 Side Left Cover 8 2 15 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 15 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 15 3 Removal procedure 1 Unscrew 2 screws 1 2 Figure 8 84 2 screw on Side left cover 2 Remove the left cover 4 Figure 8 85 Open Side left cover 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 16 Functional Tests Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manua
31. DVR Fixture Installation 5 Assemble the DVO 1000MD with TOP FIXTURE BRKT to FIXTURE DVD BOTTOM BRKT by screwing 4 screws 2159333 BH M4X8 Figure 8 344 SONY DVR Fixture Top Installation Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 217 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 22 DVR Fixture Top Installation SONY DVO 1000MD DVD Recorder conta 6 Connect the cable connector with the reference to the picture below Figure 8 345 SONY DVR Fixture Top Installation 7 Assemble the TOP CABLE BRKT behind the SONY DVR to cover the Cables by screwing 2 screws 2153633 BH M4X8 and tie the cable using the CABLE TIE with the hole in the red rectangle shown in the right picture of Figure 8 346 below ix US B Mm AR Figure 8 346 SONY DVR Fixture Top Installation amp rz qw 8 218 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 Chapter 9 Renewal Parts Section 9 1 This chapter gives you an overview of Renewal Parts for LOGIQ P5 A5 ASPro Table 9 1 Contents in Chapter 9 _ Section e ee Description Page Number 9 1 Overview List of Abbreviations MONITOR KEYBOARD COVERS PCB Software Peripherals ee Section 9 1 Overview 9 1 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 2List of
32. In the Media field select DVD R 7 Select BACKUP The system performs the backup As it proceeds status information is displayed on the Backup Restore Screen Check here to backup presets and configurations Detailed Restore o Figure 4 16 Backup Restore Menu Section 4 2 Required Equipment 4 21 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 11 3 Restore System Presets and Configurations CAUTION he restore procedure overwrites the existing database on the local hard drive Make sure to insert AN the correct CD R or DVD R Insert the Backup Restore CD R or DVD R into the drive Press the UTILITY key Select SYSTEM menu on the monitor screen On the monitor display select BACKUP RESTORE In the Restore list select Patient Archive Report Archive User Defined Configuration In the Media field select the Backup Restore DVD R Select RESTORE d The system performs the restore As it proceeds status information is displayed on the Backup Restore screen Jo oc Backup m Detailed Restore of User Defined Figure 4 17 Backup Restore Menu 4 22 Section 4 2 Required Equipment GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 11 4 Archiving Images To export an exam s to a compatible Ultrasound system 1 Format the removable media CD ROM DVD R Label the removable media A
33. FRU ERE ET DMSO HDD Connector mc i i Figure 8 106 Remove HDD 5 Unplug the DC power connector from DVD RW drive 6 The APS APS Pro assy have 5 connectors 3 connectors are pluged on backplane and 1 connector is connected to nest cooling fan power and 1 connector is AC power connector 8 70 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 28 3 Removal procedure cont d 7 Unplug 3 connectors from the backplane and disconnect the 3P AC connector near bottom of the backplane and disconnect the 2P connector near the nest cooling fan Figure 8 107 APS APS Pro Connectors of backplane 8 Remove the Side Right Cover Refer to the 8 2 16 Side Right Cover on page 8 52 9 Remove the EMI Cover R Refer to the 8 2 27 EMI Cover R on page 8 69 10 Unplug the J14 connector and unscrew 2 screws 1 2 Pull out the APS APS Pro assy carefully During take out the APS APS Pro assy the power connector on the backplane side should be passed through the square hole on the backplane Figure 8 108 Pull out the APS APS Pro Assy Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 71 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 28 3 Removal procedure cont d 11 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 29 Functional Tests Service Manual
34. If Problem is about No Boot No Image Error message Lock up Probe Peripherals select Service for the Problem Type If Problem is about Presets Reports Measurements or Probe not recognized select Applications for the Problem Type 5 Select the Problem Area 6 Write the detailed problem description in the Problem Description field Cantact GE Queue Quau Contact Information PEERS xm Eu Esd LP12345 irar System D Problem Type Service Applic ators Problem Area Service Pragati Probe aot secagnened Problem Description pi iii characters Psblem Cancel Fields ared sactipns thal aro exarked wih an astatizk asa reqaieed Checked Sali EI Figure 5 56 RFS window 5 54 Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 11 3 Sending RFS Procedure cont d 7 Then the Send button is enabled he mike GE Service Dromer GE Machine Guewe thers Pr IZ 1 ac 5 I Connection Checked Dum x Figure 5 57 RFS send enabled 8 Click Send button and wait for confirmat
35. LASER NR E E Figure 4 29 scfpapitest program 7 Press the keyboard button and rotate rotary button When you press or rotary keys Log dialog box displays the key log Button name and displaying log name is like the table Table 4 8 Button and Rotaty Table gt L Left Left Button BodyPattern Ellipse Button POOF aternit Elipse PushEncoder 4 30 Section 4 7 Keyboard Function Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQTM P5 SERVICE MANUAL Table 4 8 Button and Rotaty Table Button or Rotary Name The Name displayed in Log Button or Rotary Name The Name displayed in Log Right Button BodyPattern Ellipse Rotary ema P AN NOTICE When you can check the name displayed in log as you press or rotate keys the main keyboard assy was replaced correctly 8 Check the Fast radio button into Indicator box on scfpapitest program and press Set All button ScFpApiTest Ver 1 0 183 Freeze Button pressed 194 Freeze Button released epi i Depth PushEncoder Rotary value 1 186 Depth PushEncader Rotary value 1 187 Paddle Up Button pressed Figure 4 30 Fast button A NOTICE After pressing Fast radio button indicators should be blanked on the frontpanel Section 4 7 Keyboard Function Checks 4 31 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 7 2 Sub Keyboard Assy Function Validation Procedure B
36. 15 Change the Date and Time correctly if needed 16 Press Apply 17 Press OK 18 Turn off the system 19 Start the system 20 Check if the correct date and time are displayed mm a Tm Aa he r 03 25 08 10 31 06 BE Figure 8 245 Date and Time check 21 The software reloading is completed 8 172 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 7 Mechanical Option Installation instruction These service in subtractions describe the installation procedures of following mechanical options to LOGIQ P5 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 173 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 1 Endo Probe Holder Installation 1 Check out the 2 screw holes to be used to install Endo Probe Holder Figure 8 246 Endo Probe Holder Installation 2 Install Endo Probe holder on the bottom side of the Cable Arm Hook by screwing 2 screws 2159634 BH 4 10 WHT Figure 8 247 Endo Probe Holder 8 174 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 2 Microphone Option fixture Installation 1 Use 2 holes at the bottom of the keyboard Figure 8 248 Microphone option holes 2 Screw 2 screws 5178673 FH 4 6 WHT to fix the Microphone fixture Figure 8 249 installation of Microphone S
37. 8 2 17 2 Preparations e Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 17 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the Left and Right side covers Refer to the 8 2 15 Side Left Cover on page 8 51 and 8 2 16 Side Right Cover on page 8 52 2 Remove the dummy left and right covers Refer to the Figure 8 88 3 Unscrew 2 screws 1 2 from the left side of the front cover Figure 8 88 Screws of Dummy Cover 4 Unscrew 2 screws 1 2 from the right side of the Front cover 7 z W Figure 8 89 Screws of the front cover Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 53 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 17 3 Removal procedure cont d 5 Remove the front cover Figure 8 90 Removal of front cover 6 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 18 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 4 3 1 Power On Boot Power On Boot Up I 4 3 2 Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction i 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 17 Equipment Section 4 8 1 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 2 17 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 54 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCA
38. 9 11 POWER Mon cR EE ti cod 9 14 GL O 9 16 crines ae prater Sag mu sc era See 9 20 SOL EG urat tee n ae OS SUE ui uwa eae Seale eh aa uu Was 9 21 sd te ee 9 22 uu l l uuu TITIUS TEIL 9 23 16 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 10 Care amp Maintenance SI 10 1 Periodic Maintenance Inspections 10 1 Purpose of Chapter 10 10 1 WAy do uuu ir ici at ie eR eC SR Sha a oo p oe kakak sok 10 2 Keeping Records 10 2 Qualy ASSI Eear eda oC ERO PUR ede eo a oe etai aed Sa 10 2 Maintenance Task Schedule 10 2 How often should care amp maintenance tasks be performed 10 2 TOOIS HOQUIFOQ Reed feque d etd pedo e dba 10 4 GE TOOK os a eue ENCORE SES 10 4 Special Tools Supplies and Equipment 10 6 System Maintenance 10 7 5 CCP 10 7 Functional Checks See Also Chapter 4 10 8 oyster GliBcKS ace ed Re secant as
39. B Insert the transducer connector on the receptacle guide pin until it touches the receptacle mating surface C Twist the transducer twist lock lever to horizontal position to lock it in place Twist the lever to the vertical position to disconnect the transducer NOTE It is not necessary to turn OFF power to connect or disconnect a transducer Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation 3 15 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 6 System Configuration 3 6 1 3 6 1 1 3 16 zal 37 1 SS eS ee System Specifications System Settings Table 3 1 System Configuration Enables the user or service personnel to set the date time unit language basic information about the organization such as the institution name and department Settings 1 Press Insert key on the A N keyboard to enter the utility menu 2 Select Utility gt System gt General 3 Set the Hospital name Department Date and Time Language and Units System Patient Info Key Usage 1 Opt o E DatelTime Utility w Figure 3 12 Setting Display 4 Click on Exit to terminate the utility function Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 6 1 2 Physical Dimensions The physical dimensions of the LOGIQ P5 A5 ABPro unit are summarized in Table 3
40. English United States Keyboard US Japanese Keyboard Microsoft IME Standard 2002 Microsoft Natural Input 2002 ver 81 Remove Preferences Figure 8 223 Regional and Language Options Language Tab 4 Select the Advanced tab then select Japanese in the Language for non Unicode programs pull down menu Press Apply Answer Yes to use files already loaded on the hard disk then answer No to not reboot the system yet press OK Press Save and Exit the Utility screen 5 Reboot the system When your system restarts the system appears in the selected language NOTE To have the settings take effect you MUST turn off the system and turn it back on 6 In Utility gt System General press Regional Options Select Language Tab and press Details Remove English under Installed Services Press Apply and OK 7 Totype in Japanese press Alt tilde accent key located between the Esc and F1 keys in order to start the Input Method Editor IME Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 157 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 4 10 Product Type Check of the System To verify that the correct version of Application software was installed check the Product Type of the Application software Verification steps are listed below 1 Turn on the system Wait until the screen comes up 2 Press the Utility key and click Admin tab 3 Check the
41. Estonian EST This symbol indicates that the waste of electrical and electronic equipment must not be disposed as unsorted municipal waste and must be collected separately Please contact an authorized representative of the manufacturer for information concerning the decommissioning of your equipment Tento symbol znamen Ze d ly elektrickych nebo elektronickych zar zen nesm byt likvidov ny do net d n ho odpadu ale musi byt likvidov ny samostatn Obratte se pros m na autorizovan ho p edstavitele v robce kter poskytne informace t kaj c se likvidace va eho p stroje Dette symbol angiver at elektrisk og elektronisk affald ikke m bortskaffes som usorteret br ndbart affald men skal indsamles s rskilt Kontakt venligst en autoriseret repr sentant for producenten for at f oplysninger om hvordan dit udstyr skal bortskaffes Dit symbool geeft aan dat het afval van elektrische en elektronische apparatuur niet ongescheiden mag worden meegegeven met het huisvuil maar apart moet worden ingeleverd Neem contact op met een erkende vertegenwoordiger van de fabrikant voor informatie over het inleveren van uw apparatuur Aquest s mbol indica que els residus dels equips el ctrics i electr nics s han d abocar per separat no com a residus municipals no classificats Contacteu amb un representant autoritzat del fabricant per obtenir informaci sobre com desfer vos del vostre equip r f T 5 d 1 H
42. Figure 8 68 Unscrews 2 screws 4 Lift the top cover of the keyboard and disconnect 4 cables from the keyboard Figure 8 69 Lifting the top cover amp Disconnecting 5 Cables 8 38 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 7 3 8 2 7 4 Removal procedure cont d 5 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 8 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Section 4 7 1 Main Keyboard Assy Function Validation Service Manual Direction Procedure l 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 7 Equipment Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks Section 10 5 2 Functional Checks See Also Chapter 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 39 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 8 Sub Keyboard Assy 8 2 8 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 8 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 8 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the Main Keyboard Assy Refer to the 8 2 7 Main Keyboard Assy on page 8 37 2 Unscrew 4 screws 1 4 2 screws 1 2
43. GE Healthcare Technical Publication Direction 5394141 Revision 1 GE Healthcare LOGIQ P5 Service Manual Operating Documentation Copyright 2010 by General Electric Co GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Page 1 2 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 1 Introduction SUI MTS 1 1 Purpose of 1 1 1 Purpose of Service Manual 1 1 Typical Users of the Basic Service Manual 1 2 LOGIQ P5 Models Covered by this Manual 1 2 Purpose of Operator Manual s 1 2 Important ConVehllOfls pede Ex mE GR A 1 3 Conventions Used in 1 3 Standard Hazardd6ofS 3 2 3 x Cut dee ua Re a ee Paula Cuna 1 4 ICONS eoa RO cue p 1 5 WEEE DAG d eec c 1 7 Sa lely GOiSIerGU0OnS 33 utn ee m do eod 1 12 1 12 KUMAT DIY Enga 1 12 Mechanical Salely REUS UC ped Xs 1 12 ElectriGal Sally x uad Era uot e Seed Be gusten e Run Oeo de oce uia 1 13 EGDOhEOCRUO IS do eee 1 14 Dang
44. Go on to the next page Figure 7 11 System does not Boot Section 7 7 Trouble Shooting Tree GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 7 2 System Does Not Boot cont d System doesn t boot cont d Do the fans start to run NO Check YES 1 AC Power 2 AC Transformer NO Is the SOM module starting to display start up screens on the monitor Check replace the PM SOM CM SOM module YES Is the LOGIQ starting NO display shown on the monitor Turn off the power wait a few seconds and try to turn on the power again Go on to the next page Figure 7 12 System does not Boot contd 7 24 Section 7 7 Trouble Shooting Tree GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 7 2 System Does Not Boot cont d oystem doesn t boot cont d Are the Control Panel keys lit NO 1 Check the Control Panel cable connection YES 2 Check replace Control Panel Is regular scan display shown on the monitor NO Press and hold the main switch for YES five b seconds to reboot the system Go to Scan Procedure section Figure 7 13 System does not Boot contd Section 7 7 Trouble Shooting Tree GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 7 3 Noise Image Noise is shown in Image Is there any electrical devices th
45. Tcr 5 59 CNEA Vr a xb Nan dos S 5 59 Se debts 5 59 10 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTEHR 6 Service Adjustments eee Sy 6 1 Purpose ol this Chapter O doe REX eR ex PEE 6 1 mice mi NCC 6 1 WIOBItOr AGIBSHITITSDES s aaro b sere te teehee basa 6 2 Rotate and till the Monitor xs v REOS EE eee wee ERR eee St 6 2 Brightness and Contrast 6 3 UCD PISICI Eom doce eed i EE Ee Se 6 4 Flexible LCD arm locking mechanism 6 6 Trackball Cleaning z NES mete 6 7 11 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTEH 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting SUC RI T 205012120017 0102 7 1 Purpose or Chiapler 7 2 xu Sed exe B Ee b iei bbb 7 1 Gathering rouble Data nom ERRORS EU AARON 7 2 ecu 7 2 Collect Vital System Information 7 2 Collect a Trouble Image with Logs 7 3 ocreen Captures 4 Check and Record the P2 Key Function 7 4 Setting the P2 Key to Screen Capture
46. bee ba oe RELEASE 4 1 Required EGuipITIOD iud arm dos b ese RORIS ob ER 4 1 General Procedure 4 2 Power On DOOUUD da saris 24 8 8 4 2 Power Off SHULIGOW ND aces MORAG Reeve PR e X ERA 4 4 System Bealules 4 uas otis Bare ad he E amp ee s 4 5 System B M Mode Checks 4 8 System CFM and PWD Checks 4 9 Basic Measurements 4 10 Probe Connectors Usage 4 12 USING GING 6 20028 Las kanpas weed aqata iM bee Meee duced sees 4 13 Image Management QG 4 14 SING MINEO VIS ia se ae we ee E 4 15 Backup and Restore Database Preset Configurations and Images 4 19 ce MT 4 25 Software Configuration Checks 4 25 Peripheral QE Ei ENDE eee Ee ES 4 26 FUNCION GNCCKS undas asd ETE 4 27 15 LCDMON II Assy amp LCD Panel with filter Function Validation Procedure 4 27 15 OSD Key Assy Function Validation Procedure 4 28 Keyboard FUNCION Eee KS uy oon Sen eee IER rr 9 uie E RR o des 4 29 Main Keyboard Assy Function Validation Procedure 4 29 Sub Keyboard Assy Function Validat
47. gorge dn ard eg Ga ce wee sa 7 32 DVD RW Troubleshooting 7 34 Network Troubleshooting 35 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTEH 8 Replacement Procedures 4 35 qud A UE gs dp d iar ea 8 1 l urpose or Chapter k pumaq puasa 8 1 DISASSEMBEY BE ASSEMBLNY exes a hee phe E EYE aes She RR 8 2 ECD Piasic ier ECT TS TT nal kee ended doa he oooh eee 8 3 bag car cac ORE Re 8 5 OSD button and lamp set LCD Plastic Filter 8 9 LGD Sid Atm Wil GOVCl 2 24044 oie tede bee ood EGER A RC 8 10 are baw he ola we aaa tsa uuu wae Deeg 8 12 Flexible LCD Arm Removal Procedure 8 13 Main I eyDOREd ASSY an a aaa pin qk asw R g oes he ee Meee ees 8 37 SUD ASSY de 8 40 CC TET 8 42 English Greek Russian Swedish Norwegian Key 8 43 Freeze key assy 8 45 TOG key assy TOC INHOD oh Rar uo go Io E EUR 8 47 Sub Keyboard Encoder Knob 8 49 set Main Keyboard Encoder Knob se
48. 19 53 GB T Storage i EH s Removable Storage E a Disk Defragmenter 258 Disk Management 1 E Bes Services and Applications 0 Basic System User Archive Swap Repo 153 38 GB 14 19 53 GB 58 59 GB ft 22 47 GB 3 97 G Online Healthy Healthy Healthy Healthy Health cSiIcD ROM DVD G Media 4 gt Primary partition i Extended partition Pi Free space Bii Logical drive Figure 8 191 Disk Management 160G HDD NOTE Repo partition and CD DVD ROM Drive s Drive Letter should be assigned as Z G respectively Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 135 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 8 4 2 2 8 136 Driver Checks LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 1 On the window XP desktop left click on My Computer then right click on Properties 2 The System Properties window appears Select Hardware Device Manager 3 Verify that X or is not displayed Lt Device Manager File Action View Help zi T Computer we Disk drives E 30 Display adapters Bl DVD CD ROM drives Ha Human Interface Devices 9 29 IDE controllers IEEE 1394 Bus host controllers H a keyboards H 2 Mice and ather poinking devices H Monitors Ex Multifunction adapters ee Network adapters Ports COM amp LPT mme Processors p Sound video and game controlle
49. AVOID STATIC ELECTRICITY TAG AND LOCK OUT WEAR EYE PROTECTION EYE PROTECTION Section 1 2 Important Conventions GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEvICE MANUAL 1 2 3 Product Icons The following table describes the purpose and location of safety labels and other important information provided on the equipment Table 1 5 Product Icons LABEL SYMBOL PURPOSE MEANING LOCATION Manufacturer s name and address Rear of console near power inlet Date of manufacture Identification and Rating Plate Under monitor Model and serial numbers On each probe Electrical ratings Laboratory logo or labels denoting Device Listing Certification Labels conformance with industry safety standards Tp such as UL or IEC Under front of monitor Rear of console Type Class Label Used to indicate the degree of safety or protection Indicates the degree of protection provided by IP Code IPX8 the enclosure per IEC 529 IPX8 indicates drip Footswitch proof Equipment Type CF heart in the box symbol IEC 878 02 05 indicates equipment having a ECG connector high degree of protection suitable for direct Surgical probes cardiac contact Defibrillator 60601 2 27 CAUTION equilateral triangle is usually used in combination with other symbols to Various advise or warn the user ATTENTION Consult accompanying documents is intended to alert the user to refer to the operator manual o
50. DR 69 FR 26 Hz AO 100 14 15 16 17 18 Side Cursuri Select FL Hadlock AFI Moore 21 Figure 4 6 P5 Monitor Display Tour 1 Institution Hospital Name Date Time Operator Identification Patient Name Patient Identification Power Output Readout Image Preview Gray Color Bar Cine Gauge Measurement Summary Window Image 10 Measurement Calipers 11 Measurement Results Window 12 Probe Identifier Exam Preset 959 ee Section 4 2 Required Equipment GE Symbol Probe Orientation Marker 13 Imaging Parameters by Mode 14 Focal Zone Indicator 15 TGC 16 Body Pattern 17 Depth Scale 18 Top Menu 19 Caps Lock Lit when On 20 Service Interface icon wrench iLing icon and system messages display not shown on image 21 Trackball Functionality Status Scroll M amp A Measurement and Analysis Position Size Scan Area Width and Tilt 22 Sub Menu GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks For a basic functional check of the system s different modes the Quick Guide will familiarize you with image optimization for B Mode M Mode Color Flow and Doppler Table 4 2 B M Mode Functions Optimizes image quality and allows user to reduce beam Power RUPU ROWEN intensity 2 increments between 0 100 Dynamic Range controls how echo intensities are converted to Dynamic Range shades of gray thereby increas
51. F 2337572 Screw FH M3x6 WHT 5176744 Screw BH M4x20 W Figure 8 255 Installation of Drawer Option 8 178 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 5 Cable Arm Hook installation 1 Cable Arm Hook should be installed in prior to installing Probe Cable Hanger or Endo Probe Holder 2 Unscrew 1 existing screw 2159634 BH M4x10 WHT from the rear side of the keyboard Figure 8 256 Cable Arm Hook installation 3 Screw 2 screws 2306565 BH M4x16 WHT 2159634 BH M4x10 WHT to fix the Cable Arm hook User longer screw provide on the upper hole and use existing screw removed in the step 2 on the figure below Figure 8 257 Cable Arm Hook installation Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 179 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 6 BW Printer Fixture Keyboard installation 1 Put loctite 290 on the screw 2159634 BH M4X10 WHT edge Figure 8 258 BW Printer Fixture Keyboard installation 2 Fix the BW printer cover beneath the keyboard by the screw 2159634 BH M4X10 WHT Figure 8 259 BW Printer Cover Keyboard installation 3 Fix the BW printer base bracket to the BW Printer by screwing 4 screws 2306562 FH M3x6 YEL 1 4 Figure 8 260 BW Printer Fixture Keyboard installation 8 180 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISIO
52. LUIP D095 Advanced Options 9 Click Load Density Adjust Figure 8 208 Printer set restore 10 Select removable disk or media which the printer setting was saved gt click Open 11 Click the OK until all printer windows are closed 8 148 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 4 3 Setting Printer Preferences cont d 12 If the printer is not support restore option restore the printer set from the recorded parameters Portrait or Landscape Rate of length and width Density AdjustGamma curve Table 8 57 Parameters NOTE The parameters depend on printers so the above parameters are shown to another names and more parameters setting could be needed Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 149 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 4 4 Functional Checks for Service Platform Diagnostic Program The Service platform uses a web based user interface Ul to provide access to common service components NOTE After perform diagnostics shut down and restart to make the system working properly 1 Go to Utility and press Service to launch Service Platform It will take some seconds for activating 2 Make sure that CAPS is not selected should be dimmed for password entry performed later Figure 8 209 Utility gt Service 3 The Service Login window for Servi
53. P5 SERVICE MANUAL GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 Cable Connection DVD Recorder 5 8 3 3 Connect the cable listed below between the SONY DVDR and the console Audio cable with RCA Jack S Video Cable mI Figure 5 36 Cable Connection DVD Recorder Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 9Filters 5 9 1 Filters The scanner contains the two filters located at a Right side of TRANSBOX to protect TRANSBOX and NEST from dust b Left side of TRANSBOX to protect TRANSBOX and NEST from dust Figure 5 37 Location of Air Filter 5 9 2 Fans The scanner contains the 5 fans at the following positions for producing an air flow a One fan On the surface of heat sink for SOM heat b Two fans At the top of the APS APS Pro for APS APS Pro heat c Two fans At the top of the NEST for NEST Assy and AC Power assy b Cooling Fans on APS c Cooling FAN Assy for NEST Cooling Figure 5 38 Location of Fans Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 39 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 10 Service Platform 5 10 1 Introduction The Service Platform contains a set of software modules that are common to all ultrasound and cardiology systems containing a PC backend This web enabled technology provides linkage to e Services e Commerce and the iCenter making G
54. Press Record button VCR menu shows up at the bottom of the screen Renal Length Worksheet Direct Rep m Salinei m k 3e pu A p LL g bp MET A Counter Rese 2 Exam Search Speed Reverse Skip Fo 1372708 07 21 05 B x Figure 8 214 VCR Menu 2 Click Counter Reset then Press Record menu to start recording Video Source 0 00 21 2 Counter Reset m Figure 8 215 Record Menu Displays a red dot in the VCR status area on the Title bar to indicate that recording has begun 0 00 21 oo GE Healthcare t rex oe b 9 9 3 27 08 07 21 18 PM ADM oF Figure 8 216 VCR Status 3 Press Stop to stop recording the tape at the desired moment 4 Press Search to adjust the starting time for video playback 5 Press Play to start VCR playback Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 153 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 4 7 Setting Printer Properties in Application Software if necessary 1 Select Utility gt Connectivity gt Service tab 2 Select Standard Printer and Add Dicom BOE Commitment Dicom Worklist v3 0 Standard F Pr rint F Figure 8 217 Utility gt Connectivity gt Service 3 Under Properties select desired Printer and Save Properties Removeable cD Archive USB Quick Save Properties Figure 8 218 Select the Printer 8 154 Section
55. REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 5 6 10 5 6 1 10 5 7 10 5 7 1 10 5 7 2 10 5 7 3 NOTE NOTE NOTE Optional Diagnostic Checks Optionally you can access the diagnostic software as described in Chapters 5 or 7 View the error logs and run desired diagnostics View the Logs 1 Review the system error log for any problems 2 Check the temperature log to see if there are any trends that could cause problems in the future 3 Check the Configuration Log update if needed Probe Maintenance Probe Related Checks Table 10 13 Probe Related Checks s wm pm Probe Holder Clean probe holders they may need to be soaked to remove excess gel Probes Thoroughly check the system probe connectors and remove dust from inside the connector sockets if necessary Visually check for bent damaged or missing pins Basic Probe Care The system user manuals and various probe handling cards provide a complete description of probe care maintenance cleaning and disinfection Ensure that you are completely familiar with the proper care of GE probes Ultrasound probes can be easily damaged by improper handling See the User Manual and probe care cards for more details Failure to follow these precautions can result in serious injury and equipment damage Failure to properly handle or maintain a probe may also void its warranty Any evidence of wear indicates the probe cannot be used Do a visual check
56. REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 13 4 9 14 4 9 15 4 9 16 Transbox Assy Function Validation Procedure 1 Turn on the system Refer to 3 5 1 Power On Boot Up on page 3 11 for power up sequence to check AP950 Assy function The system must show correct operation as described on sequence 2 Check the peripheral operation Refer to Section 4 5 Peripheral Checks on page 4 26 to confirm the peripheral operation All peripheral must work correctly as described Section 4 5 Fuse set Function Validation Procedure 1 Turn on the system Refer to 3 5 1 Power On Boot Up on page 3 11 for power up sequence to check Transbox Assy function The system must show correct operation as described on sequence 2 Check the peripheral operation Refer to Section 4 5 Peripheral Checks on page 4 26 to confirm the peripheral operation All peripheral must work correctly as described Section 4 5 ARP Assy Function Validation Procedure 1 ARP Assy function can be validated by the result of Peripheral Test Once ARP Assy is replaced do peripheral test in order to confirm the successful installation Refer to the Section 4 5 Peripheral Checks on page 4 26 ASIG ASSY Function Validation Procedure 1 Turn on the system R 2 Check the basic function of system s different modes Refer to 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 8 and Refer to 10 5 2 1 System Checks on page 10 8 Section 4 9 Board Function Checks 4 53 GE
57. Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown APS APS Pro Assy Function Validation ee eee Section 4 9 5 Proeadire 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 28 Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 2 Functional Checks See Also Chapter 4 Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 2 28 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 72 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 29 Assy Assy 8 2 29 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 29 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 29 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the Side Right Cover Refer to the 8 2 16 Side Right Cover on page 8 52 2 Remove the EMI Cover R Refer to the 8 2 27 EMI Cover R on page 8 69 3 Unscrew 2 screws 1 2 and eject the PCB ACWD Option SYSCONPM SYSCONCM 5 Figure 8 109 Eject ASIG Assy 4 The CL1TRX BL1TRX board is located on the most left slot in the nest box Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 73 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 29 3 Removal procedure cont d 5 Pull the CL1TRX Assy out Figure 8 110 Eject the CL1TRX BL1TRX Board 6 Perform the following function
58. Table 10 5 Overview of Requirements for Care amp Maintenance Electric Safety Analyzer DALE 600 46 285652G1 For 120V Unit 46 32840692 For 220V Units Leakage Current Ultrasound Kit 2113015 For 120V and 220V Units 46 194427P231 Kit includes anti static mat wrist strap and cables for 200 to 240 46 194427P279 V system Anti Static Kit 46 194427P369 3M 2204 Large adjustable wrist strap 46 194427P373 3M 2214 Small adjustable wrist strap 46 194427P370 3051 conductive ground cord 46 194427P278 120V 46 194427P279 230V uter Safety Analyzer 46 28565261 DALE 600 KIT or equivalent for electrical tests E7010GG 60 minute SVHS VCR Cassette SVHS VCR Head Cleaner See VCR user manual for requirements E8381AA blank 128 M disk Anti Static Vacuum Cleaner E8381AB blank 230 M disk 3 5 MOD MEDIA Bo ee 7 3 7 10 6 Section 10 3 Maintenance Task Schedule GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 10 5 System Maintenance 10 5 1 Preliminary Checks The preliminary checks take about 15 minutes to perform refer to the system user documentation whenever necessary Table 10 6 System Checks um Deeplon o Ask amp Listen Ask the customer if they have any problems or questions about the equipment 4 top of the Ultrasound Inspection Cert
59. When the system restarts an application installation starts automatically WINDUM S system32scmd exe inflating G Arirang target bin Echoll Framework pdb inflating C Arirang target hbin Echo lcr d1ll inflating Arirang target binvEchoWcr pdb Lib dll inflating G Arirang target bin EchoWPDiags dll pdb inflating C Arirang target bin EchoWPDiags pdh inflating GC Arirang target bin EchoWorksheet d11 inflating Arirang target bin EchoWorksheet inflating C Arirang target bin EEPROMTest exe 1 011 inflating GC Arirang target bin EnumPrintersstub exe inflating G Arirang target bin EPI Manager dll 11 inflating Arirang target bin EPI Manager pdb db a inflating G f rirangz targetz bing esarrou cur dll inflating G Arirang target bin Estore ReadMe txt inflating C Arirang target hbin esvocal cur dll inflating Arirang target bin EventLog ave exe inflating G Arirang target bhin EventLog ave pdh inflating Arirang target hbin ExportWol dll inflating C Arirang target bin Exportuol pdb inflating G Arirang target bin extract inflating C Arirang target hin fec ume inflating Arirang target bin feca vme inflating G Arirang target hin fect vme inflating C Arirang target hbin fecu uvme Figure 8 241 Application in
60. amp BIOS version Figure 4 49 Set the system time and the system Date and Check SOM version on BIOS setting mode 5 Press the F10 key to save configuration changes and exit bios mode The system will restart 6 Check the basic function of system s different modes Refer to 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 8 and refer to 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 4 9 8 ASIG Assy Function Validation Procedure 1 Turn on the system 2 Check the basic function of system s different modes Refer to 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 8 and Refer to Section 10 5 System Maintenance on page 10 7 4 50 Section 4 9 Board Function Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 9 BackPlane Assy Function Validation Procedure Turn on the system All of attached ASSY should be tested Refer to the 4 9 4 SYSCONML Assy Function Validation Procedure on page 4 47 Refer to the 4 9 7 SOM Function Validation Procedure on page 4 50 Refer to the 4 9 1 CL1TRX Assy BL1TRX Assy Function Validation Procedure on page 4 41 Refer to the 4 9 6 P3RLY P2RLY and P2RLY with Dummy Assy function check procedure on page 4 49 Refer to 4 9 5 APS APS Pro Assy PCB Function Validation Procedure on page 4 48 8 Refer to 4 9 2 ACWD Assy Function Validation Procedure on page 4 42 Optional Section 4 9 Board Function Checks 4 51 GE
61. are back side or the speaker and 2 screws 3 4 are bottom of sub keyboard 1 2 3 4 Figure 8 70 4 Screw Sub Keyboard Assy 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 9 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Off Shutd Service Manual Direction Sub Keyboard Assy Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 7 2 Pracadiira 8 40 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY HE ASSEMBL Y GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 8 4 Mounting Procedure 1 The product emblem is attached on the sub keyboard so proper elblem should be attached on the sub keyboard when replace the sub keyboard The sub keyboard FRU include 4 kinds of emblem which are LOGIQ P5 LOGIQ P5 Ob LOGIQ A5 LOGIQ A5 pro Figure 8 71 Emblems 2 Attache proper product emblem as same as install base system before assemble the sub keyboard assy Figure 8 72 Emblem on Sub Keyboard 3 Refer Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 9 Trackball Assy 8 2 9 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 9 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 9 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the Main Keyboard Assy R
62. debt de 9 89 nes Handle duse dex wd Rx REESE dede Mex dE sus 8 91 PRC AMOK Tcr 8 92 PODE HOWE ee awe ede Rees yee ue add 8 94 CUD 2 de EO eee eee sewers 8 95 EGCG Gable HOOK kaq Suma ceed de ey ase eu ara 8 96 AEE OCU ox sss ama 8 97 DAVO gei ee audet E ERE mE Au Ned PR ES Xu SEE 8 98 NeSDUP SI 65 hens xtc eta areae Natus qe dotes b d coa qur Le Du oh 8 100 ARP ASSUTTON DV Suunsudxdrsd ele s se Suwa te 8 102 SATATIDD ASSY unkuna 8 104 AGC A V Ge pas quentes 8 107 TransDoOX ASSV TT0V 220 V us yuyu awaspa dio 8 109 FUSE Sel cae ETE 8 112 Read and Write 0 8 113 Software Loading Procedure 8 117 General see 8 117 Pr 8 117 ul l heehee ee eee eee bio S wis SE 8 117 Software Loading Steering Guide 8 118 Before Starting Software Loading 8 119 InstallalOf a p vice awana sqa qk ag aaa ad be ae s 8 129 Installing Base Image Softwa
63. gt Backplane gt Main Keyboard gt Sub Keyboard KBD PWR APS APS Pro gt Backplane gt Main Keyboard gt Sub Keyboard Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 27 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 5 2 LOGIQ P5 Monitor Il and LOGIQ A5 A5Pro Monitor Il LOGIQ P5 and LOGIQ A5 A5Pro system has 15 inch LCD monitor with DVI I interface Monitor have also task lamp to light up the A N key on keyboard assy Both monitor of LOGIQ P5 and LOGIQ A5 ABPro have completely same function and same hardware assembly Difference is front bezel color LOGIQ P5 bezel color is dar steel blue and LOGIQ A5 A5Pro bezel color is white gray color 5 5 2 1 MONITOR Signal Monitor assy has two main I O connectors One is for DVI I connection to scan system to display the scan image the other is for 110V 220V power supply PWR DVI Figure 5 28 LCDMON connection in system 5 28 Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 5 2 2 LCDMON control button function LCDMON assy has four control buttons Lamp Power button Left button Menu button Right button Figure 5 29 LCDMON control buttons Table 5 2 main functions of control key buttons No Name Main Functions LAMP LAMP POWER Turns ON OFF the Task Lamp in located bottom of LCDMON ON OFF the Task Turns ON OFF the Task Lamp in located bottom of LCDMON
64. on page 8 69 3 Remove the SYSCOM PM CM Assy Refer to the 8 2 33 SYSCON Assy SYSCON CM Assy on page 8 81 4 Unscrews 4 screws Figure 8 120 4 screws for SOM on SYSCON 5 Remove the SOM Assy Figure 8 121 Detached the SOM from SYSCON PWA 8 84 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 34 3 Removal procedure cont d 6 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 35 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 34 Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use Functional Checks See Also Chapter 4 8 2 34 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 85 GE HEALTHCARE 8 2 35 2 8 2 35 3 8 2 35 4 DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 35 ASIG Assy 8 2 35 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker Removal procedure 1 Remove the Side Right Cover Refer to the 8 2 16 Side Right Cover on page 8 52 2 Remove the EMI Cover R Refer to the 8 2 27 EMI Cover R on page 8 69 3 Unscrew 2 screws 1 2 and eject the PCB 1 2 a Figure 8
65. 0 2 ohms reference the procedure in the IEC 601 1 1 CONSOLE ACCESSIBLE METAL PARTS GROUND PIN 1 Monitor Housing 2 Rear Panel Connector 3 Any Caster Wheel Support OHMMETER Figure 10 3 Ground Continuity Test 10 6 4 1 Meter Procedure Follow these steps to test the ground wire resistance 1 Turn the LOGIQ P5 unit OFF 2 Plug the unit into the meter and the meter into the tested AC wall outlet 3 Plug the black chassis cable into the meter s CHASSIS connector and attach the black chassis cable clamp to an exposed metal part of the LOGIQ P5 unit 4 Set the meter s FUNCTION switch to the RESISTANCE position 5 Set the meter s POLARITY switch to the OFF center position 6 Measure and record the ground wire resistance Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests 10 15 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 4 2 10 16 Dale 600 Ground Continuity The Dale 600 measures line cord resistance from the third pin of the attachment plug to the meter s Chassis Cable clamp Test the grounding continuity of the system to all exposed metal parts in accordance with the IEC 601 1 1 procedure as above refer to the Dale 600 Instruction Manual for meter self tests and operation Record measured resistance of the grounding continuity The ground wire resistance should be less than 0 2 Use any safety analyzer 0000000000000000000000000000000000 Outlet Te
66. 122 Eject the ASIG 4 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 36 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Section 4 9 16 ASIG ASSY Function Validation Procedure Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 35 Equipment Section 4 3 4 system B M Mode Checks passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks Section 10 5 2 Functional Checks See Also Chapter 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 36 Battery on SYSCONPM CM Assy NOTE If the battery on SYSCONPM CM Assy runs out the system date will be reset Then can not exit to maintenance mode NOTE The Battery is UL critical component So must use the battery approved The recommended one is CH2450 manufactured by TOSHIBA 8 2 36 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers e Option strings 8 2 36 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 36 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the Side Right Cover Refer to the 8 2 16 Side Right Cover on page 8 52 2 Remove the EMI Cover R Refer to the 8 2 27 EMI Cover R on page 8 69 3 Unplug the J13 connector R
67. 150MHz System Memory 1016MB System Memory 508MB Board Information Board Information Product Revision X X Product Revision x Serical Number 1 XXXXX Serical Number 1 XXXXX BC Firmware Rev BC Firmware Rev LXXX Boot Counter XXX Running Time xxxh Running Time xxxh Figure 5 19 Main BIOS Screen of PM SOM and CM SOM Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 21 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 5 4 4 2 BIOS Content cont d BIOS SET UP UTILITY ACPI Settings ACPI Aware O S ACPI 2 0 Feature ACPI APIC Support Suspend Mode USB Device Wakeup from 53 54 Active Cooling Trip Point Passive Cooling Trip Point Critical Trip Point Watchdog ACPI Event GPE1 Function GPE2 Function Yes No Enabled 81 POS Disabled Disabled 90 C 110 Shutdown No Function No Function BIOS SET UP UTILITY Graphics Configuration Primary Video Device Internal VGA Mode Select Aperture Size Select DVMT Mode Select DVMT FIXED Memory Boot Display Device Boot Display Preference Local Flat Type Local Flat Type Scaling SDVO Port B Device SDVO Port C Device Backlight Control TV Standard Internal VGA Enabled 8MB 256MB DVMT Mode 128MB CRT LFP LEP SDVO B SDVO C Customized EDID Expand Text amp Grap None None 100 VBIOS Default BIOS SET UP UTILITY Advanced Advanced Chipset Settings Memory Hole IOAPC A
68. 2 on page 3 17 The Size of LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro with monitor and peripherals Table 3 2 Physical Dimensions of LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro 43 0 64 0 25 2 WEIGHT 75Kg 165bs including Monitor NOTE Length is in mm Variation 10 640 ATIS a ote ara 1350 1410 840 900 Figure 3 13 Overall Dimensions Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation 3 17 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 6 1 3 3 6 1 4 3 6 2 3 6 3 NOTE 3 18 Weight without Monitor and Peripherals Table 3 3 Weight of LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro With Monitor and Without Other Peripherals Model Weight kg Weight Ibs TM Approximately 75 Approximately 165 Acoustic Noise Output Less than 70dB A according to DIN 45635 19 01 KL2 Electrical Specifications Table 3 4 Electrical Specifications for LOGIQ P5 A5 ABPro o memes e c 220 240 VAC 3 5 4 5A On Board Optional Peripherals Table 3 5 List of Recording Devices B W BA Video Printer Printer 0897 0 D897MD N A NA USB Interface Interface EL 58 MD3000U Video Cassette Recorder HS MD3000E NTSC PAL USB Interface DVD Video Recorder LQ MD800 NTSC PAL USB Interface A6 Color Video Printer SONY UP D23MD N A USB Interface See each option installation instructions for installation and connection procedures There are no external per
69. 3 Printer setting Back up cont d 6 Select removable disk or other media Mu Documents e S Figure 8 172 Printer set backup 7 Click the Save to write the printer configuration gt rian E L UT maa r Le ki a lum Ae m Nem m mum Ly r mama auus Save Settings Documents Desktop Figure 8 173 Printer set backup Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 125 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 5 3 Printer setting Back up 8 Click the OK until all printer windows are closed M Y asus Figure 8 174 Printer set backup 9 If Sony D895 is used repeat the step1 to setp4 and write down the Orientation set Ek Sony 0895 Printing Preferences Figure 8 175 Printer set backup 8 126 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 5 3 Printer setting Back up cont d 10 Click the Advanced then writhe down the Paper size and scaling parameters Sony 0895 Printing Preterences Figure 8 176 Printer set backup Portrait or Landscape Rate of length and width Table 8 52 Parameters 11 Click Properties of the Density Adjust Sony LUP DIES5 Advanced Options f
70. 4 8 2 31 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 78 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 32 ACWD Assy 8 2 32 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 32 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 32 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the Side Right Cover Refer to the 8 2 16 Side Right Cover on page 8 52 2 Remove the EMI Cover R Refer to the 8 2 27 EMI Cover R on page 8 69 3 Remove the ASIG Board Refer to the 8 2 35 ASIG Assy on page 8 86 4 Pull the ACWD assy out from Nest box The ACWD assy is located in slot 2 Option SYSCONPM CLITRX SYSCONCM APS BL1TRX Figure 8 115 PWAs in Nest Box Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 79 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 32 3 Removal procedure cont d 5 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 33 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Section 4 9 9 ACWD Assy Function Validation Procedure Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 32 Equipment Section 4 3 5 system CFM and PWD Checks passed all required tests and is ready for use Se
71. 4 45 SYSCONML Assy Function Validation Procedure 4 47 APS APS Pro Assy PCB Function Validation Procedure 4 48 P3RLY P2RLY and P2RLY with Dummy Assy function check procedure 4 49 SOM Function Validation Procedure 4 50 ASIG Assy Function Validation Procedure 4 50 BackPlane Assy Function Validation Procedure 4 51 Nest fan Function Validation 4 52 Transbox Function Validation Procedure 4 52 ACPC Assy set Function Validation Procedure 4 52 Transbox Assy Function Validation Procedure 4 53 Fuse set Function Validation Procedure 4 53 ARP Assy Function Validation Procedure 4 53 ASIG ASSY Function Validation Procedure 4 53 SIE els 25454 EE BK aed den ditt den etu NE dq S do Set deu durs 4 54 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 5 Components and Functions Theory OVEWICW 202 ioe ae regir doo dade tee a PE 5 1 l urpose or Chapter D 323 5 2 m dert PERO RSS wed n res 5 1 General IntertmatlOli essct ndi DE PUDE SR EUR eee E RUP UE AS ae 5 2 Biol Tr ened be ee eee 5 3 LOGIO PS Block Diagrani an ice e hee
72. 4 8 3 Check if the air filter is placed deep inside Figure 4 32 Check the air filter Section 4 8 Mechanical Function Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 8 4 TGC key assy TGC Knob Set Sub keyboard encoder Knob Set Keycap set Main Keyboard Encoder Knob set Function Validation Procedure e Check if the each button operates properly e Check if encoder knobs in the center e Check if the keycap set can not be removed easily Figure 4 33 Check the each button 4 36 Section 4 8 Mechanical Function Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 8 5 Cup holder Function Validation Procedure Check if the cup holder can not be removed easily Figure 4 34 Check the cup holder Section 4 8 Mechanical Function Checks 4 37 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 8 6 Front caster Rear caster Function Validation Procedure e Incase of Bi break caster check all caster locks and caster swivel locks for proper operation e Incase of front caster check caster locks for proper operation e Incase of rear caster check caster s motion for proper operation e Check if screws are in place Figure 4 35 Check the caster 4 38 Section 4 8 Mechanical Function Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQTM P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 8 7 Probe holder Function Validation Procedure Check if
73. 480 60 Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation 3 21 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 6 6 Setting VCR Mitsubishi MD3000 USB Interface 1 Turn off the Power of the VCR 2 Open the rear panel of the VCR 3 Set dip switches Off 1 6 pins On 7 pin and Off 8 pin NOTE 7 Pin ON USB Interface OFF RS232C Interface Figure 3 15 Setting VCR USB Interface 3 22 Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 7 Available Probes See Specifications in the LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro User Manual for probes and intended use oee Chapter 9 for part numbers to be used when ordering new or replacement probes Section 3 8 Software Option Configuration refer to the LOGIQ P5 A5 ASPro Basic User Manual Chapter 16 Customizing Your System for information on configuring items like Hospital Department Language Units of measure Date Time and Date Format For information on configuring Software Options refer to the LOGIQ P5 A5 ASPro Basic User Manual Chapter 16 Customizing Your System For information on configuring DICOM Connectivity refer to the LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro Basic User Manual Chapter 16 Customizing Your System Section 3 8 Software Option Configuration 3 23 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 9 Connectivity Installation Worksheet S
74. 5 printer setting back up is NOT performed ignore this section 1 Insert removable disk or media that the printer setting was saved 2 Go to Utility gt System gt Peripherals click the Printers stem Peripherals Abou Printers Print and Store Oplinns Removable Media Figure 8 204 Printer set restore 3 Press the left button of the trackball on the printer which need to be restore from the saved printer setting gt Click properties gt Click Printing Preferences 4 If Sony D897 is used click Read E Sony UP DB 97 Printing Preferences Figure 8 205 Printer set restore 8 146 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 4 3 Setting Printer Preferences cont d 5 Select removable disk or media that the printer setting was saved Click Open Files 7887 Figure 8 206 Printer set restore 6 Click the OK until all printer windows are closed 7 If Sony D895 is used repeat the above step 1 and 3 then set the parameters below in the layout tab and advanced tab Portrait or Landscape Rate of length and width Table 8 56 Parameters Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 147 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 4 3 Setting Printer Preferences cont d 8 Click the properties of the Density Adjust
75. 7 1 Overview 7 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 7 This section describes how to setup and run the tools and software that help maintain image quality and system operation Basic host system and board level diagnostics are run whenever power is applied oome Service Tools may be run at the application level NOTE Be sure to disable ECG function before performing Diagnostic function NOTE Make sure that convex or linear probe is connected before the system starts sector probe is not applicable for the service diagnostics Table 7 1 Contents in Chapter 7 age mbar Section 7 1 Overview 7 1 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 7 2 Gathering Trouble Data 7 2 1 Overview There may be a time when it would be advantageous to capture trouble images and system data logs for acquisition through remote diagnostics InSite or to be sent back to the manufacturer for analysis There are different options to acquire this data that would give different results 7 2 2 Collect Vital System Information The following information is necessary in order to properly analyze data or images being reported as a malfunction or being returned to the manufacturer Product Name LOGIQ From the Utility System About screen Applications Software Software Version Software Part Number System Image Software Image Part Number Image Date 7 2 Section
76. 9 20 Section 9 10 Options GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 11Software Table 9 11 Software Mem PartName FRUNumber Description Qty FRU LP5 BT11 CD SET 5395395 R4 0 X LP5 A5 BTO9 CD SET 5327125 R3 0 X LP5 A5 BTO8 CD SET 5272499 5 R2 0 4 LP5 A5 BTO6 CD SET 5196353 8 R1 0 8 Section 9 11 Software GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 12Probes Table 9 12 Probes Part Name R1 0 X R2 0 X R3 0 X R4 0 X ee Dep D D wmee sm C e ve se e v ve op res s ve w ap 79 we ve ve ve m mme s m eem m sn sme pm sm s w v Lm eme p mes T e w m msn s Em ns ze ql d lt 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 Yes 1 e ve v 9 22 Section 9 12 Probes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 13Peripherals Table 9 13 Peripherals Hes Panasonic LQ MD800P 1 LQ MD800P 9120592 DVR Video Recorder Panasonic LQ MD800E DVR Video Recorder 066E9513 VCR 066E9514 VCR 2288502 5171608 LQ MD800
77. APS when the APS receive the AC input from the TRANSBOX When the LP live power is supplied to the L1SYSCON and system momentary switch is pushed on L1SYSCON make the LV ON signal level into low to turn on the APS After turning on the APS the ACPC in TRANSBOX assy change the relay path on itself to supply stable AC power by using of D12V from APS DC Output Capacity D5VLP 0 42A rms e D5V 65A rms e D3 3V 6 48A rms e D12V 3 36A rms e D12VFAN 0 94A rms e A6V 7 92 rms A6V 1 52A rms e Al2V 1 26 rms e A12V 0 6A rms APS supplies High Voltage power to activate high voltage transmit pulse and static supply bias voltage on high voltage mux and probe When L1iSYSCON makes the HV STOP signal to low the APS generates the HV module in APS The SHV supplies 80V to the system constantly and the THVH and THVL supplies 0 60V individually SYSCONPM SYSCONOM control the level of THVH and THVL through the IIC interface HV Output Capacity 4SHV 80V 0 05A rms SHV 80V 0 05A rms THVH 0V 60V 0 5A rms THVH 60 0 5A rms THVL 0 60 0 5A rms THVL 60V OV 0 5A rms Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 33 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 7 4 AC Power Outlet for Peripheral The ARP CONN ASSY and ARP CONN 220V ASSY are the ARP assemblies which interconnect external signal and power with the LOGIQ P5 system Both of
78. Allen Unbraco wrench Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker Removal procedure 1 Unscrew 1 screw Remove the Handle Dummy brkt Figure 8 126 Handle Dummy Bracket 2 Unscrew 2 screws 1 2 from the back of the rear handle Figure 8 127 Rear Handle 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 39 Functional Tests Section4 34 4 3 1 Power On Boot PowerOnBootUp 4 3 2 _ Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 38 Equipment Section 4 8 1 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBL Y 8 91 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 39 Rear Hook 8 2 39 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 39 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 39 3 Removal procedure 1 Unscrew 2 screws 1 2 and remove Rear hook Figure 8 128 Screws on rear hook 2 Unscrew 2 screws 1 2 and remove Figure 8 129 Screws on the rear hook fix brkt 8 92 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 39 3 Removal procedure cont d 3 Perfor
79. Check that all of the customer s options are set up correct All authorized functions are enabled Section 4 4 Software Configuration Checks 4 25 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 4 5 Peripheral Checks Check that peripherals work as described below Table 4 7 Peripheral Checks Press UPDATE MENU in the Trackball area Use the alphanumeric keyboard to enter the counter number in the counter field Press SET COUNTER to save the change to Start Recording Press REC PAUSE icon on the screen A red dot is displayed in the VCH status area on the Title barto indicate that recording has begun To Stop recording Press REC PAUSE icon on the screen The video status icon is changed to Pause Press RECORD on the KEYBOARD and the 10 c To start Play back an examination assignable play or fast forward The video status icon in updated accordingly Panel While in playback mode use the 2 TRACKBALL to adjust the video playback search on the tape speed and scroll through the record 13 Press the assignable PAUSE to stop the tape at the desired frame part of it can be stored on the computer s memory as a cineloop The 14 When playing back an examination cineloop enables the user to perform further operations on the stored section see for further information on cineloop operation 15 Press FREEZE while playing back a To store a recorded sequen
80. DC power to board assemblies and system run the software Section 4 2 Required Equipment GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 4 3 1 1 Scanner Power On cont d 3 Press the ON OFF key at the front of the System once Figure 4 2 Power On Off Standby Switch Location Section 4 2 Required Equipment LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown NOTE After turning off a system wait at least ten seconds before turning it on again The system may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly 4 3 2 1 Scanner Shutdown 1 Press the On Off Key at the front of the System once to display the SYSTEM EXIT menu 2 Select Shutdown from the SYSTEM EXIT menu SYSTEM EXIT Logon Information Ho Operator currently logged on Logon Time Exit Standby Cancel Figure 4 3 System Exit Menu for Power Down 4 3 2 2 Switch off the System 1 Switch OFF the Circuit Breaker at the back of the scanner 2 Unplug the power cord if necessary For example Servicing or relocating the scanner 4 4 Section 4 2 Required Equipment GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 4 3 3 System Features 4 3 3 1 Control Panel for LOGIQ P5 S OD DI Sm SS dedo oh A F s K m murs Figure 4 4 Control Panel Tour LOGIQ P5 Power o
81. ENGELS VERKRIJGBAAR ALS HET ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL EEN ANDERE TAAL VEREIST DAN IS DE KLANT VERANTWOORDELIJK VOOR DE VERTALING ERVAN PROBEER DE APPARATUUR NIET TE ONDERHOUDEN VOORDAT DEZE ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING WERD GERAADPLEEGD EN BEGREPEN IS INDIEN DEZE WAARSCHUWING NIET WORDT OPGEVOLGD ZOU HET ONDERHOUDSPERSONEEL DE OPERATOR OF EEN PATI NT GEWOND KUNNEN RAKEN ALS GEVOLG VAN EEN ELEKTRISCHE SCHOK MECHANISCHE OF ANDERE GEVAREN APKALPES ROKASGR MATA IR PIEEJAMA TIKAI ANG U VALOD JA KLIENTA APKALPES SNIEDZ JAM NEPIECIE AMA INFORM CIJA CIT VALOD NEVIS ANGLU KLIENTA PIEN KUMS IR NODRO IN T TULKOSANU NEVEICIET APR KOJUMA APKALPI BEZ APKALPES ROKASGR MATAS IZLAS ANAS UN SAPRA ANAS BR DIN JUMA NEIEV RO ANA VAR RAD T ELEKTRISK S STR VAS TRIECIENA MEHANISKU VAI CITU RISKU IZRAISITU TRAUMU APKALPES SNIEDZ JAM OPERATORAM VAI PACIENTAM GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 ISPEJIMAS LT ADVARSEL NO OSTRZE ENIE PL ATENTIE RO LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL IS EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVAS YRA ISLEISTAS TIK ANGLU KALBA JEI KLIENTO PASLAUGU TEIKEJUI REIKIA VADOVO KITA KALBA NE ANGLU VERTIMU PASIR PINTI TURI KLIENTAS ATLIKTI IRANGOS TECHNIN S PRIE I ROS DARB NEBENT VADOVAUTUM T S IUO EKSPLOATAVIMO VADOVU IR J SUPRASTUM TE NEPAISANT SIO PERSPEJIMO PASLAUGU TEIKEJAS OPERATORIUS AR PACIENTAS GALI B TI SUZEISTAS D L ELEKTROS
82. ENSURE THAT THE SAFETY INSPECTIONS ARE PERFORMED AT LEAST EVERY 12 MONTHS ACCORDING TO THE REQUIREMENTS OF THE PATIENT SAFETY STANDARD IEC EN 60601 1 ONLY TRAINED PERSONS ARE ALLOWED TO PERFORM THE SAFETY INSPECTIONS MENTIONED ABOVE CAUTION To avoid electrical shock the unit under test must be connected to other electrical equipment Remove all interconnecting cables and wires The unit under test must not be contacted by users or patients while performing these tests A CAUTION Possible risk of infection Do not handle soiled or contaminated probes and other components that have been in patient contact Follow appropriate cleaning and disinfecting procedures before handling the equipment Test the system peripherals and probes for leakage current Excessive leakage current can cause injury or death in sensitive patients High leakage current can also indicate degradation of insulation and a potential for electrical failure Do not use probes or equipment having excessive leakage current To minimize the risk that a probe may shock someone the customer should e Not use a probe that is cracked or damaged in any way Check probe leakage current Based on your facilities QA program for surface probes Based on your facilities QA program for endocavitary probes whenever probe damage is suspected 10 12 Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL
83. FIRE AMD MECHANICAL ONLY ACCORDANCE WITH UL i1 AND CAM CHA 22 2 601 1 JETA AS le a pea 85 1 WE UAHA 84502 Korea 220v Console sepupu m ri 48 VIRKORUBGS E i China 220v Console Figure 1 1 OUTSIDE MARKINGS OF LOGIQ P5 Rear 1 Identification and Rating Plate USA Asia 120V Console 2 Identification and Rating Plate Europe Asia Latin America 220V Console 3 Identification and Rating Plate Japan 100V Console 4 Identification and Rating Plate Korea 220V Console 5 Identification and Rating Plate China 220V Console 6 UL Label 1 14 Section 1 3 Safety Considerations GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 1 3 5 Label LOGIQ P5 SEvICE MANUAL Locations poyini mcum ico H hat n ns Lg T musisi 5 0 4 f r marcs A 4 Oy 10 United States law restricts this device to sala or usa by or on the ordar of a physician C 0459 x CISPR 11 EN 55011 CLASS B GROUP 1 CLASSE B GROUPE 1 8 For Proper grounding conned bo hospital grade receptacle 8 Fer Proper grounding connect bo hospital panke receptacle Circuit Breaker Circuit Breaker AC Lin
84. HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 10 Nest fan Function Validation Procedure 1 After replace Nest fan assy turn on the system Refer to 3 5 1 Power On Boot Up on page 3 11 2 Confirm the fan rotating with naked eye and check the fan operating by rotating sound No strange sound should be heard Check the fan rotating before close the covers Figure 4 50 Checking Nest fan rotating NOTE Do not close the right EMI bracket and right plastic cover before check the fan operation 4 9 11 Transbox Function Validation Procedure 1 Turn on the system Refer to 3 5 1 Power On Boot Up on page 3 11 for power up sequence to check Transbox Assy function The system must show correct operation as described on sequence 2 Check the peripheral operation Refer to Section 4 5 Peripheral Checks on page 4 26 to confirm the peripheral operation All peripheral must work correctly as described Section 4 5 4 9 12 ACPC Assy set Function Validation Procedure 1 Turn on the system Refer to 3 5 1 Power On Boot Up on page 3 11 for power up sequence to check Transbox Assy function The system must show correct operation as described on sequence 2 Check the peripheral operation Refer to Section 4 5 Peripheral Checks on page 4 26 to confirm the peripheral operation All peripheral must work correctly as described Section 4 5 4 52 Section 4 9 Board Function Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141
85. If the service dongle is inserted or the system is logged on to the maintenance mode System shutdown will not work Please close programs and reboot the system manually Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 167 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 2 1 Perform Software Reloading in the Service Platform cont d 19 Select Restart System GEMS Service Home Page Service Browser Error Logs Qualily Calibralian p Utibes Tools System Shutdown Page Common Utilities Shutdown System HH Event Log Viewer Retain Disruptive Mode 7 Disruptive Mode Die Ug Si sese IP Configuration Network Status Windows Services User Accounts Shared Resources S System Shutdown Figure 8 239 Restart System 20 2l 22 23 Press Submit Press Confirm when confirmation message is displayed After a while the system restarts automatically Verify that correct date and time are displayed correctly 7 8 168 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 2 2 Software Reloading 1 The Base S W load starts automatically immediately after boot up GE Heal Step 2 21 Copying Heload Image Figure 8 240 Reloading C partition from Reloading Ghost Image 2 After finishing C partition reloading the system restarts automatically 3
86. LINE FOR CONNECTION TO INSITE EXAMINARION GE CABINET TABLE SOFTWARE AND MANUALS DOOR 30 IN 76 CM An 8 by 10 foot Minimal Floor Plan Figure 2 1 RECOMMENDED ULTRASOUND ROOM LAYOUT Section 2 3 Facility Needs 2 9 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 2 3 5 2 3 5 1 2 3 5 2 Networking Pre installation Requirements Purpose of DICOM Network Function DICOM services provide the operator with clinically useful features for moving images and patient information over a hospital network Examples of DICOM services include the transfer of images to workstations for viewing or transferring images to remote printers As an added benefit transferring images in this manner frees up the on board monitor and peripherals enabling viewing to be done while scanning continues With DICOM images can be archived stored and retrieved faster easier and at a lower cost DICOM Option Pre installation Requirements To configure the LOGIQ P5 A5 ABPro to work with other network connections the site s network administrator must provide some necessary information Information must include Ahostname local port number AE Title IP address and Net Mask for the LOGIQ P5 A5 ABPro e The IP addresses for the default gateway and other routers at the site for ROUTING INFORMATION e The host name IP address port and AE Title for each device the site wants connected to the LOGIQ
87. LOGIQ A5 A5Pro Keyboard assy consist of 2 assy one is main keyboard assy and the other is sub keyboard assy e Main keyboard Has alpha numeric key Trackball Encoders Mode key TGC controller and lighting components e Sub keyboard Have five encoder with push function and 4 arrow keys These keys are used for operation menu selection normally e Difference between LOGIQ P5 keyboard and LOGIQ A5 A5Pro keyboard is that the LOGIQ A5 A5Pro keyboard doesn t have the CFM key CWD key PDI key since the LOGIQ A5 A5Pro doesn t support CFM CWD PDI mode But if the LOGIQ A5 A5Pro has been upgrade with Color Upgrade kit LOGIQ A5 A5Pro should have same keyboard as LOGIQ P5 Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 5 1 1 KEYBOARD Signal l O Main keyboard assy have two main external I O connectors One is for USB connection to scan system for main control signal interface the other is for 5V power supply and momentary switch of scan system with hard drive operation indicator 1 USB b Main Keyboard Figure 5 26 Main Keyboard and Sub Keyboard connection to system Table 5 1 CON1 Connector Signal L1SYSCON gt Backplane gt Main Keyboard Sub Keyboard L1SYSCON Backplane Main Keyboard Sub Keyboard Momentary S W L1SYSCON gt Backplane gt Main Keyboard Sub Keyboard x 7 s 11 KBD PWR APS APS Pro
88. LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 9 2 KEYBOARD BLOCK Section 9 4 KEYBOARD GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 4 KEYBOARD conto Part Name FRU Number Description Qty LOGIQ P5 Main Keyboard Assy 5144536 LOGIQ P5 ONLY LOGIQ A5 Main Keyboard Assy LOGIQ A5 ONLY LOGIQ P5 Assy for 5334846 LOGIQ P5 Japan Only 200 LOGIQ A5 iai s Assy for 5334848 LOGIQ A5 Japan Only Main Keyboard Assy Common with LP6 Main Keyboard Assy for JPN Common with LP6 LOGIQ P5 Sub Keyboard Assy LOGIQ P5 ONLY LOGIQ 5 Sub Keyboard Assy LOGIQ A5 ONLY LOGIQ P5 B Assy for 5334847 LOGIQ P5 Japan Only 201 LOGIQ A5 D Assy for 5334849 LOGIQ A5 Japan Only LP5 Sub Keyboard Assy LOGIQ P5 LP5 Sub Keyboard Assy for JPN LOGIQ P5 202 Trackball Assy LOGIQ P5 A5 English A N Key Assy LOGIQ P5 A5 Greek A N Key Assy LOGIQ P5 A5 Russian A N Key Assy LOGIQ P5 A5 Swedish A N Key Assy LOGIQ P5 A5 Norwegian A N Key Assy LOGIQ P5 A5 2 English A N Key Assy Common with LP6 Greek A N Key Assy Common with LP6 i Yes Russian A N Key Assy Common with LP6 1 pv Swedish AN Key Assy L Yes Yes DEN lt D o B lt D o 1 1 Yes 1 1 205 TGC Key Assy 5144541 LOGIQ P5 A5 Yes Vas Yes 206 TGC Knob Set 5144542 LOGIQ P5 A5 Yes Yes Yes 07 Sub Keyboard Encoder Knob set Yes Yes Yes Table 9 3 KEYBOARD Section 9 4 KEYBOARD
89. Network Places Recycle Bin pF Internet Explorer Shortcut to EchoLoader amp Bx Shortcut to ScLogWindo Figure 8 188 Desktop Screen 2 Click Start button and Run menu then type explorer and click OK Figure 8 189 Executing Windows Explorer 3 Right click My Computer icon on the Desktop and click Manage Figure 8 190 Opening the Manage Window 8 134 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 2 1 Partition Checks cont d 4 Select Storage gt Disk Management and check that only File System Status Capacity and Drive Letter of each partition are same as follows NOTE If 160GB HDD is used refer to the Figure 8 191 m Computer Management E File Action View Window Help gt Amem amp amp mi Computer Management Local rie System status capacty Er E System Tools GRUB Partition Basic Healthy 141 MB E 3 Event viewer Archive E Partition Basic NTFS Healthy 58 59 GB OE Shared Folders iz Partition Basic NTFS Healthy 9 97 GB BM Local Users and Groups Sacer os Partition Basic NTFS Healthy 8 79 GB OB Fi Performance Logs and lert Partition Basic NTFS Healthy Page File 22 47 GB vs E systemic Partition Basic NTFS Healthy System
90. P2RLY contains 2 probe connector The main function of P3RLY ASSY and P2RLY ASSY is as follows 8 to 1 selectors with three probe ports for PSRLY board 2 1 selector with two probe ports for P2RLY board Interface with FEBUS control bus Supply Cut control and failure detection of supply voltage for Mux circuit in a Probe Device Mechanical Relay 5 4 1 1 Interface to Probe e Probe Status detection Detects whether or not a probe is connected POPEN Detects ID code of a connected probe PCODE e Interface Transfers control data of Mux to a probe CONSYS CONSTA Enables Disables control of data Detects whether Mux data setting is finished or not e Power Supply for Mux Supply Cut control 5V and 12V on a connector are supplied while a probe is connected to the connector SHV are supplied only while a probe is selected e LED Blinking The LED in a probe blinks when the probe is selected Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 11 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 2 CL1TRX BL1TRX 5 4 2 1 Overview CL1TRX have two PWAs Both are CTX PWA and L1BFC PWA CTX generates the TX pulse and L1BFC receives the echo signal to amplify it and convert the amplified echo signal into digital signal These RF digital signals delayed and summed by beam forming in OQx2 ASICs BL1TRX have also two PWAs BTX PWA and L1BFC PWA The difference between BTX
91. P5 A5 A5Pro for DICOM APPLICATION INFORMATION A field for the make manufacturer and the revision of the device is also included This information may be useful for solving errors Section 2 3 Facility Needs GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 2 3 5 2 DICOM Option Pre installation Requirements cont d ur 71 eal Port IP Address ROUTING INFORMATION Destination GATEWAY IP Addresses IP Addresses Default r DICOM APPLICATION INFORMATION NAME MAKE REVISION AE TITLE IP ADDRESSES PORT So ee ee ee ee So E EEE eem em a Figure 2 2 Worksheet for DICOM Network Information Section 2 3 Facility Needs 2 11 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL This page was intentionally left blank 2 12 Section 2 3 Facility Needs GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 3 Installation Section 3 1 Overview 3 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 3 This chapter contains information needed to install the unit Included are references to a procedure that describes how to receive and unpack the equipment and how to file a damage or loss claim How to prepare the facility and unit of the actual installation and how to check and test the unit probes and external peripherals for electrical safety are included i
92. P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 11 Color Printer Fixture Top Installation UP D25MD Printer conta 7 Connect the USB cable and Power Cable to the system 8 Tie the cables using the tie wrap Figure 8 290 Color Printer Fixture Top Installation Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 193 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 12 Printer VCR DVD fixture Top installation CP900 Printer 1 Unscrew 2 existing screws from the top cover Figure 8 291 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation 2 Install Fixture VCR bot bracket on the top cover by screwing 2 screws 2306565 BH M4x16 WHT Figure 8 292 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation 3 Install color printer to the VCR top bracket by screwing 4 screws 5161586 M3x8 WHT Figure 8 293 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation 8 194 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 12 Printer VCR DVD fixture Top installation CP900 Printer contd 4 Screw 2 screws 2159633 BH M4x8 WHT on each sides to fix the color printer with base bracket to the color printer top bracket Figure 8 294 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation 5 Connect the USB from the color printer as shown in the figure below Figure 8 295 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation 6 Connect the cable from the color printer to the system Figure 8 296 Printer V
93. Port 1 BTX ASSY HV driver X 16 TPG E M Probe Port 2 L U U X 4 HV driver X 16 TPG Probe Port 3 Option 4 HV driver X 16 TPG RELAY Control 4 HV driver X 16 TPG LIBFC ASSY PGC from SYSCONCM TRBC fpga HU LNA ADC 10bits 00X2 VCA DRAM gt K u ADC 10bits i i VGA jp 0Qx2 amp E ADC 10bits R VGA 2 Y E i LNA ADC 10bits R VCA n o Hv LNA ADC 10bits i VCA 1 RF Datato SYSCONCM FEBUS connected to SYSCONCM DC POWER from APS Figure 5 5 LOGIQ A5 A5Pro System Block Diagram 5 6 Section 5 3 Block Diagram GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 3 2 LOGIQ A5 A5Pro Block Diagram cont d From TRANSBOX Y ARP ASSY APS ASSY LAN Conn Circuit Breaker _ a DET Video In Out 50 On LV block HV block gt AC Outlet en elas 08 84 USB conn x6 D5 0 V SOUND In Out n THVHP 0 60 video In O ut A12 M TR VLP 0 60 FANS THVLM 60
94. Saline solution is a mixture of water and salt The salt adds a free ion to the water making it conductive Normal saline solution is 0 996 salt or 1 2 gram salt per 1 liter of water If saline is not available a mixture of 1 quart water with one or more grams of table salt mixed thoroughly will substitute To avoid probe damage and possible electric shock do not immerse probes into any liquid beyond the level indicated in the probe users manual Do not touch the probe conductive liquid or any part of the unit under test while the ISO TEST switch is depressed Follow these steps to test each transducer for leakage current 1 Turn the LOGIQ P5 unit OFF 2 Plug the unit into the test meter and the meter into the tested AC wall outlet 3 Connect the probe for test with the meter s appropriate adapter 4 Plug the saline probe into the meter s CHASSIS connector 5 Plug the probe adapter into the meter s connector marked EXTERNAL Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 9 3Meter Procedure Using Probe Adapter cont d connected Nonconductive Container Figure 10 10 Transducer Source Leakage Current Test Set the meter s FUNCTION switch to EXTERNAL position Add the saline probe and the imaging area of the probe into the saline bath Have unit power ON for the first part turn it OFF for the second half Depress th
95. and LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro Diagnostics Expand the desired main category to select groups or individual tests GEMS Service Home Page Insite_browser Error Logs Wegnestice ECT Lontiguration TIPS yn Diagnostics 2 Common Diagnostics LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics I Trouble Shooting FRU test This is the Diagnostics Application Area Figure 7 6 Global Service User Interface Diagnostic Screen 7 8 Section 7 4 Diagnostics GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 7 5 Common Diagnostics Common Diagnostics is the first main heading under the GSUI heading of Diagnostics Figure 7 7 shows the top level menu choices under Common Diagnostics The subheadings and their respective diagnostic troubleshooting menu choices are called out and described in the sections below LIMS Service Page Insite Urowser Home Error Logi bege Quality Calibration Configuration Reptacenent ru e d 4 Diagnostics This ts the Diagnostics Application Areal 3 Common Diagnostics Unties 1 4 PC Diagnostics LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics Figure 7 7 Common Diagnostics 7 5 1 Utilities Provides two selections 7 5 1 1 Disruptive Mode Allows you to enable or disable disruptive mode troubleshooting If you are accessing through InSite this can only be enabled with the customer operator confi
96. and power supply adjustments Table 4 1 Contents in Chapter 4 ME E EN Software Configuration Checks Section 4 2 Required Equipment An empty blank DVD R or CD R Disk e Atleast one transducer Section 4 1 Overview 4 1 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 4 3 General Procedure A CAUTION A NOTICE 4 3 1 NOTE 4 3 1 1 SYSTEM REQUIRES ALL COVERS Operate this unit only when all board covers and frame panels are securely in place The covers are required for safe operation good system performance and cooling purposes Lockout Tagout Requirements For USA only Follow OSHA Lockout Tagout requirements by ensuring you are in total control of the Power Cable on the system Power On Boot Up After turning off the system wait at least ten seconds before turning it on again The system may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly Scanner Power On 1 Connect the Main Power cable to an appropriate mains power outlet 2 Switch ON the Main Circuit Breaker at the rear of the System m gt t 3 T O Figure 4 1 Circuit Breaker When power is applied to the Scanner and the Rear Circuit breaker is turned ON Power is distributed to the DC Power supply unit and power control assy in the AC power assy When the Power ON OFF key is pressed once the DC power supply is enabled and feed each
97. are for on board peripherals Clean and protected space to store transducers in their cases or a rack e Material to safely clean probes done with a plastic container never metal Desirable Features e Door is at least 92 cm 3 ft wide e Circuit breaker for dedicated power outlet is easily accessible Sink with hot and cold water e Receptacle for bio hazardous waste like used probe sheaths Emergency oxygen supply e Storage for linens and equipment e Nearby waiting room lavatory and dressing room e Dual level lighting bright and dim Lockable cabinet ordered by GE for its software and proprietary manuals Section 2 3 Facility Needs GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 2 3 4 Recommended and Alternate Ultrasound Room Layout Recommended standard floor plan and a minimal floor plan for ultrasound equipment DEDICATED ALALOG TELEPHONE LINE FOR CONNECTION TO INSITE IAS 4 46 DEDICATED RECEPTACLE CONSOLE PROCESSING FILM FILM VIEWER COUNTER TOP 2 lt 2 lt gt lt LLI EMERGECY OXYGEN SECRETARYS OR DOCTOR S DESK PATIENT TOILET FACILITY DOOR 42 IN 107 CM A 14 by 17 foot Recommended Floor Plan Scale Each square equals one square foot FILM VIEWER LINEN SUPPLY SINK FILM SUPPLIES PROBES SUPPLIES ATIT D DEDICATED POWER VA OUTLETS DEDICATED ANALOG TELEPHONE lt
98. be serviced and outlines items requiring special attention It is the customer s responsibility to ensure the LOGIQ P5 care amp maintenance is performed as scheduled in order to retain its high level of safety dependability and performance Your GE Service Representative has an in depth knowledge of your LOGIQ P5 ultrasound scanning system and can best provide competent efficient service Please contact us for coverage information and or price for service The service procedures and recommended intervals shown in the Care amp Maintenance Task Schedule assumes that you use your LOGIQ P5 for an average patient load 10 12 per day and not use it as a primary mobile unit which is transported between diagnostic facilities If conditions exist which exceed typical usage and patient load then it is recommended to increase the maintenance frequencies Section 10 2 Why do Maintenance GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Table 10 2 Customer Care Schedule Per Facilities Service at Indicated Time Daily Monthly Quarterly QA Program more frequently depending on your environment Mobile Unit Check Weekly Mobile Unit Check Daily Clean Probe Holders Clean Air Filter aspect AC Mains Cabe __ lp wawa 150 Clean Console Lo p ___ Clean Monitor and Touch Panel Inspect Wheels Casters brakes and Swivel Locks Check Control Panel Movement also after corrective Co
99. button and lamp set LCD Plastic Filter Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker e Maneuver control console to a suitable position for removing the monitor Removal procedure 1 Unscrew 4 screws 1 4 from the LCD front cover Figure 8 12 Unscrews 4 screws 2 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 4 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section4 34 4 3 1 PowerOnBootUp mE 4 3 2 Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 15 OSD Key Assy Function Validation 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 3 Equipment Section 4 6 2 Procedure passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBL Y RE ASSEMBLY 8 9 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 4 LCD Std Arm with Cover 8 2 4 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench 8 2 4 2 Preparations e Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker e Maneuver control console to a suitable position for removing the monitor 8 2 4 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the Power Cable DVI Cable POWER CABLE DVI CABLE Figure 8 13 Removing the Cable 2 Un
100. current local state and national electrical codes Unit Power Plug If the unit arrives without the power plug or with the wrong plug you must contact your GE dealer or the installation engineer must supply what is locally required Power Stability Requirements Voltage drop out Max 10 ms Power Transients All applications Less than 2596 of nominal peak voltage for less than 1 millisecond for any type of transient including line frequency synchronous asynchronous or aperiodic transients Section 2 2 General Console Requirements GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 2 2 3 EMI Limitations Ultrasound machines are susceptible to Electromagnetic Interference EMI from radio frequencies magnetic fields and transient in the air wiring They also generate The LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro complies with limits as stated on the EMC label However there is no guarantee that interface will not occur in a particular installation Possible EMI sources should be identified before the unit is installed Electrical and electronic equipment may produce EMI unintentionally as the result of defect These sources include medical lasers e scanners cauterizing guns computers monitors e fans e gel warmers microwave ovens light dimmers portable phones The presence of broadcast station or broadcast van may also cause interference See for EMI Prevention t
101. etc are divided high grade for LOGIQ P5 and low grade for LOGIQ A5 A5Pro by it s CPU performance Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 3 3 5 4 3 4 5 4 3 5 PERIPHERAL BLOCK e IDE Interface SYSCONPM SYSCONCM Assy has SATA bus for HDD and PATA bus for DVD R drive interface Primary Master SATA HDD Secondary Master PATA DVD R Drive e DISPLAY VGA DVI TV input BLOCK Basically SOM support 2 kinds of display output One is LVDS level for Plat panel display and other is analog RGB for CRT monitor To obtain advanced and stable quality image SYSCONPM SYSCONCM Assy convert LVDS signal to Digital Video Interface DVI and transport TMDS signal to main display of system ETHERNET BLOCK SOM on the SYSCONPM SYSCONOM has one integrated Ethernet port Intel 82562 10 100 Mbps Fast Ethernet controller e SOM supply four USB 1 1 2 0 port Each USB ports are used for the keyboard BW digital printer USB port for usb memory stick etc VCR INPUT For Video play back SYSCONPM SYSCONCM has Video Decoder device It support NTSC PAL mode both It transfers encoded data to SOM through PCI bus Supports capture resolutions up to 768x576 Full PAL mode CCIR 656 Interface S Video amp composite input interface FPGA BLOCK FPGA FEBUS Control A major function of FEBC is that generate FEBUS to control scan sequence access r
102. is displayed on the monitor display 3 5 1 3 Power Up Sequence NOTE To enter the Maintenance Mode select Maintenance button NOTE Figure 3 11 on page 3 13 displays when Service Dongle inserted in Rear Panel Start Application Arirang 1 0 04 Figure 3 11 Start Application Window NOTE Start is selected automatically when it time out NOTE In case the system is locked with task manager use arirang as a password to unlock the system Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation 3 13 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 5 2 Power Off Shutdown NOTE After turning off a system wait at least ten seconds before turning it on again The system may not be able to boot if power is recycled too quickly 3 5 2 1 Power Shutdown 1 Press the ON OFF key at the front of the System refer to Figure 3 9 on page 3 12 2 Click the shutdown icon in the shutdown dialog box and wait until the system shutdown 3 Switch OFF the Main Circuit Breaker at the rear of the system refer to Figure 3 8 on page 3 11 4 Disconnect the Main Power Cable is necessary For example Relocating the scanner 3 14 Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 5 3 Transducer Connection 1 Connect a transducer to one of the three rightmost transducer receptacle as follows A Ensure that the transducer twist lock lever to the horizontal position
103. module into the VCR and connect the USB cable between the Remote USB on the console rear panel and USB port of VCR 6 Plug the service dongle and turn on the VCR and System 7 Login to maintenance mode and open the device manager 8 Check if the VCR remote device is identified by OS Device Manager i BS Intel PROJ100 VE Network Connection 2 Ports COM amp LPT SB Processors 181 0 Sound video and game controllers System devices E T Figure 8 301 Remote device in the device manager 8 198 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 13 2 Bracket Installation 1 Unscrew 2 existing screws from the top cover Figure 8 302 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation 2 Install Fixture Top bracket on the top cover by screwing 2 screws 2306565 BH M4x16 WHT Figure 8 304 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 199 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 13 2 Bracket Installation cont d 4 Screw 2 screws 2159633 BH M4x8 WHT on each side of the system to fix the VCR recorder with base bracket to the VCR top bracket Figure 8 305 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation 5 Connect the cables Power Cable USB cable S VHS Cable and Sound cables from the VCR to the system Figure 8 306 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installati
104. of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBL Y 8 99 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 45 Nest Fan Assy 8 2 45 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 45 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 45 3 Removal procedure 8 100 1 Remove the Left Cover Refer to the 8 2 15 Side Left Cover on page 8 51 2 Remove the EMI Cover Left Refer to the 8 2 26 EMI Cover L on page 8 68 3 Unplug the Connection Figure 8 137 Power connector of Nest fan 4 Remove the Right Cover Refer to the 8 2 16 Side Right Cover on page 8 52 5 Remove the EMI Cover Right Refer to the 8 2 27 EMI Cover R on page 8 69 6 Unscrews 2 screws Figure 8 138 2 screws on the Nest Fan Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 45 3 Removal procedure cont d 7 Remove the Nest fan assy Figure 8 139 Pull out the nest fan 8 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 46 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction S 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 45 Equipment Section 4 9 10 Nest fan Function Validation Procedure 5asseg all required tests and is ready for use
105. of the probe pins and system sockets before plugging in a probe TEE and Interoperative probes often have special considerations and individual probe user manuals For TEE and Interoperative probes also refer to their separate user manuals Basic Probe Cleaning refer to the User s Manual for details on probe cleaning To help protect yourself from blood borne diseases wear approved disposable gloves These are made of nitrile derived from vegetable starch to prevent allergic latex reactions Failure to follow the prescribed cleaning or disinfection procedures will void the probe s warranty DO NOT soak or wipe the lens with any product not listed in the User Manual Doing so could result in irreparable damage to the probe Follow care instructions that came with the probe Disinfect a defective probe before you return it Be sure to tag the probe as being disinfected Section 10 3 Maintenance Task Schedule 10 11 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests 10 6 1 Safety Test Overview The electrical safety tests in this section are based on and conform to NFPA 99 For USA and IEC 60601 1 Medical Equipment Safety Standards They are intended for the electrical safety evaluation of cord connected electrically operated patient care equipment If additional information is needed refer to the NFPA 99 For USA and IEC 60601 1 documents A WARNING THE USER MUST
106. on your hard drive to ensure the hard disk controller and the drive mechanism are working correctly The disk surface itself is also checked NOTE The hard drive test can take over ten minutes Hard Drive Linear Seek Hard disk drive heads are moved from track 0 to the maximum track one track at a time Hard Drive Random Seek Hard disk drive heads are moved randomly several hundred times Hard Drive Funnel Seek Hard disk drive heads are moved in a funnel fashion i e from the first track on the drive to the last then to the second track then to the second to last track then to the third track and so on Hard Drive Surface Scan This test scans for surface defects on the hard disk drive 7 5 2 3 Memory Tests Memory Test All Eighteen test patterns are used to test memory locations If errors are detected the address of the block the error was detected in is shown During testing these diagnostics will also look out for parity errors and other exceptions These will be added to the Test Log as errors if encountered Memory Pattern Test PC Doctor uses several test patterns to test as much memory as possible Memory Parity Test This test checks for parity errors on the memory bus during intensive string transfer operations If an error is detected the address of the failed block is displayed Section 7 5 Common Diagnostics 7 11 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 5 2
107. shall be performed by licensed electrical contractors Other connections between pieces of electrical equipment calibrations and testing shall be performed by qualified GE Healthcare personnel In performing all electrical work on these products GE will use its own specially trained field engineers All of GE s electrical work on these products will comply with the requirements of the applicable electrical codes The purchaser of GE equipment shall only utilize qualified personnel i e GE s field engineers personnel of third party service companies with equivalent training or licensed electricians to perform electrical servicing on the equipment OMISSIONS amp ERRORS If there are any omissions errors or suggestions for improving this documentation please contact the GE Healthcare Global Documentation Group with specific information listing the system type manual title part number revision number page number and suggestion details Mail the information to Service Documentation 9900 Innovation Drive RP 2123 Wauwatosa WI 53226 USA GE Healthcare employees should use the iTrak System to report all documentation errors or omissions SERVICE SAFETY CONSIDERATIONS N DANGER DANGEROUS VOLTAGES CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH ARE PRESENT IN THIS EQUIPMENT USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING TESTING AND ADJUSTING N WARNING Use all Personal Protection Equipment PPE such as gloves safety shoes safety viii glasses and kneeli
108. the system yet Location Regional Options Figure 8 221 Changing the System Language to JPN 2 Press Regional Options under Standards and Formats select Japanese under Location select Japan Press Apply Regional and Language Options Regional Options Languages Advanced Standards and formats This option affects how some programs format numbers currencies dates and time Select an item to match its preferences or click Customize to choose pour own formats Samples Number 123 455 783 00 Currency 123 455 783 Time 1 15 15 Short date 0326 Long date 20073 9268 Location To help services provide you wath local information such as news and Weather select pour present location Figure 8 222 Regional Options 8 156 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 4 9 Regional Setup Procedure for Japanese cont d 3 Select the Language tab press Details under Installed Services add the Japanese Microsoft IME Standard 2002 ver 8 1 keyboard under Default input language select Japanese press Apply Press OK Text Services and Input Languages Settings Advanced Default input language Select one of the installed input languages to use when you start your computer Installed services Select the services that you want for each input language shown in the list Use the Add and Remove buttons bo modify this list
109. the VCR or DVD recorder Audio in out is for audio interface for audio recording and audio playback of the VCR or DVD recorder The ARP assy also has a USB hub device for expending the USB ports which provide additional USB ports The analog VGA signal also provide display interface for external VGA monitor USB from SYSCON thru Backplane Video Out Video In Audio Out Audio In SVHS Out SVHS In Ethernet Analog VGA REMOTE Cmpst Out Audio Out S VHS Out fll o USB HUB Upstream 50 Connector USB for 4D L I USB for EC Front 000000 Figure 5 31 AEXP Block Diagram Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 6 1 Input Output Signals for peripheral Table 5 3 Input and Output signals for peripherals Signal Name Connection External VGA signal output for external VGA monitor Syscon gt ARP gt M gt 15 DSUB Foot Switch is mechanical switch that Foot Switch connect a signal to ground Foot Switch connector gt ARP USB HUB Ethernet Standard TCP IP Ethernet Syscon ARP 7P LAN Connector Composite out for DVD Recorder Compositor video signal output for DVDR Syscon ARP BNC Connector St di tf DVDR for DVDR Audio In L R for DVD Recorder 7990 audo Input i RCA Jack gt ARP gt Syscon playback Syscon gt USB Conne
110. the probe holders are assembled tightly by naked eye and hands Check if the probe holder can not be removed easily Figure 4 36 Check the probe holder Section 4 8 Mechanical Function Checks 4 39 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 8 8 Flexible LCD Arm Function Validation Procedure e Check if the flexible arm operates properly Up down rotation and tilting mechanism e Check if the flexible arm cover parts can not be removed easily Check if the lock operates properly Figure 4 37 Check the Flexible LCD Arm 4 40 Section 4 8 Mechanical Function Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 Section 4 9Board Function Checks LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 1 CL1TRX Assy BL1TRX Assy Function Validation Procedure A WARNING When Service Login for FRU Diagnostic scan mode must be B mode After Diagnostic is completed the system should be rebooted A WARNING Diagnostics should be performed with probes which have 128 or more elements Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloader loading Do the Service Login Refer to the 5 10 2 2 Service Login on page 5 41 Execute the diagnostic test 1 2 3 Select Diagnostics gt LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics gt FRU Test gt CL1TRX Assy BL1TRX overall 4 5 5 All diagnostic test item of CL1TRX Assy BL1TRX should be passed 3 GEMS Service Page Service Drowsci Error
111. to 63ch are simultaneously outputted to the ACWD ASSY via the ASIG ASSY The preamp module have main three blocks Pre amp and Gain Control and Mode control block The preamp module amplifies the echo signals The mode control block selects a maximum gain code via dedicated control signals from SYSCONPM SYSCONOM The analog signal provided by Gain Control block gives total amplified gain The block diagram above of the preamp module for a received signal is given Actually there are 64 channels equivalent to figure above for a preamp module The Pre amp block consists of Low Noise Amplifier LNA and Variable Gain Amplifier VGA A received signal is amplified by LNA fixed gain then amplified by VGA variable gain Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 13 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 2 4 Delayed Sum Module CHTRX ane t0bi eee 00x28 amp TPG tobis m 00X2 anc ttbit F E i 00 2 5 3 anc 00x2 BACKPLANE ASSY Figure 5 13 DELAYED SUM Block Diagram The Delayed Sum is the receive beam former and consist of 4 OQx2 ASICs Each OQx2 ASIC has 16 receiving channels The each digital beamforming output data of the OQx2 transferred to the next OQx2 and the output of final OQx2 transferred to the SYSCONPM SYSCONCM to make it into image data through some digital s
112. ultrasound facilities maintain records of quality checks and corrective maintenance The Ultrasound Inspection Certificate provided on page 10 29 provides the customer with documentation that the ultrasound scanner is maintained on a periodic basis A copy of the Ultrasound Periodic Maintenance Inspection Certificate should be kept in the same room or near the scanner Quality Assurance In order to gain accreditation from organizations such as the American College of Radiology USA it is the customer s responsibility to have a quality assurance program in place for each scanner The program must be directed by a medical physicists the supervising radiologist physician or appropriate designee Routine quality control testing must occur regularly The same tests are performed during each period so that changes can be monitored over time and effective corrective action can be taken Testing results corrective action and the effects of corrective action must be documented and maintained on the site Your GE service representative can help you with establishing performing and maintaining records for a quality assurance program Please contact us for coverage information and or price for service Section 10 3 Maintenance Task Schedule 10 3 1 NOTE NOTE 10 2 How often should care amp maintenance tasks be performed The Care amp Maintenance Task Schedule provided on page 10 3 specifies how often your LOGIQ P5 should
113. use 4 Replace them to Rear Swivel Casters by screwing 8 screws 1 8 Figure 8 331 Rear Swivel Caster Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 211 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 20 BT11 Drawer Option Installation 1 This section describes the installation procedure of the drawer option 2 Assemble the BW PRINTER to DRAWER FIX BRKT with screwing 4 screws 2306562 FH M3X6 Figure 8 332 BT11 Drawer Option Installation 3 Assemble the BT11 DRAWER to DRAWER FIX BRKT using 2 hooks Figure 8 333 BT11 Drawer Option Installation 8 212 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 20 BT11 Drawer Option Installation cont d 4 Screw 2 screws 2159634 BH 4 10 behind the Assembly TR Figure 8 334 BT11 Drawer Option Installation 5 Screw 2 screws 5176744 BH M4X20 to fix the DRAWER Assy to the system Figure 8 335 BT11 Drawer Option Installation Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 213 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 20 BT11 Drawer Option Installation cont d 6 Connect the BW Printer cable and fix the cables with CABLE MOUNT Refer to the pictures below Figure 8 336 BT11 Drawer Option Installation 7 Installation Completion Figure 8 337 BT11 Drawer Option Instal
114. value of Product item System Admin Jsers Brnrliirt Figure 8 224 Checking Product 4 The following table is the matching table Installed Application Value of Product item P5 Radiology Arirang A5 Radiology Arirang BW A5Pro A5 w o PW Radiology Arirang BW2 Table 8 59 Product Type Matching Table 8 158 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 5Full Backup Restore Procedure 8 5 1 8 5 2 8 5 3 General This describes a Full Backup Database Image User preset Service Data procedure Use this instruction when you need to save the data before changing a HDD with a new one e before reinstalling Base Application when you just want to save all of the current data Parts Required USB HDD Full Backup Procedure While the Echoloader is running press Utility button and click on the Admin When Title Login window pops up select an operator with admin authorization Type in the password press OK Select System Admin page press Execute button under Full Backup box and the window below pops up woh Backup and Restore The Emergency Disk Making wizard will help you to create a copy of the information on your system hard disk the original data on your hard disk is accidentally erased or overwritten you can use the emergen
115. 0 Foot SW conn Host USB conn is SYSCONCM ASSY PCIBUS SDRAM DSP 32 M x2 Video TMS32006415 Manatee LCD I F m SOM CPU module Intel Celeron M CPU Audio He 512MB SDRAM with AMP ae mn lO control a VGA Audio CHACOM IDE I F 4 port gt USB APS Video Control encoder BackplaneAss Figure 5 6 LOGIQ A5 A5Pro System Block Diagram Section 5 3 Block Diagram GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 3 2 LOGIQ A5 A5Pro Block Diagram cont d TRANS BOX ECG module option AC Inlet E i Hard Disk AC Filter M o du le yw 2409 DVD RW AC TRANS 100V 240V or100V 120V ASSY D12V from APS amp AC SYSCONCM 4D BOY option SPEAKER ASSY ASSY NESTFANAssy LAS keybord ASSY LAS LEDON ASS Y LA5 SubKeybordASSY LCD PANEL LA5 Mainkeybord ASS Y AIN KEY Controller TRACK BALL unun TGC CTRL KE Ys From SYSCONCM Peripheral A BACKPLANE ASSY Figure 5 7 LOGIQ A5 A5Pro System Block Diagram 5 8 Section 5 3 Block Diagram GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 4 Main Board Detail
116. 0 Replacement The Replacement page is intended to contain the tools used to track replacement parts used in the system Error Logs Diagnostics Image Quality Calibration Configuration Utilities n a P d s uo 1 Af i 4t Part amp Replacement Figure 5 50 Part Replacement Page 5 10 11 The PM page is intended to contain the tools used in periodic maintenance of the system Gra Evian Lous Di GQualily Catilu aliut i Cun ifi uus alivi Repl araia ih 1 xvi df 55 EM E GN epum ive Proactive Maintenance Application Areal Figure 5 51 Planned Maintenance Page 5 50 Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 12 5 10 12 1 5 10 12 2 Remote Software Option Installation and Updates The Service Platform provides for remote software downloads Any file transferred to the scanner will be in the form of an installation package The actual content of the installation package is dependent on each product ooftware installation is simple and automated with a Graphic User Interface GUI where applicable Supports software upload via remote transmission Supports software upload via Service Platform Options can be activated permanently Options can be activated for a timed period Options can be limi
117. 1 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 2 3 2 NOTE NOTE 2 3 3 Required Features GE Medical Systems requires a dedicated power and ground for the proper operation of its Ultrasound equipment This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before the system Sites with a mains power system with defined Neutral and Live The dedicated line shall consist of one phase a neutral not shared with any other circuit and a full size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet Sites with a mains power system without a defined Neutral The dedicated line shall consist of one phase two lines not shared with any other circuit and a full size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet Please note that image artifacts can occur if at any time within the facility the ground from the main facility s incoming power source to the Ultrasound unit is only a conduit e Dedicated single branch power outlet of adequate amperage meeting all local and national codes which is located less than 2 5 m 8 ft from the unit s proposed location e Door opening is at least 76 cm 30 in wide e Proposed location for unit is at least 0 3 m 1 ft from the wall for cooling e Power outlet and place for any external peripheral are within 2 m 6 5 ft of each other with peripheral within 1 m of the unit to connect cables The LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro has two outlets outside the unit Both
118. 1 262 524 5300 Latin America GE Medical Systems Ultrasound Service Engineering 4855 W Electric Avenue Milwaukee WI 53219 1 262 524 5698 Fax 1 414 647 4125 Customer Answer Center Europe Tel 49 212 2802 208 GE Ultraschall Deutschland GmbH amp Co KG 49 212 2802 207 BeethovenstraBe 239 Postfach 11 05 60 D 42665 Solingen Germany Fax 49 212 2802 431 Tel 65 291 8528 81 426 482950 Asia Singapore Japan GE Ultrasound Asia Service Department Ultrasound 298 Tiong Bahru Road 15 01 06 Central Plaza Singapore 169730 Fax 65 272 3997 81 426 482902 1 18 Section 1 5 Customer Assistance GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL 1 5 2 System Manufacturer Table 1 8 System Manufacturer GE Ultrasound Korea 462 120 65 1 Sangdaewon dong Joong won Gu 82 31 740 6436 Seongnam Si Gyeonggi do Korea Section 1 5 Customer Assistance 1 19 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL 1 20 Section 1 5 Customer Assistance GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 2 Pre Installation Section 2 1 Overview 2 1 1 Purpose of chapter 2 This chapter provides the information required to plan and prepare for the installation of a LOGIQ M 5 A5 A5Pro Included are descriptions of the facility and electrical needs to be met by the purchaser of the unit A checklist is also provided at the end of this section to
119. 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 44 DVD R W Drive 8 2 44 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 44 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 44 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the side left cover Refer to the 8 2 15 Side Left Cover on page 8 51 2 Remove EMI L Cover Refer to the 8 2 26 EMI Cover L on page 8 68 3 Remove the HDD assy Refer to the 8 2 47 SATA HDD Assy on page 8 104 4 Disconnect the HDD power cable and unscrew 4 screws of the HDD fixture bracket Figure 8 134 ODD SATA Power Cable and SATA cable of DVD Drive 5 Remove the Front Cover Refer to the 8 2 17 Front Cover on page 8 53 8 98 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 44 3 Removal procedure cont d 6 Unscrew the 4 screws on the front of the DVD drive and remove the DVD Assy 8 2 44 4 Figure 8 136 Unscrew 8screws and remove the DVD Drive from the bracket 8 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 45 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 44 Equipment Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown passed all required tests and is ready for use Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order
120. 10 6 2 NOTE GEMS Leakage Current Limits The following limits are summarized for NFPA 99 For USA and IEC 60601 1 Medical Equipment Safety Standards These limits are GEMS standards and in some cases are lower than the above standards listed Table 10 14 Chassis Leakage Current Limits Accessible Metal Surfaces Normal Condition Open Ground Reverse Polarity Open Neutral Table 10 15 Type BF Applied Part Leakage Current Limits Non Conductive Floating Surface and Cavity Probes Normal Open Ground Reverse Polarity Open Neutral Mains Applied Table 10 16 Type CF Applied Part Leakage Current Limits Surgical Probes and ECG Connections Normal Open Ground Reverse Polarity Open Neutral Mains Applied TIE TT TIT TIT TT Mains Applied refers to the sink leakage test where mains supply voltage is applied to the part to determine the amount of current that will pass or sink to ground if a patient contacted mains voltage The following tests are performed at the factory and should be performed at the site These tests are grounding continuity chassis leakage current probe leakage current and ECG leakage current All measurements are made with an electrical safety analyzer Model 600 600E built by Dale Technology Corporation or equivalent device Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests 10 13 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 3 Outlet Test Wiring Arrangement US
121. 17V 72 00V 88 00V 4 amp HV Voltage Hw 80 85V 88 00V 72 00V ar LV Voltage LV D12 11 72V 10 80V 13 20V Press the Execute button start APS LV VOLTAGE PASS _ MOTCIRL LV A12P 12 38V 10 80V 15 00V FRONTPANEL LV A12H 12 37W 13 20V 10 80V IV A amp P amp 10J 5 AUU 6 60V LV A6N 6 14V 6 60V 5 70V LV D5 5 387 4 75V 5 50V LV LIVES5 5 1597 4 75V 5 50V LV D3 3 3 46V 3 00V 3 60V Chmplerend nn Thu bpr 17 03 05 31 RAT 200R Loop count Figure 4 47 APS APS Pro Diagnostic Test 6 Shut down the system 7 Restart the system Section 4 9 Board Function Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 6 PSRLY P2RLY and P2RLY with Dummy Assy function check procedure 1 Turn on the system 2 After completion of echoloader loading connect probe on port 1 Refer to 4 3 7 1 Connecting a probe on page 4 12 Log into Service Login Refer to 5 10 2 2 Service Login on page 5 41 Click Diagnostics on top menu On left folder window select LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics gt test gt PSRLY Select PSRLY Overall and execute test All diagnostic test items must be passed NOOR W GEMS Service Home Service Browser K Logs linage Cedig allo Henrie Diagnostics Instructions 1 Common Diagnostics
122. 2 Service Platform screen Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 151 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 4 5 Setting the VCR if necessary 1 Select Utility gt System gt Peripheral tab 2 Under Video Settings PAL or NTSC 3 Under VCR select Composite or S Video 4 Under VCR select Panasonic LQ MD800 or Mitsubishi MD3000 as appropriate 1 e up Periphorals Video Settings Setup PAL gt Print and Store Options Removable Media Figure 8 213 Utility gt System gt Peripherals 5 Click on Save 6 Shut down the scanner then restart the scanner 7 Verify that the VCR can be properly operated A NOTICE Be sure to connect the converter and cable before booting up the system Otherwise the LOGIQ P5 system does not recognize the peripheral devices 8 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 58 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 4 4 Equipment assed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 5 Peripheral Checks P y 8 152 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 4 6 Verifying the VCR if necessary 1
123. 23 Because it contains the serial Number and option the system 8 82 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 33 3 Removal procedure cont d 7 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 34 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown SYSCONML Assy Function Validation Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks Sales Manual Direction Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 33 Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 5 Peripheral Checks Section 10 5 2 Functional Checks See Also Chapter 4 Section 10 5 2 2 Peripheral Option Checks Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 2 33 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 83 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 34 PM SOM Assy with 1G CM SOM Assy with 512M 8 2 34 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 34 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 34 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the Side Right Cover Refer to the 8 2 16 Side Right Cover on page 8 52 2 Remove the EMI Cover R Refer to the 8 2 27 EMI Cover R
124. 3 Removing the top Cover Section 3 1 Overview 3 5 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment conta 3 Remove the Top Plate up and off gt Plate Figure 3 4 Removing the Top Plate 3 6 Section 3 1 Overview GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment conta 4 Remove the three PLASTIC JOINTs from the OUTER SLEEVE 5 Remove the OUTER SLEEVE Plastic Joint Outer Sleeve Figure 3 5 Removing Plastic Joints and Sleeves Section 3 1 Overview 3 7 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment conta 6 Remove the MONITOR SUPPORTER and Option Box 7 Remove the PLASTIC BAG 8 Unlock the front caster and carefully put the console off the PALETTE e aom S 4 N TN Monitor Pad Figure 3 6 Moving the LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro from the crate 3 8 Section 3 1 Overview GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 3 1 A CAUTION A CAUTION 3 3 2 3 3 3 NOTE Moving into Position Do not lift the unit by the Keyboard Do not tilt the unit more than 5 degrees to avoid tipping it over To avoid injury by tipping over Set the monitor to the lowest pos
125. 4 Connect the USB cable and Power cable from the color printer to the system as shown in the figure below Figure 8 271 Color Printer Fixture Middle installation 5 Install Color printer hide bracket and screw 4 screws 2159633 BH M4x8 WHT to fix it Figure 8 272 Color Printer Fixture Middle installation 6 Tie the cables using the tie wrap as illustrated in the figure below Figure 8 273 Color Printer Fixture Middle installation 8 186 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 9 Color Printer Fixture Middle installation UP D25MD Printer 1 Install color printer on the top of the base bracket by screw 4 screws 2306562 FH M3x6 YEL Figure 8 274 Color Printer Fixture Middle installation 2 Unscrew 2 existing screws from the middle cover 3 Screw 2 screws 5176744 BH 4 20 WHT on each side of the system to fix the Color printer with base bracket to the system Figure 8 275 Color Printer Fixture Middle installation Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 187 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 9 Color Printer Fixture Middle installation UP D25MD Printer conta 4 Connect the USB cable and Power cable from the color printer to the system as shown in the figure below Figure 8 276 Color Printer Fixture Middle installation 5 Install Mid Color Cable Bracket and screw
126. 4 CD DVD Drive Test NOTE Although the global aspect of the diagnostics allow for DVD testing the LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro does not have a DVD drive Option e DVD CD ROM Test All The CD ROM DVD test examines the CD ROM DVD drive to make sure itis working properly You may use either a data CD ROM disk or a DVD disk for these tests You cannot use an audio CD such as a regular commercial music CD with this test NOTE The PC is sometimes slow in recognizing a newly inserted CD ROM DVD disk It is best to wait a few seconds after inserting a disk into the drive before you run any tests There are two types of CD ROM DVD tests 1 Seek Tests Ensures the drive can access all locations on a disk and 2 Read Tests Ensures the drive can read all the data e DVD CD ROM Linear Seek Tests that all locations can be accessed on a CD ROM or DVD disk in a linear fashion starting from the first to the last e DVD CD ROM Random Seek Tests that all locations can be accessed on a CD ROM or DVD disk randomly DVD CD ROM Funnel Seek Tests that all locations can be accessed on a CD ROM or DVD disk in a funnel fashion starting from the first then moving to the last then at the next pass starting from the second location then moving to the next to the last and so on e DVD CD ROM Linear Read Reads the data on the CD ROM or DVD in a linear fashion starting from the start to the end e DVD CD ROM Random Read Reads the data on the CD ROM or
127. 4 screws 2159633 BH 4 8 to fix it Figure 8 277 Color Printer Fixture Middle installation 6 Tie the cables using the tie wrap as illustrated in the figure below Figure 8 278 Color Printer Fixture Middle installation 8 188 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 10 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation UP23MD Printer 1 Unscrew 2 existing screws from the top cover Figure 8 279 Printer VCR DVD Fixture installation top 2 Install Fixture DVD bot bracket on the top cover by screwing 2 screws 2327592 FH M4x14 YEL E Figure 8 280 Printer VCR DVD Fixture installation top 3 Install color printer to the DVD top bracket by screwing 4 screws 2306562 FH M3x6 YEL Figure 8 281 Printer VCR DVD Fixture installation top Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 189 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 10 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation UP23MD Printer conta 4 Screw 4 screws 2159633 BH M4x8 WHT on both sides to fix the color printer and DVD with top bracket to the color printer top bracket Figure 8 282 Printer VCR DVD Fixture installation top 5 Connect the USB cable and Power cable from the color printer and DVD to the system For more wiring information refer to the Basic Service Manual 6 Install hide bracket by screwing 2 screws 2159633 BH 4 8 WHT
128. 4141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 3 Removal procedure cont d 17 Unscrew 1 screw 2159625 PH M4x8 W SP to remove the OP bracket Figure 8 32 Removing OP bracket 18 Unscrew 3 screws 2373562 FH M4x10 YEL to separate the Flexible arm stopper A B Figure 8 33 Separating the flexible arm stopper Section 8 2 DISASSEMBL Y RE ASSEMBLY 8 19 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 3 Removal procedure cont d 19 Pull out power cable amp DVI cable and remove the oilless bush after separating the neck pipe Figure 8 34 Pulling out power cable amp DVI cable and removing the stopper 8 20 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 3 Removal procedure cont d 20 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 7 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction Flexible LCD Arm Function Validation 9394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 6 Equipment Section 4 8 8 Procedura passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 21 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 4 As
129. 7 2 Gathering Trouble Data GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 2 3 Collect a Trouble Image with Logs If the system should malfunction press the Alt D keys simultaneously This will collect a screen capture of the image monitor system presets and the following logs Keyboard Shadow Log Error Logs Crash Log Power Supply Temperature NOTE Power Supply and Temperature logs are not currently being updated by the LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro This Alt D function is available at all times Syetem Problem Reporting Export stored reports Figure 7 1 ALT D Dialog Box When Alt D is pressed a menu box appears that allows for A place to enter a description of the problem A choice to store to a pre formatted CD R DVD USB or Network storage The subsequent file is compressed and time stamped The screen capture is a bitmap which eliminates the possibility of artifacts from compression Section 7 2 Gathering Trouble Data 7 3 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 7 3 Screen Captures There may be times when the customer or field engineer will want to capture a presentation on the screen so it may be recovered by the OnLine Center through InSite This is accomplished by first saving the image s to the clipboard using a Print Key The P2 key is the factory default print key to accomplish a secondary screen capture However the defaul
130. 8 112 Screws of the RLY board Section 8 2 DISASSEMBL Y RE ASSEMBL Y 8 75 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 30 3 Removal procedure cont d 7 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 31 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Section 4 9 6 P3RLY P2RLY and P2RLY with Dummy Assy Men ees Service Manual Direction Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks 9394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 30 Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks Section 10 5 2 Functional Checks See Also Chapter 4 Section 10 5 7 Probe Maintenance 8 2 30 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 76 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 31 Backplane Assy 8 2 31 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 31 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 31 3 Removal procedure 1 To detached the backplane all pwas in the cardcage should be removed from cardcage 2 Open the Side Left Cover and Side Right Cover Refer to the 8 2 15 Side Left Cover on page 8 51 and 8 2 16 Side Right Cover on page 8 52 3
131. 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 4 Assembly procedure cont d 26 Screw 2 screws 2337572 M3X6 WHT to assemble the Arm cover L amp R Figure 8 63 Assembling the Arm Cover L amp R 2 Screw 4 screws 2159634 BH 4 10 WHT to assemble the Arm bottom Cover Figure 8 64 Assembling the Arm bottom cover Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 35 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 4 Assembly procedure cont d 28 Attach LCD Arm Caution Label LCD Arm Rotation Label LCD Lock Caution Label LCD Arm Caution Label LCD Arm Rotation Label LCD Lock Caution Label Figure 8 65 Flexible Arm 8 36 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 7 Main Keyboard Assy 8 2 7 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 7 2 Preparations e Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 7 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the 3 Probe holders amp Cup holder from the keyboard Figure 8 66 Removing holders 2 Unscrew 4 screws from the bottom front of the keyboard Figure 8 67 Unscrews 4 screws Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 37 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 7 3 Removal procedure cont d 3 Unscrew 2 screws from the rear side of the keyboard
132. 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 4 8 Print Key Assignment and Checkout if necessary 1 Select Utility gt Connectivity gt Button tap 2 Choose the desired print button for example Print1 under Physical Print Button Connectivity Physical Print Buttons p Copyto Dataflow 5 MeasurelTransfer USB Quick Save y Standard Print Figure 8 219 Physical Print Button 3 Select Standard Print and press gt Standard Print is added under printflow View A NOTICE Press lt lt to delete a existing Standard Print E MyComputer 1 Printflow View tJ Copy to Dataflow lt lt B MyComputer 59 Measure Transfer Dataflow E USB Quick Save Standard Print 3 Standard Print Figure 8 220 Standard Print 4 Press the print key just configured The screenshot prints to the destination printer Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 155 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 4 9 Regional Setup Procedure for Japanese You can set up the keyboard for Japanese If you select Japanese the following items display or may be entered in Japanese e Patient Name e Exam Comment on Patient screen and Worksheet e Annotation Comments e Error Warning Messages e DICOM Worklist 1 In Utility gt System gt General set the Language as JPN Save this setting but do not reboot
133. 8 52 2 Unscrew 9 screws 1 9 Figure 8 105 EMI Cover R 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 28 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section4 34 4 3 1 Power On Boot PowerOnBootUp NE 4 3 2 MEL mm Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 27 Equipment Section 4 8 1 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 69 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 28 APS APS Pro Assy NOTE APS Power Supply can not be adjusted 8 2 28 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers e Nipper 8 2 28 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 28 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the Side Left Cover Refer to the 8 2 15 Side Left Cover on page 8 51 2 Remove the EMI Cover L Refer to the 8 2 26 EMI Cover L on page 8 68 3 Remove Hard Disk assy to unplug the APS APS Pro connectors on backplane easily Unplug the HDD power connector on the HDD and the SATA connector from the bottom side of the backplane Pull out the connector 4 Unscrew 4 screws of the HDD bracket EL PIN
134. A amp Canada Test all outlets in the area for proper grounding and wiring arrangement by plugging in the neon outlet tester and noting the combination of lights that are illuminated Any problems found should be reported to the hospital immediately and the receptacle should not be used CORRECT WIRING OPEN GROUND WIRE 0 REVERSED POLARITY NEUTRAL WIRE 29 _ OPEN HOT WIRE GND REVERSED A Figure 10 1 Typical Outlet Tester The Dale 600 has self contained lamps designed for testing the outlet wiring arrangement Plug the Dale 600 into each outlet to be tested comparing the lamp status Condition CORRECT REVERSE OPEN HOT GROUND WIRING POLARITY GROUND REVERSED Figure 10 2 Dale 600 Outlet Test NOTE No outlet tester can detect the condition where the Neutral grounded supply conductor and the Grounding protective earth conductor are reversed If later tests indicate high leakage currents this should be suspected as a possible cause and the outlet wiring should be visually inspected 10 14 Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 4 Grounding Continuity AN CAUTION Electric Shock Hazard The patient must not be contacted to the equipment during this test Measure the resistance from the third pin of the attachment plug to the exposed metal parts of the case The ground wire resistance should be less than
135. Abbreviations Assy Assembly e Ctrl Control e FRU 1 Replacement part available in part hub e FRU 2 Replacement part available from the manufacturer lead time involved e int Internal e O Input Output e KB Keyboard e LCD Liquid Crystal Display e MON Monitor e PAT Patient e Personal Computer Back End Processor SYSCONCM System control cellular SOM SYSCONPM System control Pentium SOM e APS Arirang Power supply e ARP Arirang RearPanel e ACWD Arirang Continuous Wave Doppler e P8RLY Port 3 Relay e P2RLY Port 2 Relay e CLITRX COLOR MLA1 TX RX e BLITRX BLACK amp WHITE MLA1 Tx Rx e ARC Arirang Remote control e ACPC AC Power Control e AEXP Arirang External Pheriperal e ASIG Analog Signal connection 9 2 Section 9 2 List of Abbreviations GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 Section 9 3 MONITOR 6666 eeeee di LOGI FS Figure 9 1 Monitor Section 9 3 MONITOR LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 3 MONITOR conta LCD Arm with cover 5144507 102 Yes Yes Yes LOGIQ A5 LOGIQ P5 Yes Yes lt D o LOGIQ A5 LOGIQ P5 Table 9 2 MONITOR LOGIQ P5 Common with LP6 D n lt D o LOGIQ P5 lt D o LOGIQ A5 LOGIQ P5 9 4 Section 9 3 MONITOR GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 Section 9 4 KEYBOARD
136. BLY GE HEALTHCARE 8 2 20 2 8 2 20 3 8 2 20 4 DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 20 Top Cover 8 2 20 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker Removal procedure 1 Remove the Dummy Cover L R Refer to the 8 2 25 Dummy Cover L R on page 8 66 2 Remove the Top Bottom Cover Refer to the 8 2 21 Top Bottom Cover on page 8 60 3 Remove 2 rubber caps 1 2 from the top cover of the system and unscrew 2 screws 1 2 Figure 8 95 2 rubber caps of top cover 4 Unscrew 5 screws 1 5 from the bottom of the top cover 5 Remove the Top Cover 6 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 21 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 20 Equipment Section 4 8 1 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 59 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 21 Top Bottom Cover 8 2 21 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers Stubby screwdriver Flat tip
137. CARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 7 7Trouble Shooting Tree 7 7 1 System Does Not Power On Boot Up Is the scanner NO plugged in Make sure the scanner is not plugged into emergency power red outlet Is the AC atthe wall outlet Check if wall power is alive Is the circuit breaker ON Yes ress the on off switch to boot the system Is the on off switch illuminated with an green color and can you listen fan sound of inside NO Yes Does the scanner on check the monitor cable Scanner is ON and ready for use Figure 7 10 Power On Boot Up Flowchart 7 22 Section 7 7 Trouble Shooting Tree Check if the standby 5V od APS is alive Make sure AC power connector and con trol signal connector is plugged properly If HDD indicator is blinking after power boot up Check BIOS or replace PM SOM module GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 7 2 System Does Not Boot oystem doesn t boot Is the AC power cable seated to the Scanner and to the wall power outlet NO Connect the AC power cable YES between the Scanner and the wall power outlet in right way Is the main breaker turned NO ON Turn ON the main breaker of the Scanner YES Has the ON OFF key on the Control Panel been pressed once NO Press the ON OFF button on the YES Control Panel
138. CHE SCHL GE MECHANISCHE ODER SONSTIGE GEFAHREN KOMMEN GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL AVISO ES ATENCAO PT AVVERTENZA IT HOIATUS ET ii ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO S LO EXISTE EN INGL S SI ALG N PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS AJENO A GEHC SOLICITA UN IDIOMA QUE NO SEA EL INGL S ES RESPONSABILIDAD DEL CLIENTE OFRECER UN SERVICIO DE TRADUCCION NO SE DEBER DAR SERVICIO T CNICO AL EQUIPO SIN HABER CONSULTADO Y COMPRENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE SERVICIO LA NO OBSERVANCIA DEL PRESENTE AVISO PUEDE DAR LUGAR A QUE EL PROVEEDOR DE SERVICIOS EL OPERADOR O EL PACIENTE SUFRAN LESIONES PROVOCADAS POR CAUSAS EL CTRICAS NICAS O DE OTRA NATURALEZA ESTE MANUAL DE ASSIST NCIA T CNICA S SE ENCONTRA DISPON VEL EM 65 SE QUALQUER OUTRO SERVIc DE ASSIST NCIA QUE N O A GEHC SOLICITAR ESTES MANUAIS NOUTRO IDIOMA DA RESPONSABILIDADE DO CLIENTE FORNECER OS SERVIc OS DE TRADU O N O TENTE REPARAR O EQUIPAMENTO SEM TER CONSULTADO E COMPREENDIDO ESTE MANUAL DE ASSIST NCIA T CNICA O CUMPRIMENTO DESTE AVISO PODE POR PERIGO A SEGURANC A DO T CNICO OPERADOR OU PACIENTE DEVIDO CHOQUES EL TRICOS NICOS OU OUTROS IL PRESENTE MANUALE DI MANUTENZIONE DISPONIBILE SOLTANTO IN INGLESE SE UN ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ESTERNO ALLA GEHC RICHIEDE IL MANUALE IN UNA LINGUA DIVERSA IL CLIENTE TENUTO A PRO
139. CL1TRX FEBUS Test BL1TRX and ACWD via the FEBUS oes TRIG Test Test Check the trigger max min and ever interval the trigger max min and ever interval Check the trigger max min and ever interval JAI None Board Temperature Board Temperature Read SYSCON Board Temperature a SYSCON Board Temperature Read SYSCON Board Temperature CHACOM I F Test Sends the command to read write data from DSP to CHACOM a 7 16 Section 7 5 Common Diagnostics GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 5 4 2 CL1TRX BL1TRX These programs are provided for testing the CL1TRX BL1TRZboard Table 7 3 FRU Test CL1TRX BL1TRX Diagnostics Menu User Descriptions OP 000000002 ESOS Performs all of the CL1TRX BL1TRX board tests listed below Full Test Test EEPROM Send test pattern to write to EEPROM and read None Displays the board revision of the CL1TRX BL1TRX board USC I F Test Checks if the DSP in SYSCONPM SYSCONCM can access the CL1TRX BL1TRX None boards via USB bus FEBUS Test Checks if the DSP in SYSCONPM SYSCONOM can access the CL1TRX BL1TRX All None board via FE bus Assy Revision Test HV Test Read HV Power PGC Test Sends the test data High Mid Low level to PGC Register then CL1TRX BL1TRX None read result data and verify it Sends the test data High Mid Low level to Test wave Register then CL1TRX TEST Wave Test BL1TRX read result data and verify it TAA dig
140. CR DVD Fixture Top installation Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 195 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 12 Printer VCR DVD fixture Top installation CP900 Printer contd 7 Install hide bracket by screwing 3 screws 2159633 BH M4x8 WHT Figure 8 297 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation 8 Tie the cable properly using the tie wrap 8 196 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 13 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top Installation MD 3000 8 7 13 1 VCR Remote Port Configuration 1 LOGIQ P5 control the Mitsubishi MD 3000 VCR through USB Hence the VCR remote control port must be configured as USB 2 Open the remote control module in the VCR USB BRKT 219 2 paint of screws Figure 8 298 VCR Remote Control Panel 3 Unscrew 2 screws on the VCR remote control port panel and out the remote control module from VCR Unscrew 1 screw on the module Figure 8 299 VCR Remote Control Panel 2 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 197 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 13 1 VCR Remote Port Configuration cont d 4 Setthe switch on the VCR remote control panel The SW 7 in switch should be set to position for the USB remote control Figure 8 300 DIP Switch on the Panel 5 Insert the remote control
141. CURRENT Password Figure 8 179 Enter Current Password 3 Move to Advanced and select IDE Configuration BIOS SETUP UTILITY lt MM TM eil TET i 54 EH peg l I f i TI EE rent Deren gt Primary IDE Slave ATAPI CDROM ripe ual pe nm 4 Hus 4 IDE Configuration Figure 8 180 IDE Configuration Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 129 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 8 4 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Installing Base Image Software cont d 4 If the BIOS setting value in Primary IDE Slave is ATAPI CDROM the 1st Boot Device in Boot menu should be Primary Slave If the 1st Boot Device is not Primary Slave please change the setting value using Enter key and Arrow key Boot Priority Selection Boot Device Priority lids Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabledl Figure 8 181 Boot Device Priority 5 If the BIOS setting value in Secondary IDE Master is ATAPI CDROM the 1st Boot Device in Boot menu should be Secondary Master If the 1st Boot Device is not Secondary Master please change the setting value using Enter key and Arrow key BIOS SETUP UTILITY RET fiduanced Settings k ACPI Configuration PCI Configuration Graphics Configuration gt CPU Configuration gt Chipset Configuration Interface C
142. DVD Fixture Top Installation MD 800 contd 4 Install DVD recorder to the base bracket by screwing 2 screws 2159633 BH M4x8 WHT on each side Figure 8 314 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation LQ MD800 5 Connect the USB cable and power cable from the DVD to the system i ME OUT x Figure 8 315 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation LO MD800 6 Connect the cables to the system on the rear panel Figure 8 316 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation LQ MD800 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 203 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 14 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top Installation MD 800 contd 7 Install DVD hide bracket by screwing 2 screws 2159633 BH M4x8 Figure 8 317 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation LQ MD800 8 204 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 15 Rear Handle installation 1 Unscrew 2 screws 1 2 and remove Rear hook Figure 8 318 Rear Handle Installation 2 Unscrew 2 screws 1 2 and remove the rear handle bracket Figure 8 319 Rear Handle Installation Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 205 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 15 Rear Handle installation cont d 3 Screw 2 screws 5172296 HSH M8x25 from the back of the rear handle
143. DVD randomly 7 5 2 5 Video Test e Video Test All This diagnostic tests your system s video capabilities This involves testing the video memory with 18 patterns testing your graphics acceleration and text output You will see these tests being performed on your monitor You can cancel this test at any time by hitting the Escape Esc key The following tests are performed on your monitor e Video Memory Video memory is tested by filling the video buffer with 18 test patterns one pattern at a time The tests will fill the entire screen with a single color e Video Data Transfer This tests the graphics acceleration part of your video controller These tests will appear on your screen as black and white concentric squares and rectangles of various sizes and colors If errors are detected the locations of the problems are displayed e Video Text Output This test prints a text string in random sizes and colors to tests your video device driver and video controller 7 12 Section 7 5 Common Diagnostics GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 5 2 6 7 5 2 7 7 5 2 8 USB Test Not yet supported e USB Test All e USB Configuration Test e USB Devices Test PCI Board Configuration Test A bus is a set of circuits wires or connectors which connect the various components of your system A PCI Peripheral Component Interconnect bus is a fast standard bus which is common in Pentium syste
144. E 5120593 VCR Mitsubishi HS MD3000U VCR Mitsubishi HS MD3000E Sony UP D895MD SONY UP D897MD Mitsubishi P93D SONY UP D23MD Sony UP D25MD Mitsubishi CP30DW Digital B W printer Digital B W printer Digital B W printer 2401985 5389822 5310492 066E0407 2378741 5121837 5121839 066E0424 Digital Color printer Digital Color printer Digital Color printer HP 990cxi HP 6122 Standard printer Standard printer HP 6540 Standard printer HP 5650 HP Business Inkjet 1200 Standard printer Standard printer HP Office jet Pro K550 EP100925 EQ100158 5357534 5351754 Standard printer HP Office jet Pro K5400 Standard printer HP Deskjet D4360 Standard printer HP Deskjet 6940 Mitsubishi P93D Sony UP D25MD LexMark Z65 HP 1000 Standard printer N O Digital B W printer N Digital Color printer n2 N Standard printer NO C3 Standard printer NO Xerox Phaser 8400 Standard printer HP Officejet 6000 Special Edition Sony DVO 1000MD Standard printer VCR Section 9 13 Peripherals 9 23 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 9 24 Section 9 13 Peripherals GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 10 Care amp Maintenance Section 10 1 Overview 10 1 1 10 1 2 A CAUTION A DANGER A CAUTION A CAUTION Periodic Maintenance Inspections It has been determined by engineering tha
145. E s scanners more e enabledthan ever The Service Platform will increase service productivity and reduce training and service costs 5 40 Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DiRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 2 Global Service User Interface GSUI 5 10 2 1 Internationalization The user interface provided by the service platform is designed for GE personnel and as such is in English only There is no multi lingual capability built into the Service Interface 5 10 2 2 Service Login 1 Touch Utility gt Service It will take about 1p seconds for activations 2 Make sure that CAPS is OFF for password entry performed later 3 The Service Login window for Service Platform will be shown on the monitor display Service Login Hospital Name Medical Systems System Type 9 System ID PCBE Select User Level Select User Level Enter Password Okay Serice Figure 5 39 Login Screen for Global Service User Interface 5 10 2 3 Access Security The service interface has different access and security user levels Each user is only granted access to the tools that are authorized for their use NOTE A Service Dongle is necessary for use by GE Service when performing proprietary level diagnostics OnLine Center access to the scanner requires the password and they must have Disruptive permission and customer input to run diagnostics Table 5 5 Service Login User Levels Authorized access
146. EMBL Y RE ASSEMBLY 8 105 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 47 3 8 2 47 4 8 106 Removal procedure cont d 6 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 48 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 47 Equipment Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown passed all required tests and is ready for use Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 48 ACPC Assy 8 2 48 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers e Allen Unbraco wrench Stubby screwdriver Flat tip and Cross tip 8 2 48 2 Preparations e Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 48 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the AC Input Box Assy Refer to the 8 2 49 Transbox Assy 110V 220V on page 8 109 2 Disconnect 5 connectors Figure 8 146 ACPC in Transbox 3 Unscrew 5 screws to remove the ACPC Assy Figure 8 147 Screws of ACPC assy Section 8 2 DISASSEMBL Y RE ASSEMBLY 8 107 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 48 3 Removal procedure cont d 4 Perform the following functional tests If all are su
147. Face Devices 3 IDE ATAJATAPI controllers Fly IEEE 1394 Bus host controllers EIE Keyboards H Mice and other pointing devices Monitors EE Multirunection adapters oe Network adapters Hi Ports COM amp LPT ee Communications Port CoML BED E E ro serial Blidge COMM EE Processors ER Sound video and game controllers 22 System devices n Universal Serial Bus controllers E gt Figure 8 196 Device Manager Windows Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 3 Installing Application Software NOTE First time SW installation with peripherals on can cause the BlueScreen NOTE 4 connecting peripherals to the system make sure to turn off the system first order to avoid the ueScreen A WARNING Base Image software should also be installed prior to the application 1 Place the Application Software CD into the DVD drive 2 Press the Start button on the tool bar at the bottom of the LCD screen and select Run Enter G LoadSoftware into the dialog box as shown below Browse Figure 8 197 Run Load Software 3 You will see a screen that warns you that you are about to load software press the Y key to continue Then the program requests confirmation Are you sure Press the Y key again 4 Select the application type to install 5 You will see a Command CMD win
148. Goa Ue Veg Lic EAS 3 15 oystem eva ede e eee SOR 3 16 System SPECIICALIONS be dem Pu St be aed 3 16 Electrical Specifications 3 18 On Board Optional Peripherals 3 18 External I O Connector 3 19 Video Specification 3 21 Setting VCR Mitsubishi MD3000 USB Interface 3 22 AVallable PIODOS xL E esate Mee DERE eS ERE 3 23 Software Option Configuration 3 23 Connectivity Installation Worksheet 3 24 Insite IP Address Configuration 3 25 Loading Base System Software 3 25 Loading Base system Software 3 25 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL VV OE acu odo dr dora qr d 3 25 VV lli AMT CIT 3 25 ml qp 3 26 Product Locator Installation 3 26 SEMI REI EOS Sus uu a oe 3 26 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 4 Functional Checks made eure ddr Ja seda gebe dpud egi unt 4 1 Furpose or CDSDIGE T
149. HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 11 2 System Checkout Procedure All bold fields should be filled 7 Device Name and CRM No are pre populated and can not be changed 8 Verify that Send button is enabled 9 Select Continent and Country 10 Put City State and Institution 11 Select Product for the Enterprise 12 If Proxy needs to be configured select Enable for the Proxy filed and input IP address and Port number 13 Press Submit Changes Please Wait message is displayed while the system is checking out Figure 5 53 Figure 5 53 Please Wait 14 Wait until following screen displays Figure 5 54 Figure 5 54 Configuration done 15 Configuration is complete 16 Close the Service Platform Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 53 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 11 3 Sending RFS Procedure Service Platform should be turned off in order to open RFS window System must be connected to network configured and checked out to be able to send the RFS 1 Right Click on Connect to GE icon Figure 5 55 Contact GE Icon All the fields that are marked with asterisk are mandatory and should be filled in order to send the RFS request to On Line Center 2 Fill out the Last name First name and Phone number Figure 5 56 3 Extension E mail and Other system ID fields are optional 4 Select Problem Type
150. HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 4 10 Site Log Table 4 11 Site Log Dae Service person Problem Comments Section 4 9 Board Function Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 This page was intentionally left blank Section 4 9 Board Function Checks LOGIQTM P5 SERVICE MANUAL GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 56 Section 4 9 Board Function Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 5 Components and Functions Theory Section 5 1 Overview 5 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 5 This chapter explains system concepts component arrangement and subsystem function of LOGIQ P5 and LOGIQ A5 A5Pro It also describes the Power Distribution System PDS and probes Table 5 1 Contents in Chapter 5 ct Description Page Number Section 5 1 Overview 5 1 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 2 General Information LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro is a phased and linear array ultrasound imaging scanner It has provisions for analog input sources like ECG A Doppler probe may also be connected and used The LOGIQ P5 can be used for 2D Gray Scale and 2D Color Flow Imaging M Mode Gray Scale Imaging Color M Mode Doppler Different combinations of the above modes 4D Optional And the LOGIQ A5 A5Pro can be used for 2D Gray Sc
151. ID USB Drive Z Figure 8 164 Destination Section of Patient Screen 7 Press to eject the media Specify that you want to finalize the CD ROM or DVD Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 121 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 5 2 Image Management Guide cont d Importing Data To import an exam s to another Ultrasound system 1 At the other Ultrasound system insert the CD ROM DVD 2 Press Patient Press Exam Data Transfer located at the upper left hand corner of the Patient menu Figure 8 165 Exam Data Transfer 3 Select Import task Button Figure 8 166 Task button 4 The TO combo box is not active It displays Local Archive The FROM combo box is active Select the type of removable media CD DVD Rom Then please wait until the patient list is visible Removeable CD DVD Mo Archive Removeable CD DVD Figure 8 167 From 5 The Patient menu just shows the patients available for import from the removable media you just loaded onto the system 6 Select the patients to be imported 7 Once you have selected all of the patients to import press Transfer Button 8 Please wait for the patient information to be copied to this Ultrasound system Progress bar appears while the import is taking place 8 122 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 5 3 Prin
152. IQ P5 Training are authorized to service the equipment 1 3 3 Mechanical Safety A WARNING WHEN THE UNIT IS RAISED FOR A REPAIR OR MOVED ALONG ANY INCLINE USE EXTREME CAUTION SINCE IT MAY BECOME UNSTABLE AND TIP OVER A WARNING ULTRASOUND PROBES ARE HIGHLY SENSITIVE MEDICAL INSTRUMENTS THAT CAN EASILY BE DAMAGED BY IMPROPER HANDLING USE CARE WHEN HANDLING AND PROTECT FROM DAMAGE WHEN NOT IN USE DO NOT USE A DAMAGED OR DEFECTIVE PROBE FAILURE TO FOLLOW THESE PRECAUTIONS CAN RESULT IN SERIOUS INJURY AND EQUIPMENT DAMAGE N WARNING NEVER USE A PROBE THAT HAS FALLEN TO THE FLOOR EVEN IF IT LOOKS IT MAY BE DAMAGED A CAUTION Always lower and center the Operator Panel before moving the scanner CAUTION The LOGIQ P5 weighs 75 kg or more depending on installed peripherals 165 Ibs or more when ready for use Care must be used when moving it or replacing its parts Failure to follow the precautions listed could result in injury uncontrolled motion and costly d A CAUTION Be sure the pathway is clear Use slow careful motions Use two people when moving on inclines or lifting more than 16 kg 35 Ibs There is a pinch point in LCD monitor Need care for injury on hands or fingers in flipping down the LCD monitor Section 1 3 Safety Considerations GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL 1 3 3 Mechanical Safety cont d NOTE Special care should be taken when transporting the u
153. LTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 51 1 How to start serial no read write program cont d 7 When asn exe starts running Logon windows pops up Type in maintenance password to start asn exe Ee Maintenance Password Figure 8 156 Execute the ASN EXE Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 115 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 51 2 How to read Serial No 1 Check checkboxes of system boards you want to read or System Serial No checkbox NOTE You can read System Serial No L1SYSCON board CL1TRX board P3RL Y board and ACWD board information s HW Serial Number Figure 8 157 Reading System Info 8 2 51 3 How to write info on the system 1 Check checkboxes of system boards you want to write or System Serial No checkbox 2 Put the Serial No Part No or Rev on the blank box 3 Press Write Button 8 116 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 3 1 General This describes a full system software loading Base Software Load Image Arirang Application Load Image procedure Use this instruction when Performing the HDD with new one Base Software Load Image Arirang Application Load Image Performing the system revision up Application 8 3 2 Parts Required LOGIQ P5 Base Software DVD LOGIQ P5 Ap
154. Lockout Tagout requirements by ensuring you are in total control of the electrical Mains plug 1 16 Section 1 3 Safety Considerations GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL Section 1 4 EMC EMI 1 4 1 1 4 2 NOTE 1 4 3 A WARNING ADA and ESD Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC Electromagnetic compatibility describes a level of performance of a device within its electromagnetic environment This environment consists of the device itself and its surroundings including other equipment power sources and persons with which the device must interface Inadequate compatibility results when a susceptible device fails to perform as intended due interference from its environment or when the device produces unacceptable levels of emission to its environment This interference is often referred to as radio frequency or electromagnetic interference RFI EMI and can be radiated through space or conducted over interconnecting power of signal cables In addition to electromagnetic energy EMC also includes possible effects from electrical fields magnetic fields electrostatic discharge and disturbances in the electrical power supply CE Compliance The LOGIQ P5 unit conforms to all applicable conducted and radiated emission limits and to immunity from electrostatic discharge radiated and conducted RF fields magnetic fields and power line transient requirements For applicable standards refer
155. Logs image Quality Calibration Conti guration Utilitier Repiscement f 26 p 20006 Diagnostics Common Diagnostics LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics B Trouble Shooting k ERU test LISYSCON CLITRX 5 57 Revision 33 USC Interface 5 FE BUS Interface 59 PGC Signal 3 DATA Memory 3 2 TPG 5 TX Channel J P3RLY ACWD J APS MOTCTRL FRONTPANEL 25 Test Wave Signal started on Thu b Srarr rhe CLITRX FULL diagnosric CLITRX ASSY REV CHECK Rev Board Revieion 2 CLITRX USC TF PASS CLITRX 5 PASS CLITRX PASS LOW Level 2 51V 2 43V 2 5 V PGC MID Level 2 90V 2 67V 2 96V PGC HIGH Level 3 29V 3 72U0V 3 35V CLITRX TEST WAVE PASS TEST WAVE LOW Level 0 33V 0 29V 0 49V TEST WAVE MID Level 7 51V 2 35V 7 61V TEST WAVE HIGH Level 4 49V 4 41V 4 71V CLITRX DATA MEMORY PASS CLITRX UQCARD PASS 00X2 0 Data R W PASS 00X2 1 Data R W PASS NQX Data R W PASS 00X2 31 Data R W PASS 00X2 4 Data R W PASS 00 2 7 Data R W PASS 00X2 6 Data R W PASS 00X2 7 Data R W PASS TPG2 PASS TPG 0 Delay Data R W PASS TPG 1 Delay Data R W PASS TPG 2 Delay Data R W PASS TPC 3 Delay Data R W PASS Figure 4 38 CL1TRX Diagnostic test 6 Shut down the system 7 Restart the system 8 Check the basic function of system s different modes Refer
156. N 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 6 BW Printer Fixture Keyboard installation cont d 4 Slide and place the BW printer with printer plate to the BW printer cover and screw 2 screws 5178673 FH M4x6 WHT 1 2 to fix it Figure 8 261 BW Printer Fixture Keyboard installation 5 Connect the Power Cable and USB Cable from the printer to the system and tie the cable properly Figure 8 262 BW Printer Fixture Keyboard installation Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 181 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 6 BW Printer Fixture Keyboard installation cont d 6 Install the BW Printer rear cover a Push the BW Printer rear cover to the rear of BW printer cover b Fix the hook of BW Printer rear cover on the BW Printer cover c Push the bottom of BW printer rear cover and install the rear cover Figure 8 263 BW Printer Fixture Keyboard installation 8 182 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 7 BW printer Fixture Middle installation 1 Install BW Printer on the top of the base bracket by screwing 4 screws 2306562 FH M3x6 YEL Mitsubishi P93DW SONY UP D897 Figure 8 264 BW Printer Fixture Middle installation 2 Unscrew 2 existing screw from the middle cover 3 Place the BW printer with base bracket on the middle cover and screw 2 screws 5176744 BH M4x20 WHT to fix it Figu
157. OCUTARE MECANICE SAU DE ALTA NATURA GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL e RU K SERVISN PR RU KA DISPOZ CII LEN V ANGLI TINE AK ZAKAZNIKOV POSKYTOVATEL SLUZIEB VYZADUJE INY JAZYK AKO ANGLICTINU POSKYTNUTIE PREKLADATELSKYCH SLUZIEB JE ZODPOVEDNOSTOU ZAKAZNIKA Peete gt NEPOKUSAJTE SA VYKON VA SERVIS ZARIADENIA SK R SI NEPREC TATE SERVISNU PRIRUCKU A NEPOROZUMIETE JEJ ZANEDBANIE TOHTO UPOZORNENIA M ZE
158. OITTUMINEN S HK ISKUN MEKAANISEN VIAN TAI MUUN VAARATILANTEEN VUOKSI TO ET XEIPIAIO ZEPBIZ AIATIOETAI MONO EAN TO ATOMO 2 ZEPBIZ ENO ATIAITEI gt E FAQ22A EKTOZ ATIOTEAEI EYOYNH TOY NA YTIHPEZIEZ 2 MHN ETIIXEIPHZETE THN EKTEAEZH EPTl AZION gt EPBI gt 2TON EKTO gt EAN ZYMBOYAEYTEI EXETE TO gt EPBI gt EAN AE AABETE THN lIPOEIAOTIOIHZH ENAEXETAI TPAYMATIZMOz gt TO ATOMO EPBI2 5 XEIPIZTH H 2 TON AZOENH AMO HAEKTPOTIAHZIA MHXANIKOY gt H AAAOY2 KINAYNOY EZEN KARBANTARTASI KEZIKONYV KIZ R LAG ANGOL NYELVEN RHET EL HA A VEV SZOLG LTAT JA ANGOLT L ELT R NYELVRE TART IG NYT AKKOR A VEV FELEL SS GE A FORD T S ELK SZ TTET SE NE PROBALJA ELKEZDENI HASZN LNI BERENDEZEST AM G KARBANTARTASI KEZIKONYVBEN LEIRTAKAT NEM RTELMEZT K EZEN FIGYELMEZTETES FIGYELMEN KIVUL HAGYASA A SZOLGALTATO MUKODTETO VAGY A BETEG ARAMUTES MECHANIKAI VAGY EGYEB VESZELYHELYZET MIATTI SERULESET EREDMENYEZHETI ESSI PJONUSTUHANDBOK ER EING NGU F ANLEG A ENSKU EF PJONUSTUADILI VIDSKIPTAMANNS ARFNAST ANNARS TUNGUM LS ENSKU ER PAD ABYRGD VIDSKIPTAMANNS UTVEGA PYDINGU REYNID EKKI AD PJONUS
159. ON 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 13 Paperwork NOTE During and after installation the documentation i e User Manuals Installation Manuals for the peripheral units must be kept as part of the original system documentation This will ensure that all relevant safety and user information is available during the operation and service of the complete system 3 13 1 Product Locator Installation NOTE The Product Locator Installation Card shown may not be same as the provided Product Locator card GE Systems Hau Preduzlaczeor File Jupes Bos did M za kas WI 53201 0414 PREPARE GAGEARS THAT DO PAVE LOCATOR FEPORNT XEM LIA Vang Figure 3 16 Product Locator Installation Card 3 13 2 User Manual s Check that the correct User Manual s for the system and software revision is included with the installation Specific language versions of the User Manual may also be available Check with your GE oales Representative for availability 3 13 2 1 Reference off board peripherals and options None 3 26 Section 3 12 Warnings GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 4 Functional Checks Section 4 1 Overview 4 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 4 This chapter provides procedures for quickly checking major functions of the LOGIQ P5 A5 ABPro scanner diagnostics by using the built in service software
160. Open the EMI Cover L and EMI Cover R Refer to the 8 2 26 EMI Cover L on page 8 68 and 8 2 27 EMI Cover R on page 8 69 4 Remove all pwas from the nest box ACWD Option SYSCONPM CL1TRX SYSCONCM APS Figure 8 113 PWAs in the nest box 5 Open the front cover Refer to the 8 2 17 Front Cover on page 8 53 Remove the PSRLY P2RLY Board Refer to the 8 2 30 P3RLY P2RLY Assy amp P2RLY with Dummy on page 8 75 7 Remove the DVD HDD Refer to the 8 2 44 DVD R W Drive on page 8 98 and 8 2 47 SATA HDD Assy on page 8 104 8 Unplug all the cable connectors all in Backplane Assy gt Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 77 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 31 3 Removal procedure cont d 9 Unscrew 16 screws from the Backplane Assy M den Figure 8 114 Backplane 10 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 32 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Section 4 9 9 BackPlane en Validation Service Manual Direction 53941441 Rev 1 Section 8 2 31 Equipment Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks Section 10 5 2 Functional Checks See Also Chapter
161. PIC ACPI SCI IRQ C4 on C3 DMI Power Management PCI Express Configuration PCI Express Port 1 PCI Express Port 2 PCI Express Port 3 PCI Express Port 4 VC1 for Azlia amp Root Ports 5 22 Disabled Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL BIOS SET UP UTILITY Advanced PCI PnP Settings Plug amp Play OS PCI Latency Timer Allocate IRQ to PCI VGA Allocate IRQ to SMBUS HC PCI IRQ Resource Exclusion PCI Interrupt Routing BIOS SET UP UTILITY Configure advanced CPU settings Module Version xxx Manufacturer Intel Brand String Intel Pentium M Processor 1 8 Frequency 1 80GHz FSB Speed 400 2 Cache L1 32KB Cache L2 2048KB Intel Speedstep tech Max CPU Frequency Automatic 1800Mhz BIOS SET UP UTILITY I O Interface Configuration Onboard Audio Controller AC97 Onboard Ethernet Controller Onboard Floppy Controller Floppy A Serial Port 1 Configuration Serial Port 2 Configuration Parallel Port Address Figure 5 20 Advanced menu in BIOS Section 5 4 Main Board Detail Enabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 4 2 BIOS Content cont d BIOS SET UP UTILITY BIOS SET UP UTILITY IDE Configuration ATA IDE Configuration Legacy IDE Channels Primary IDE Master Primar
162. RE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 18 Rear Cover 8 2 18 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 18 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 18 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the Left and Right side covers Refer to the 8 2 15 Side Left Cover on page 8 51 and 8 2 16 Side Right Cover on page 8 52 2 Remove 4 rubber caps from the rear cover of the system Figure 8 91 4 rubber caps on Rear Cover 3 Unscrew 4 screws 1 4 from the rear cover Figure 8 92 4 screws on rear cover 4 Remove the Rear Cover Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 55 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 18 3 Removal procedure cont d 5 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 19 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Secton4 34 4 3 1 Power On Boot PowerOnBootUp 4 3 2 Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 18 Equipment Section 4 8 1 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 2 18 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 56 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE 8 2 19 2 8 2 19 3 DIRECTION 5394141
163. RECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQTM P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 10 Using the DVD R 4 3 10 1 Using the DVD R N NOTICE Never move the unit with a disk in the DVD R because the drive actuator will not be locked and the DVD R could break Go to the Utility gt Connectivity gt Removable Media Insert CD DVD media Press Verify 1 2 3 4 The properties will be like below a Capacity Free space depends on media type b Formatted Finalized No Connectivity Removable Media Properties Figure 4 7 Removable Media 5 Go to Patient 6 Press Data Transfer located at the upper left side of Patient screen 7 Select Export task Section 4 2 Required Equipment GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 10 1 Using the DVD R cont d 8 Select the type of Removable CD DVD on the To combo box 9 It will do auto formatting OET ble Figure 4 8 Formatting 10 After auto formatting select some patients on the upper list area and then press the Transfer button 11 it will do transferring to CD DVD Figure 4 9 Transferring 4 16 Section 4 2 Required Equipment GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 4 3 10 1 Using the DVD R 12 The selected data is transferred correctly LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 4 10 Transfer 13 Press F3 and select the Yes and Verify files 14 It will do f
164. REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 2 3 USB Printer Checks USB Printer User Only cont d A NOTICE Once a USB printer is connected to one of the USB ports don t take out the USB printer and plug it in another USB port Printer Port Figure 8 193 USB Port Rear Panel Connector 2 Make sure that printer properties are proper Image orientation and size Refer to the latest Release Notes 8 138 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 2 4 DMC Checks DMC User Only NOTE DMC Cable is supplied only as an option 1 Check DMC Cable USB to Serial Bridge 2 Plug in the Cable as shown on the right side of the USB port Plug on the right Figure 8 195 DMC Cable 3 Ensure USB to Serial Bridge port is recognized by the system 4 Trackball to My computer icon and left click 5 Right click on Properties 6 Right click on the Hardware tab 7 Right click on the device manager in the middle right of the hardware tab window Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 139 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 8 4 2 4 DMC Checks DMC User Only cont d LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 Make sure USB to Serial Bridge is displayed as shown the Figure 8 196 8 140 FT 5 File Action View Help H ARIRANG i Computer See Disk drives x Display adapters H 5 DVDICO ROM drives I Eka Hurnan Inter
165. REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 19 Middle Cover 8 2 19 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Stubby screwdriver Flat tip and Cross tip Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker Removal procedure 1 Remove the Left and Right side covers Refer to the 8 2 15 Side Left Cover on page 8 51 and 8 2 16 Side Right Cover on page 8 52 And Remove the Rear Cover Refer to the 8 2 18 Rear Cover on page 8 55 2 Remove 2 rubber caps 1 2 from the middle cover of the system Figure 8 93 2 rubber cap of middle cover 3 Unscrew 2 screws 1 2 from the middle cover Figure 8 94 2 screws of middle cover Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 57 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 19 3 Removal procedure cont d 4 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 20 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Secton4 34 4 3 1 Power On Boot PowerOnBootUp 4 3 2 Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 19 Equipment Section 4 8 1 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 2 19 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 58 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEM
166. ROM 8 144 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 4 2 Setting Computer Name 1 Click on Utility then select Connectivity 2 Click on TCP IP tab Connectivity TCPIIP Devi ta IP settings Figure 8 203 tab 3 Type Computer Name AN NOTICE The Computer name is unique Check the scanner serial number printed on the label located at the rear lower side of the scanner For example when 12345SU1 is printed P5 12345SU1 must be entered as a computer name A NOTICE If Enable DHCP checkbox is checked and LAN cable is disconnected from the system the system bootup time might slow down 4 Verify that Enable DHCP has no check mark If checked remove the mark NOTE If Enable DHCP mark is checked the system cannot checkout by VOLC 5 Check if Computer Name IP Address Subnet Mask and Default Gateway are proper ones which you wrote down in section 8 3 5 1Saving Connectivity NOTE If the Save is NOT performed you can NOT enter Patient screen and NOT perform Export Import 6 Click on Save button 7 Click OK for confirmation dialog box 8 The system will power OFF automatically 9 Turn on the system for functional checks Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 145 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 4 3 Setting Printer Preferences NOTE If the 1 3
167. ROM drive Ihe Base System Software Load Image process has successfully completed You will now need to load the Application Software onto your system 1 Please eject the DUDROM from the drive 2 Press ALT CTRL DEL key to restart the system 3 Continue with the Application Software load procedure Thank yout J S gt Figure 8 186 Installation Completion 11 After removing the disk from the drive Press ALT CTRL DEL key NOTE After Installing Base Image Software the General failure reading drive A Abort Retry Fail message can be appeared but Ignore it All procedure would be successfully done N WARNING Remove the disk from the drive Otherwise you will be encountered the Base Image Software installation screen iteratively 12 The following message box be displayed after the SYSTEM boot up Press Yes System Settings Change L j Windows has Finished installing new devices The software that supports your device will requires that you restart your computer You must restart your computer before the new settings will take effect Do vou want Ea restart your computer now Figure 8 187 System Setting Change Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 133 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 2 Verifying Base Image Software 8 4 2 1 Partition Checks 1 Reboot the SYSTEM and the Desktop screen will be shown as blow
168. SEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 2 2 Removal procedure cont d 6 Unscrew 4 screws to remove the OSD key assy and disconnect the connect Figure 8 9 Separating the OSD key assy 7 Separate the LCD tact knob and LCD lamp window from the OSD key assy Figure 8 10 Separating the LCD tact knob and LCD lamp window 8 Unscrew 5 screws to remove LCD front cover ata ee e a ad e e eee Figure 8 11 Removing the LCD front cover Section 8 2 DISASSEMBL Y RE ASSEMBLY 8 7 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 2 2 8 2 2 3 Removal procedure cont d 9 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 3 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction LCD plastic filter Function Validation 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 2 Equipment Section 4 8 2 passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounting Procedure Install the each of the new part in the reverse order of removal procedure Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 3 8 2 3 1 8 2 3 2 8 2 3 3 8 2 3 4 OSD
169. SM GIO MECHANINIU AR KITU PAVOJU DENNE SERVICEHANDBOKEN FINNES BARE ENGELSK HVIS KUNDENS SERVICELEVERANDOR TRENGER ET ANNET SPR K ER DET KUNDENS ANSVAR S RGE FOR OVERSETTELSE IKKE FORS K REPARERE UTSTYRET UTEN AT DENNE SERVICEH NDBOKEN ER LEST OG FORST TT MANGLENDE HENSYN TIL DENNE ADVARSELEN KAN F RE TIL AT SERVICELEVERAND REN OPERAT REN ELLER PASIENTEN SKADES P GRUNN AV ELEKTRISK ST T MEKANISKE ELLER ANDRE FARER NINIEJSZY PODR CZNIK SERWISOWY DOST PNY JEST JEDYNIE W J ZYKU ANGIELSKIM JESLI FIRMA SWIADCZACA KLIENTOWI USIUGI SERWISOWE WYMAGA UDOSTe PODRe 2 W JeZYKU INNYM ANGIELSKI OBOWIAZEK ZAPEWNIENIA STOSOWNEGO TIUMACZENIA SPOCZYWA NA KLIENCIE NIE PR SERWISOWA NINIEJSZEGO SPRZeTU BEZ UPRZEDNIEGO ZAPOZNANIA Sle Z PODRe CZNIKIEM SERWISOWYM NIEZASTOSOWANIE Sle DO TEGO OSTRZE ENIA MOZE GROZI OBRAZENIAMI CIAIA SERWISANTA OPERATORA LUB PACJENTA W WYNIKU PORAZENIA PRADEM URAZU MECHANICZNEGO LUB INNEGO RODZAJU ZAGROZER ACEST MANUAL DE SERVICE ESTE DISPONIBIL NUMAI N LIMBA ENGLEZ DACA UN FURNIZOR DE SERVICII PENTRU CLIENTI NECESITA O ALTA LIMBA DECAT CEA ENGLEZA ESTE DE DATORIA CLIENTULUI SA FURNIZEZE O TRADUCERE NU INCERCATI SA REPARATI ECHIPAMENTUL DECAT ULTERIOR CONSULTARII S INTELEGERII ACESTUI MANUAL DE SERVICE IGNORAREA ACESTUI AVERTISMENT AR PUTEA DUCE LA RANIREA DEPANATORULUI OPERATORULUI SAU PACIENTULUI IN URMA PERICOLELOR DE ELECTR
170. Send the command to read write to TRX data memory A None Memory Test OQX Test The DSP in L1SYSCON reads and writes the OQCARD registers in CL1TRX BL1TRX All Rone via FE bus TPG2 Test D in L1SYSCON reads and writes the TPG2 registers in CL1TRX BL1TRX via EMEN RX Channel Test Send test wave pattern to the input stage of preamp on CL1TRX BL1TRX perform 64 channel scanning Read raw data and analyze it Send test wave pattern to the CL1TRX BL1TRX read returned small signal Read the mH TX Channel Test data and analyze it Note APS APS Pro HV test is required prior to the TRX TX channel test Section 7 5 Common Diagnostics 7 17 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 5 4 3 NOTE 7 5 4 4 PSRLY P2RLY These programs are provided for testing the PSRLY P2RLY board A Convex Probe is needed for RLY Channel Test Table 7 4 FRU Test P3RLY Diagnostics Menu User Descriptions GE FE Full Test Performs all of the P3RLY P2RLY board tests listed below Only None 5 Test EEPROM Assy Revision E Test Send test pattern to write to EEPROM and readDisplays the board revision of the Al None P3RLY P2RLY board FEBUS Test Checks if the DSP in SYSCONPM SYSCONOM can access the PSRLY P2RLY board GE FE None via FE bus Only GE FE SHV Test Send the command to SHV resister in PSRLY P2RLY board to read SHV status Only None GE FE OPEN Test Checks whether probe connected or not on PSRLY P2RLY On
171. TA T EKID NEMA EFTIR AD HAFA SKODAD OG SKILID PESSA PJONUSTUHANDBOK EF EKKI ER FARID AD PESSARI VIDVORUN GETUR PAD VALDID MEIDSLUM PJ NUSTUVEITANDA STJ RNANDA EDA SJUKLINGS VEGNA RAFLOSTS V LR ENNAR EDA ANNARRAR H ETTU GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 ADVARSEL DA VYSTRAHA CS WAARSCHUWING NL BRIDINAJUMS LV LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL TENTO SERVISN NAVOD EXISTUJE POUZE V ANGLICK M JAZYCE V P iPAD ZE POSKYTOVATEL SLU EB Z KAZN K M POT EBUJE N VOD V JIN M JAZYCE JE ZAJIST Ni Pf EKLADU DO ODPOV DAJ C HO JAZYKA KOLEM Z KAZN KA NEPROV D JTE DR BU TOHOTO 72 iZENi ANI BYSTE SI P EC ETLI TENTO SERVISN N VOD A POCHOPILI JEHO OBSAH V Pr PAD NEDODR OV N T TO V STRAHY M ZE DOJ T RAZU ELEKTRICK M PROUDEM PRACOVN KA POSKYTOVATELE SLU EB OBSLUZN HO PERSON LU NEBO PACIENT VLIVEM ELEKTRICK HOP PROUDU RESPEKTIVE VLIVEM K RIZIKU MECHANICK HO PO KOZEN NEBO JIN MU RIZIKU DENNE SERVICEMANUAL FINDES KUN P ENGELSK HVIS EN KUNDES TEKNIKER HAR BRUG FOR ET ANDET SPROG END ENGELSK ER DET KUNDENS ANSVAR AT S RGE FOR OVERS TTELSE FORS G IKKE AT SERVICERE UDSTYRET MEDMINDRE DENNE SERVICEMANUAL ER BLEVET L ST OG FORST ET MANGLENDE OVERHOLDELSE AF DENNE ADVARSEL KAN MEDF RE SKADE P GRUND AF ELEKTRISK MEKANISK ELLER ANDEN FARE FOR TEKNIKEREN OPERAT REN ELLER PATIENTEN DEZE ONDERHOUDSHANDLEIDING IS ENKEL IN HET
172. TE You need to use your best judgment when moving patients images If there are lots of images or loops then only move a few patients at a time 5 Once you have selected all of the patients to export press Transfer Button as shown in Figure 4 18 from the Patient Menu 6 The progress bar appears as the copy is taking place Once transfer completed the exported patient list will be shown as Figure 4 22 02 08 2006 1 42 MB 02 08 2006 1 42 MB 12373178328 pak 1 0208206 142MB Kim 0X Om MM MN 0208206 14M Figure 4 22 Destination Section of Patient Screen 7 Press to eject the media Specify that you want to finalize the CD ROM 4 24 Section 4 2 Required Equipment GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 12 ECG Check Out Connect the ECG Harness and check Table 4 5 ECG Harness Check Step Task to do Expected Result s 1 Connect the ECG at the Connector on the Front of the It will display a curve along the bottom edge of the image scanner sector Section 4 4 Software Configuration Checks Table 4 6 Software Configuration Checks Sep Task to do Expected Result s Check Date and Time setting Date and Time are correct Check Language settings Desired Language is displayed 4 Check assignment of Printer Keys and User Define Keys RU cy ane Sor CeING KEYS are AssIgJNec as desired by the customer
173. VISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation 3 4 1 Verify Customer Order Compare items received by the customer to that which is listed on the delivery order Report any items that are missing back ordered or damaged 3 4 2 Physical Inspection 3 4 2 1 System Voltage Settings Verify that the scanner is set to the correct voltage The Voltage settings for the LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro Scanner is found on a label to the right of the Power switch and External I O on the rear of the system A WARNING Connecting LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro scanner to the wrong voltage level will most likely destroy the scanner 3 4 2 2 Video Formats Check that the video format for VCR playback is set to the locally used video standard NTSC or PAL 3 4 3 EMI Protection This Unit has been designed to minimize the effects of Electro Magnetic Interference EMI Many of the covers shields and screws are provided primarily to protect the system from image artifacts caused by this interference For this reason it is imperative that all covers and hardware are installed and secured before the unit is put into operation 3 10 Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 5Completing the Installation 3 5 1 Power On Boot Up NOTE After turning off the system wait at least ten seconds before turning it on again The system may not be able to boot if po
174. VVEDERE DIRETTAMENTE ALLA TRADUZIONE SI PROCEDA ALLA MANUTENZIONE DELL APPARECCHIATURA SOLO DOPO AVER CONSULTATO IL PRESENTE MANUALE ED AVERNE COMPRESO IL CONTENUTO NON TENERE CONTO DELLA PRESENTE AVVERTENZA POTREBBE FAR COMPIERE OPERAZIONI DA CUI DERIVINO LESIONI ALL ADDETTO ALLA MANUTENZIONE ALL UTILIZZATORE ED AL PAZIENTE PER FOLGORAZIONE ELETTRICA PER URTI MECCANICI OD ALTRI RISCHI KAESOLEV TEENINDUSJUHEND ON SAADAVAL AINULT INGLISE KEELES KUI KLIENDITEENINDUSE OSUTAJA No UAB JUHENDIT INGLISE KEELEST ERINEVAS KEELES VASTUTAB KLIENT To LKETEENUSE OSUTAMISE EEST RGE RITAGE SEADMEID TEENINDADA ENNE EELNEVALT KaESOLEVA TEENINDUSJUHENDIGA TUTVUMIST JA SELLEST ARU SAAMIST ESOLEVA HOIATUSE EIRAMINE Vo IB Po HIUSTADA TEENUSEOSUTAJA OPERAATORI Vol PATSIENDI VIGASTAMIST ELEKTRIL 6 Gl MEHAANILISE Vol MUU TAGAJa RJEL GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEvICE MANUAL VAROITUS Fl IPOEIAOTIOIHZH EL FIGYELMEZTET S HU VIDVORUN IS T M HUOLTO OHJE ON SAATAVILLA VAIN ENGLANNIKSI JOS ASIAKKAAN PALVELUNTARJOAJA VAATII MUUTA KUIN ENGLANNINKIELIST MATERIAALIA TARVITTAVAN K NN KSEN HANKKIMINEN ON ASIAKKAAN VASTUULLA L YRIT KORJATA LAITTEISTOA ENNEN KUIN OLET VARMASTI LUKENUT JA YMM RT NYT T M N HUOLTO OHJEEN MIK LI T T VAROITUSTA El NOUDATETA SEURAUKSENA VOI OLLA PALVELUNTARJOAJAN LAITTEISTON YTT J N TAI POTILAAN VAHING
175. VY STI DO ZRANENIA POSKYTOVATE A SLU IEB OBSLUHUJU OSOBY ALEBO PACIENTA ELEKTRICK M PR DOM PR PADNE DO MECHANICK HO ALEBO IN HO NEBEZPEGENSTVA DEN HAR SERVICEHANDBOKEN FINNS BARA TILLGANGLIG ENGELSKA KUNDS SERVICETEKNIKER HAR BEHOV AV ETT ANNAT SPR K AN ENGELSKA ANSVARAR KUNDEN FOR ATT TILLHANDAHALLA OVERSATTNINGSTJANSTER VARNING F RS K INTE UTF RA SERVICE UTRUSTNINGEN OM DU INTE HAR LAST SV OCH F RST R DEN SERVICEHANDBOKEN OM DU INTE TAR H NSYN TILL DEN VARNINGEN KAN RESULTERA SKADOR P SERVICETEKNIKERN OPERAT REN ELLER PATIENTEN TILL FOLJD AV ELEKTRISKA STOTAR MEKANISKA FAROR ELLER ANDRA FAROR BU SERVIS KILAVUZU YALNIZCA NG L ZCE OLARAK SA LANMI TIR EGER M TER TEKN SYEN KILAVUZUN NG L ZCE DI INDAK B R D LDE OLMASINI STERSE KILAVUZU TERC ME ETT RMEK M TER N N SORUMLULU UNDADIR D KKAT e SERV S KILAVUZUNU OKUYUP ANLAMADAN EK PMANLARA M DAHALE TR ETMEY N Z BU UYARININ G Z ARDI ED LMES ELEKTR K ARPMASI YA DA MEKAN K VEYA D ER T RDEN KAZALAR SONUCUNDA TEKN SYEN N OPERAT R N YA DA HASTANIN YARALANMASINA YOL A AB L R vi GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 FE ASOT 1 554 m AAA 2 LOGIQ P5 SEvICE MANUAL LO WAY IaYoMcLddXaEhML Dd tA EARE Bae PIRES ORATI b Q
176. Y then RERNOVABLE MEDIA Properly label and Insert the backup media 3 Select the media type from the drop down menu 4 Enter the label for the media as shown in Figure 4 14 It is best to use all capital letters with no Section 4 2 Required Equipment GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL spaces or punctuation marks one cin ly Removable Me d ia Media Selection Media Label Figure 4 14 Format and Verify Media 5 The Ultrasound system displays a pop up menu as shown in Figure 4 15 When the formatting has been completed press OK to continue 6 If desired verify that the format was successful by returning to Utility gt Connectivity gt Removable Media and selecting VERIFY as shown in Figure 4 12 Figure 4 15 Format Successful Pop up Menu Section 4 2 Required Equipment GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQTM P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 11 2 Backup System Presets and Configurations NOTE Always backup any preset configurations before a software reload This ensures that if the presets need to be reloaded after the software update they will be the same ones the customer was using prior to service Insert a formatted CD R or DVD R into the drive Press UTILITY key Select SYSTEM on the monitor screen On the monitor display select BACKUP RESTORE In the Backup list select Patient Archive Report Archive User Defined Configuration
177. a i Figure 8 320 Rear Handle Installation 4 Screw 1 screw 5178673 FH M4x6 WHT and Install handle dummy bracket Figure 8 321 Rear Handle Installation 8 206 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 16 Additional Task Lamp installation 1 This is the installation instruction of additional task lamp Figure 8 322 Additional Task Lamp Installation 2 Connect the USB connector to the location of light bulb mark Figure 8 323 Additional Task Lamp Installation 3 Install plastic holder to the task lamp bracket Figure 8 324 Additional Task Lamp Installation Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 207 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 16 Additional Task Lamp installation 4 Install task lamp bracket to the rear side of keyboard by screwing 2 screws 5178673 FH M4x6 WHT Figure 8 325 Additional Task Lamp Installation 5 Fix the task lamp light as shown on the figure below Figure 8 326 Additional Task Lamp Installation 6 Install BW hide bracket if it is uninstalled during the installation process Figure 8 327 Additional Task Lamp Installation 8 208 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 17 Protect Cover Installation 1 Refer to the figure below the locat
178. ack pointers and commands FLDLZ FLDPI FLDLN2 FLDLG2 FLDL2T FLDL2E and FLD1 If errors are detected the failed steps and commands are listed CPU Math Commands Tests coprocessor commands FBLD FBSTP FLD FST FXCH FCOM FICOM FTST FXAM and FUCOM If errors are detected the failed instructions are listed CPU Math Arithimetics CPU Transcendental Tests coprocessor transcendental commands F2XM1 FPATAN FPTAN FYL2X FYL2XP1 FCOS FSIN and FSINCOS If errors are detected the failed commands are listed CPU MMX Arithmetic Tests MMX commands PADD PSUB PMUL and PMADD If errors are detected the failed commands are listed CPU MMX Logical Tests MMX commands PAND PANDN POR and PXOR If errors are detected the failed commands are listed CPU MMX Shift Tests MMX commands and PSRL If errors are detected the failed commands are listed CPU MMX Data Transfer Tests MMX commands MOVD and If errors are detected the failed commands are listed CPU MMX Misc Tests MMX commands PCMPEQ PCMPGT PACKSS PACKUS PUNPCK and PUNPCK If errors are detected the failed commands are listed Section 7 5 Common Diagnostics GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 5 2 2 Hard Drive Tests Hard Drive Test All The Hard Drive test examines your hard disk drive using a series of tests to ensure that your drive can perform its functions The following tests are performed
179. age currents this should be suspected as a possible cause and the outlet wiring should be visually inspected PROBE FAILS Test the probe in another connector to isolate if the fault lies with the probe or the scanner NOTE Each probe will have some amount of leakage dependent on its design Small variations in probe leakage currents are normal from probe to probe Other variations will result from differences in line voltage and test lead placement The maximum allowable leakage current for body surface contact probe differs from inter cavity probe Be sure to enter the correct probe type in the appropriate space on the check list If excessive leakage current is slot dependent inspect the system connector for bent pins poor connections and ground continuity If the problem remains with the probe replace the probe PERIPHERAL FAILS Tighten all grounds Ensure star washers are under all ground studs Inspect wiring for bad crimps poor connections or damage STILL FAILS If all else fails begin isolation by removing the probes external peripherals then the on board ones one at a time while monitoring the leakage current measurement NEW UNIT If the leakage current measurement tests fail on a new unit and if situation can not be corrected submit a Safety Failure Report to document the system problem Remove unit from operation ECG FAILS Inspect cables for damage or poor connections 10 28 Section 10 6 Electri
180. al tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 30 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Section 4 9 1 Pis 4 Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 29 Equipment Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks Section 10 5 2 Functional Checks See Also Chapter 4 8 2 29 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 74 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 30 PSRLY P2RLY Assy amp P2RLY with Dummy 8 2 30 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 30 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 30 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the side right cover Refer to the 8 2 16 Side Right Cover on page 8 52 2 Remove the side left cover Refer to the 8 2 15 Side Left Cover on page 8 51 3 Remove the Front Cover Refer to the 8 2 17 Front Cover on page 8 53 4 Remove the ASIG Board Refer to the 8 2 35 ASIG Assy on page 8 86 5 Unscrew 8 screws 1 8 and remove the metal cover Figure 8 111 RLY Cover 6 Unscrew 6 screws 1 6 and remove the PCB ee ba o dae Figure
181. ale Imaging M Mode Gray Scale Imaging Doppler Different combinations of the above modes 2D Color Flow Imaging Optional LOGIQ P5 and LOGIQ A5 A5Pro is a digital beamforming system oignal flow travels from the Probe Connector Panel to the Front End Electronics to the Back End Processor and finally displayed on the monitor and peripherals System configuration is stored on the hard drive and all necessary software is loaded from the hard drive on power up NN DVD R Drive Sj Figure 5 1 LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro Major Components Section 5 1 Overview GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 3 Block Diagram 5 3 1 P5 Block Diagram ASIG ASSY P3RLY ASSY ADAE DU e S Probe Port 1 gt CTA ASST R m HV driver X 16 TPG2 E M Probe Port 2 L U 8 Lt HV driverX 18 B Probe Port 3 LA HV driver X 16 TPG mM RELAY Control HV driver X 16 32 ch to ACWD LiBFC ASSY PGC from SYSCONPM n ADC 10bits wa i unis R VCA LNA ADC 10bits R SDRAM for 0Q0x2 amp TPG2 h 101291102 D V 4
182. and CTX is trasntmit pulse firver circuit BTX have single pulse driver per each channel but the CTX have dual pulse driver circuit per each channel for high performance in B CFM mode The CL1TRX ASSY or BL1TRX ASSY is located in the Nest box 5 4 2 2 Limiter in CL1TRX and BL1TRX V bias uc To P3RLY board lt From TX _Block lt To RX_Block Coupling Diode T Isolation Diode 2 Y gt E lt V bias Figure 5 11 LMT Block Diagram The main functions are as follows e 64ch transmit receiving switches protect a Pre amp from a high voltage transmit pulse 5 12 Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 2 3 Preamp in CL1TRX BL1TRX ch0 LNA x ADC 10bits VCA eni f ADC t0bits VCA LNA f ADC 10bits VCA LNA ch3 ADC 1005 VCA m m a n n Hu ones ADC VCA Figure 5 12 Pre Amp Block Diagram For a Channel The Pre Amplifier receives and amplifies each 64 echo signals Then all 64 echo signals from 0 to 63ch are outputted to the Analog to Digital converter to delay and sum Following 32 echo signals from 32
183. and Cross tip 8 2 21 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 21 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the Dummy Cover L R Refer to the 8 2 25 Dummy Cover L R on page 8 66 2 Unscrew 7 screws 1 7 from the bottom of the top cover 8 2 21 4 Figure 8 96 Top bottom cover 3 Remove the Top Bottom Cover 4 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 22 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section4 34 4 3 1 Power On Boot Power On Boot Up od 4 3 2 Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 21 Equipment Section 4 8 1 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE 8 2 22 2 8 2 22 3 8 2 22 4 DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 22 Pole Cover 8 2 22 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers Preparations e Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker Removal procedure 1 Remove the Dummy Cover L R Refer to the 8 2 25 Dummy Cover L R on page 8 66 Remove the Top Bottom Cover Refer to the 8 2 21 Top Bottom Cover on page 8 60 3 Remove the Top Cover Refer to the 8 2 20 T
184. at affect the Scanner Keep the Scanner away from those electrical devices Check probes Figure 7 14 Noise in Image Section 7 7 Trouble Shooting Tree GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 7 4 Unable to Scan Unable to scan Are probes connected in right way Check the probe connection Are other operations possible Check the HV power supply unit Hestart the scanner Figure 7 15 Unable to Scan Section 7 7 Trouble Shooting Tree 7 27 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Trackball 7 7 5 trackball is low sensitive Does the trackball move at all Remove the ball from the Trackball and clean it Replace the trackball unit Figure 7 16 Trackball Troubleshooting Section 7 7 Trouble Shooting Tree GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 7 6 Monitor Troubleshooting NOTE Reset the monitor settings to the factory defaults prior to troubleshooting the monitor A NOTICE Comments to remember about the 15 monitor The monitor is the diagnostic monitor and is connected to AC 110 220 VAC The monitor powers down with the console Power output from AC Power assy via AC distributor in AC Transbox assy When the monitor is not connected to the AC power there is a leakage current which when measured with a DVM can indicate high voltage When a load is applied the vol
185. ax Value Max Value from previous page Allowed Measured OK Comments Final Check All system covers are in place System scans with all probes as expected PROBES Accepted by 10 30 Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests 2004 and 2007 General Electric Company GE Medical Systems a General Electric Company going to market as GE Healthcare 5200 N Grandview Boulevard Waukesha Wisconsin 53149 USA www gehealthcare com
186. ble 2 4 Electrical Specifications for LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro 100 120V 100 120 VAC 10 90 132 VAC Voltage Range 220 240V 220 240 VAC 10 198 264 VAC Line Frequency All applications 50 60Hz 2Hz Less than 25 of nominal peak voltage for less than 1 millisecond for any type of Power Transients All applications transient including line frequency synchronous asynchronous or aperiodic transients Less than 15 of peak voltage for less Decaying Oscillation All applications hans Inrush Current Inrush Current is not a factor to consider due to the inrush current limiting properties of the power supplies Site Circuit Breaker It is recommended that the branch circuit breaker for the machine be ready accessible POWER OUTAGE MAY OCCURE The LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro requires a dedicated single branch circuit To avoid circuit overload and possible loss of critical care equipment make sure you DO NOT have any other equipment operating on the same circuit Section 2 2 General Console Requirements 2 3 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 2 2 2 4 2 2 2 5 2 2 2 6 Site Power Outlets A desiccated AC power outlet must be within reach of the unit without extension cords Other outlets adequate for the external peripherals medical and test equipment needed to support this unit must also be present within 1 m 3 2 ft of the unit Electrical installation must meet all
187. cal Safety Tests GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL ULTRASOUND INSPECTION CERTIFICATE System ID Dispatch Number Date Performed Warranty Contract HBS System Type Model Number Serial Number Manufacture Date Nn ks mn NN Scan Format Phased Array Linear Array Curved Array Mechanical Array or Other FUNCTIONAL CHECKS PHYSICAL INSPECTION AND CLEANING OK or Physical Inspection and Cleaning Functional Check if applicable N A if applicable meme _ meme mme Applicable Hardware Options Control Panel Wheels Brakes amp Swivel Locks Touch Panel GE Approved Peripherals VCR CD RW MOD Printers Measurement Accuracy COMMENTS Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests 10 29 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 P5 SERVICE MANUAL ELECTRICAL SAFETY Max Value Value Electrical Test Performed Allowed Measured OK Comments Outlet correct ground amp wiring config System Ground Continuity Chassis Source Leakage Current Probe Chassis Source Leakage Current Caster Chassis Source Leakage Current CRT Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Ground Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Lead Patient Lead Source Leakage Isolation Peripheral 3 Leakage Current Peripheral 3Ground Continuity Probe Number M
188. ccessful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 49 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Section 4 9 12 ACPC Assy set Function Validation Procedure Section 10 5 2 2 Peripheral Option Checks Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Section 10 6 2 GEMS Leakage Current Limits Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 48 Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use Outlet Test Wiring Arrangement USA amp Canada Section 10 6 3 Section 10 6 4 Grounding Continuity Section 10 6 5 Chassis Leakage Current Test Isolated Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead Section 10 6 6 to Ground Isolated Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead Section 10 6 7 to Lead Section 10 6 9 Probe Leakage Current Test 8 2 48 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 108 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 49 Transbox Assy 110V 220V 8 2 49 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers e Allen Unbraco wrench 8 2 49 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 49 3 Removal procedure e detached the AC Power assy All open 4 pcs console cover that are left right front rear cover 1 Remove side left cover and right side cover Refer to t
189. ce Platform will be shown on the monitor display Service Login Hospital Name GE Heslthcsee System LOGIQ PS Svarem ID ARRAIS Nate Reboot the system after diagnostic tests Figure 8 210 Log in screen CAUTION If the Login window for Service Platform is not displayed on the monitor the installation of the Service Platform has failed Reload the application software or Base System Software OS application software Contact a Technical Support for details 8 150 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 4 4 Functional Checks for Service Platform Diagnostic Program cont d 4 Select GE Service at the Select User Level field 5 Enter the password for the Service Platform 6 Click on Okay Service n Hospital Name GE Healthcare System Type LOGIQ P5 7 Verify that the following screen Service Platform is displayed on the monitor A NOTICE When the service platform is NOT displayed check if CAPS lock is selected The CAPS should not be selected 8 Click on x located at the upper right corner of the service platform screen to close the Service Platform and return to the scan panel System Health Infestation Infermario n Ham Fast Five Days Today ATE Min Max z Mim ELO Ez 43 43 F rzhrz Installed Option Status Figure 8 21
190. ce as a cineloop The last few seconds are recorded session stored as a cineloop to perform actions on the recorded session such as stop pause rewind Use the Assignable keys on the Contro Png Section 4 4 Software Configuration Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 4 6Monitor Function Checks 4 6 1 15 LCDMON Assy amp LCD Panel with filter Function Validation Procedure 1 Turn on the system 2 Select Utility Key on the Key board and then choose Test Pattern and Resolution marked in the figure below Test P ulleurns xU Resolution Fol RS pour PUE L coi a ii 1 Ere Figure 4 23 15 LCDMON Assy Function Check 3 All the Numbers from 0 to 100 on the figure above should be easily distinguished Section 4 4 Software Configuration Checks 4 27 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 6 2 15 OSD Key Assy Function Validation Procedure 1 Turn on the system 2 Select OSD Button and Lamp Button marked below in the figure below PICTURE CONTRAST __ BRIBHTNESS mmn 131 Was COLOR TEMP EXIT OSD button for menu display Figure 4 24 Select OSD Button amp Lamp Button 3 OSD Menu should be displayed within 5sec and the Lamp should be turned on as soon as Lamp Button is pushed 4 Select OSD Butt
191. ckground On lets you view the anatomy roadmap Background Off lets you view just flow information Sweep Speed Changes the speed at which the timeline is swept Colorize Frequency 4 8 Section 4 2 Required Equipment GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks Table 4 3 CFM and PWD Functions Baseline Adjusts the baseline to accommodate faster or slower blood flows to eliminate aliasing Velocity scale determines pulse repetition frequency If the sample volume gate range exceeds single gate PRF capability the system automatically switches to high PRF mode Multiple gates appear and HPRF is indicated on the display PRF Wall Filter Estimates the flow velocity in a direction at an angle to the Angle Correct Doppler vector by computing the angle between the Doppler vector and the flow to be measured Threshold Threshold assigns the gray scale level at which color information stops Ma Allows a specific color map to be selected After a selection has p been made the color bar displays the resultant map Allows blood flow to be viewed from a different perspective i e Invert red away negative velocities and blue toward positive velocities The real time or frozen image can be inverted Packet Size 2 the number of samples gathered for a single color flow Quick Angle Correct Quickly adjusts the angle by 60 degrees Display layout can be preset to
192. click the Tcpip tab 2 Write down the following parameters Connectivity Figure 8 159 Connectivity Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 119 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 5 2 Image Management Guide NOTE Before upgrade to H4 X X software perform recommended image backup procedure Export Import Data Images Between Systems Use this to copy both patient data and images for specified patient s from one system to another To move exams from one Ultrasound system to another you need to export import exam information NOTE Both database information and images are exported No data is deleted from the local archive when exporting data Exporting Data To export an exam s to a compatible Ultrasound system 1 Format the removable media DVD or CD ROM Label the removable media Answer Yes OK to the messages Press Patient Deselect any selected patient s in the search portion of the Patient screen Press Data Transfer located at the upper right hand corner of the Patient menu Figure 8 160 Exam Data Transfer 2 Select Export task Button Figure 8 161 Task button 3 The From combo box is not active It displays Local Archive The To combo box is active Select the type of removable media CD DVD Then please wait until the patient list is visible No Archive Removeable CD DVD Figure 8 162 To Combo Box 8 120 Section 8 3 Software Loading Proce
193. ction 10 5 2 Functional Checks See Also Chapter 4 Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 2 32 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 80 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 33 SYSCON PM Assy SYSCON CM Assy 8 2 33 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 33 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 33 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the Side Right Cover Refer to the 8 2 16 Side Right Cover on page 8 52 2 Remove the EMI Cover R Refer to the 8 2 27 EMI Cover R on page 8 69 3 Remove the SYSCONPM SYSCONCM assy in slot 3 in the nest box ACWD Option SYSCONPM CL1TRX SYSCONCM APS BL1TRX Figure 8 116 PWAs in Nest Box 4 Eject one ASIR ROM from old SYSCONML with regular screw driver Separate ASIR ROM form new SYSCONML as same procedure j Figure 8 117 ASIR location Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 81 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 33 3 Removal procedure cont d Hegular screw driver Regula screw driver Figure 8 118 Separation of ASIR ROM 5 Mount ASIR ROM to new SYSCONML Assy Refer to the Figure 8 119 6 Confirm mounting direction and pin number ROM Socket Figure 8 119 ASIR ROM mounting direction NOTE It is important to swap ASIR ROM U
194. ctor dual USB Port for BW Printer USB Port for ECG USB Port for ECG ARP USB HUB USB Connector R A type gt ECG USB Port for 4D USB Port for 4D E gt USB Port for Digital Color Printer USB Port for Color Printer ARP USB HUB gt USB Connector S A type Color Printer USB Port for DMC USB Port for DMC ARP USB gt USB Connector S A type gt DMC USB Port for USB Device USB Port for USB Device ARP USB HUB USB Connector S A type USB Device USB Port for remote control of VOR DVD ARP USB HUB gt USB Connector S A type Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 31 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 7 Power Diagrams 5 7 1 5 7 2 from keyboard Overview The AC Power assy s main tasks are to supply powers the various internal subsystems and to isolate electrically the scanner from the on site Mains Power System The voltage to peripherals can be confederated to either 110 VAC or 220 VAC Internal circuit for AC power have the free voltage capability basically but we should separate the group using of low voltage 100V 127V high voltage 200V 240V and mixed voltage 100V 120V for peripheral and 200V 240V for system TRANSBOX AC Power P Peripheral On Power On signal SYSCONPMICM BACKPLANE Pan dicis ASSY ASSY a2 Eg SMPS ACL TRANSBO X ASSY Circuit AC Inlet Breaker J n
195. cy disk to restore your lost or damaged data We strongly recommend you to make an Emergency Repair Disk Click Backup or Restore button to continue Restore Close Figure 8 225 Backup and Restore Window Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 159 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 3 Full Backup Procedure conta 7 Press Backup Then the below window pops up Welcome to Emergency Disk Making Wizard Welcome to Emergency Disk Making Wizard The Emergency Disk Making wizard will backup Database Image User preset and Service Data Plug in USB HDD and Click Next button to continue j Cancel Figure 8 226 Emergency Disk Making Wizard 8 Insert a USB HDD NOTE It might take about 30 seconds for the system to recognize the USB HDD 9 Press Next 10 Select USB HDD for backup when Select Drive window is displayed Welcome to Emergency Disk Making Wizard Welcome to Emergency Disk Making Wizard The Emergency Disk Making Vizard will backup Database Image User preset and Service Data Select Drive Cancel Help Figure 8 227 Drive select 11 Verify that USB HDD is in the list 8 160 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 3 Full Backup Procedure cont d 12 If USB HDD with enough space is not already plugged in plug one Then press Next Storage Info
196. d Keep in mind that lighting controls and diameters can be a source of EMI which could degrade image quality These controls should be selected to minimize possible interface Section 2 2 General Console Requirements GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 2 2 2 NOTE NOTE 2 2 2 1 2 2 2 2 2 2 2 3 A CAUTION Electrical Requirements GE Medical Systems requires a dedicated power and ground for the proper operation of its Ultrasound equipment This dedicated power shall originate at the last distribution panel before the system Sites with a mains power system with defined Neutral and Live The dedicated line shall consist of one phase a neutral not shared with any other circuit and a full size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet Sites with a mains power system without a defined Neutral The dedicated line shall consist of one phase two lines not shared with any other circuit and a full size ground wire from the distribution panel to the Ultrasound outlet Please note that image artifacts can occur if at any time within the facility the ground from the main facility s incoming power source to the Ultrasound unit is only a conduit LOGIQ P5 A5 ABPro Power Requirements The following power line parameters should be monitored for one week before installation We recommend that you use an analyzer Dranetz Model 606 3 or Dranetz Model 626 Ta
197. d Alternate Ultrasound Room Layout 2 9 Networking Pre installation Requirements 2 10 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 3 installation SUYO aaa EEES 3 1 Purpose OF chablel 3 dotted ERU p ads v den ud re 3 1 Installation Bemindets 23 ydo EP EU 3 2 Average Installation Time _ 3 2 Installation Warnings 3 2 sale Reminder S ia qoi i uu a aqa 3 3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment 3 4 Moving Into POSION 8 3 9 Adjusting System Clock 3 9 Product Locator Installation Card 3 9 Preparing for Installation 3 10 Very Customer Older u is RUE RE aa 3 10 I ysical InsDecHOLDl z ada It CR dada dut di b wee 3 10 EVI PEOUOCOUOEI iuum d d el dr oh ac CE CREE EUER AUC ve pre 3 10 Completing the Installation 3 11 pus x pi mediis EN E 3 11 FOWE OWM SDUIBONWLT 26 s nu RI eee EU a da E RE WESS 3 14 Transducer CONNGCHON 24242266 EE ERE
198. der loading Do the Service Login Select Diagnostics gt LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics gt Test gt Probe gt Probe Assesement Execute the diagnostic test The test shows bar graph designating the signal strength of each of the testing probe s elements including the probe code name and the number of elements Qu Qr 45 250 n9 3 GEMS Service Home Page Service Browser Logs Diagnostic Quality Caliber ation Cocdigur dion acemerd p ge i Diagnostics Common Diagnostics 3 LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics NOTICE Before running Probe Assessment the RLY R Ix Channel Tesis must performed and passed J Trouble Shooting FRU test This takes about minute LISYSCON Clean probe surface before test CLITRX J P3RLY Press the Execute button to start 4 PROBE Current Status i ACWD Started on Fri Jun 04 17 05 04 BST 2010 APS S ar the PROBE ASSESSMENT diagnostic MOTCTRL PROBE ASSESSMENT Refer to the following result The connected probe is supported FRONTPANEL Probe Code OxCB Probe Name 8L Number of Probe Elemente 128 Probe Assessment Result Gcr Figure 4 44 Probe Assessment Diagnostic Test Section 4 9 Board Function Checks 4 45 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 3 Probe Assessment Diagnostic Test Validation Procedure cont d 7 If the test is executed without probe connecti
199. dow open as shown in the Figure 8 198 D MINDOWS sysbEem3z cmd exe Install the application software 1 WARNING This program install the application software Arirang H4 H 1 or H3 H 4 on the hard drive This process should take approximately 20 minutes to complete X x xx xx ou can stop now this installation to enter key Proceed this programI V H1 V dre you zure VY H 1 V opying Backup files It will take a few minutes Please he patient Figure 8 198 Command Window 6 Press the Y key twice and copying backup files starts This takes a few minutes Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 141 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 3 Installing Application Software contd 7 After copying backup files the following options appear Install the application software Un RHIMG This program install the application software H4 i Can Proceed re you opying Select E WINDOWS system3z cmd exe D x H 1 or H3 H 4 on the hard drive This process should take approximately 20 minutes to complete X x Xx xxx stop now this installation to enter key this progyram Y H1 sure V H1 V Backup files It will take a few minutes Please he patient 1 LOGIQ PS R4 H 1 2 LOGIQ PS R3 H 4 3 10019 AS R3 H 4 4 LOGIG AS Pro RH3 H 4 1 2 3 41 Figure 8 199 Select system 8 elect a produc
200. ds are labeled in one of following ways DANGER IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT WILL CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY OR DEATH IF THE INSTRUCTIONS ARE IGNORED WARNING IS USED TO INDICATE THE PRESENCE OF A HAZARD THAT CAN CAUSE SEVERE PERSONAL INJURY AND PROPERTY DAMAGE IF INSTRUCTIONS ARE IGNORED Caution is used to indicate the presence of a hazard that will or can cause minor personal injury and property damage if instructions are ignored Equipment Damage Possible Notice is used when a hazard is present that can cause property damage but has absolutely no personal injury risk Example Disk drive will crash Notes provide important information about an item or a procedure Information contained in a NOTE can often save you time or effort Section 1 2 Important Conventions 1 3 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL 1 2 2 1 4 Standard Hazard Icons Important information will always be preceded by the exclamation point contained within a triangle as seen throughout this chapter In addition to text several different graphical icons symbols may be used to make you aware of specific types of hazards that could cause harm Table 1 3 Standard Hazard Icons 022 ELECTRICAL MECHANICAL RADIATION LASER LIGHT Other hazard icons make you aware of specific procedures that should be followed Table 1 4 Standard Icons Indicating a Special Procedure Be Used
201. dure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 5 2 Image Management Guide cont d 4 In the patient list at the top of the Patient menu select the patient s you want to export You can use Windows commands to select more than one patient To select a consecutive list of patients click the cursor on the first name move the cursor to the last name then press and hold down the Shift right Set key to select all the names To select a non consecutive list of patients click the cursor at the first name move the cursor to the next name then press and hold down the Ctrl right Set key move the cursor to the next name then press and hold down the Ctrl right Set key again etc You can also search for patients via the Search key and string Or Select All Button from the Patient Menu B 0 70712201 10 0 MB L1 PARKER WI 44 WPTPPATIX 84520 WES assor 666 MB MEUM Gd Figure 8 163 Source Section NOTE You need to use your best judgment when moving patients images If there are lots of images or loops then only move a few patients at a time 5 Once you have selected all of the patients to export press Transfer Button as shown in Figure 8 163 on page 8 121 from the Patient Menu 6 The progress bar appears as the copy is taking place Once transfer completed the exported patient list will be shown as Figure 8 164 zm Patient
202. e Assy LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL R1 0 X R2 0 X R3 0 X R4 0 X Connect one side Label CONS to Label CONS of Yes Yes Yes Yes LP5 AC Out Cable and another side Label CONO to Label CONG of LP5 ARP Assy Connect one side Label J13 to Label PCB Silk J13 of LP5 Syscon Assy and another side Label J15 to Label J15 of LP5 ARP Assy Connect one side to DOWD Bracket and another side Label J7 to PCB Silk J7 of ACWD Assy ECG Patient Cable mc for mc Patient Cable for Asia US and Europe pe Section 9 9 Cables GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 10O0ptions Table 9 10 OPTIONS Pethens Oy PRU BU sm tt ve ve ve ove DUM 1315 j me III 417 Ee lg 1 1 1115 III e a nj ow WI 14 n 3rd 3rdprobe Portskit Ports kit 81718928 892 3 P5
203. e ISO TEST rocker switch and record the highest current reading 0 Follow the test conditions described in Table 10 23 for every transducer 6 7 8 9 1 11 Keep a record of the results with other hand copies of PM data Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests 10 25 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 9 4 No Meter Probe Adapter Procedure Figure 10 11 Check Without Probe Adapter Follow these steps to test each transducer for leakage current Turn the LOGIQ P5 unit OFF Plug the unit into the test meter and the meter into the tested AC wall outlet Plug the external probe into the meter s Dale 600 EXTERNAL connector Set the meter s FUNCTION switch to EXTERNAL position Connect the probe for test with the connector of the console Add the saline probe and the imaging area of the probe into the saline bath Have unit power ON for the first part turn it OFF for the second half Depress the ISO TEST rocker switch and record the highest current reading Follow the test conditions described in Table 10 23 for every transducer 0 Keep a record of the results with other hand copies of PM data 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 10 26 Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 9 5 Data Sheet for Transducer Source Leakage Current The test passes when all readings measure less than the va
204. e Input 109 3208 URN A Max 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 1 Figure 1 2 OUTSIDE MARKINGS OF LOGIQ P5 Possible Shock Hazard Label Do not use the following devices near this equipment Label The equipment weighs approximately 75kg Prescription Devices CISPR Label Grounding reliability Label Voltage Range Indication and Power indication Label Standard LCD Arm amp flexible LCD Arm Option Label amp Mercury Label CE Mark Label Left WEEE Label Right 0 Arm Rotation Label Section 1 3 Safety Considerations 1 15 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL 1 3 6 Dangerous Procedure Warnings Warnings such as the examples below precede potentially dangerous procedures throughout this manual Instructions contained in the warnings must be followed N DANGER DANGEROUS VOLTAGES CAPABLE OF CAUSING DEATH ARE PRESENT IN THIS EQUIPMENT USE EXTREME CAUTION WHEN HANDLING TESTING AND ADJUSTING N WARNING EXPLOSION WARNING DO NOT OPERATE THE EQUIPMENT IN AN EXPLOSIVE ATMOSPHERE OPERATION OF ANY ELECTRICAL EQUIPMENT IN SUCH AN ENVIRONMENT CONSTITUTES A DEFINITE SAFETY HAZARD N WARNING DO NOT SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR MODIFY EQUIPMENT BECAUSE OF THE DANGER OF INTRODUCING ADDITIONAL HAZARDS DO NOT INSTALL SUBSTITUTE PARTS OR PERFORM ANY UNAUTHORIZED MODIFICA TION OF THE EQUIPMENT 1 3 7 Lockout Tagout Requirements For USA Only Follow OSHA
205. e causes and solutions 7 14 Section 7 5 Common Diagnostics GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 5 3 3 Mouse Test 1 Click Mouse Test from the PC Diagnostic interactive tests menu The Mouse test dialog box presents you like Figure 7 8 lil PCDr Mouse Figure 7 8 Mouse Test 2 The Mouse coordinates are displayed when the trackball is moved 3 Press the right Button Set B Pause Button on the front panel the Mouse which is turned to Yellow on the right side is shown on the monitor il PCDrMouse Figure 7 9 4 Left Button is the same as above Section 7 5 Common Diagnostics 7 15 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 5 4 FRU Test 7 5 4 1 SYSCONPM SYSCONCM These programs are provided for testing the SYSCONPM SYSCONOM board Table 7 2 FRU Test SYSCONPM SYSCONCM Diagnostics Menu m User Descriptions Eo ioo Full Test Performs all of the L1 SYSCON board tests listed below Test EEPROM Assy Revision Test Send test pattern to write to EEPROM and read Displays the board revision of the SYSCONPM SYSCONCM board The CL1TRX P3RLY optional ACWD boards are connected to the SYSCONPM SYSCONOM via the USC bus I F T All N SC rest The DSP in SYSCONPM SYSCONCM accesses the boards above to check if the USC bus is connected properly to each board Checks if The DSP in SYSCONPM SYSCONCM accessed the boards
206. e to turn off power and wear the strap before you remove a circuit boards A WARNING DO NOT SERVICE OR DISASSEMBLE PARTS UNDER FRU UNIT LEVEL AT ANY CIRCUMSTANCES 8 2 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 1 8 2 1 1 8 2 1 2 LCD Plastic filter Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers e Allen Unbraco wrench Stubby screwdriver Flat tip and Cross tip Removal procedure 1 Remove the LP5 Monitor cover set Refer to the 8 2 2 Monitor cover set on page 8 5 2 Remove the LCD Plastic filter Figure 8 1 Removing the LCD plastic filter Put the LCD plastic filter on the LCD monitor after detaching the tape of the LCD plastic filter a 4 ar dl 4 WEG y p s A j IT f 4 ET tA 4 gt HD o Figure 8 2 Putting the LCD plastic filter on the LCD monitor Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 3 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 1 2 Removal procedure cont d 4 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 2 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction LCD plastic filte
207. ection 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 175 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 3 11 BW Printer Option Installation 1 This section describes the installation procedure of the BW Printer option 2 Assemble the BW PRINTER to BW PRINTER FIX BRKT with screwing 4 screws 2306562 FH M3X6 Figure 8 250 BT11 BW PRINTER Option Installation 3 Assemble the BT11 BW PRINTER ASSY to SYSTEM using 2 SCREWS 5176744 BH 4 20 Figure 8 251 BT11 BW PRINTER Option Installation 8 176 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 3 11 BW Printer Option Installation contd 4 Connect the PRT CABLE ASSY 3 5168835 2 between BW PRINTER and SYSTEM REAR PANEL Attach the CABLE MOUNT 5399222 on the REAR COVER and fix the cable as the picture below Figure 8 252 BT11 BW PRINTER Option Installation 5 Finished feature of BW PRINTER option Figure 8 253 BT11 BW PRINTER Option Installation Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 177 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 4 Drawer Option installation 1 Push the drawer from the front to the rear direction Figure 8 254 Drawer Option Installation 2 Unscrew 2 existing screws from the middle cover 3 Using the bracket fix the drawer by screwing 3 screws each of left and right side of the drawer
208. ection Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 4 3 1 Power On Boot PowerOnBootUp 4 3 2 Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 23 Equipment Section 4 8 1 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 2 23 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 63 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 24 Neck Rear 8 2 24 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 24 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 24 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove 2 rubber caps 1 2 Figure 8 100 rubber cap of neck rear cover 2 Unscrew 2 screws and remove the Neck Rear Figure 8 101 Open neck rear cover 8 64 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 24 3 Removal procedure cont d 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 25 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 4 3 1 Power On Boot PowerOnBootUp E E 4 3 2 Se Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 24 Equipment Secti
209. ed at the No 1 slot in the NEST Assy Table 7 8 LEDs on CL1TRX BL1TRX Assy 051 FPGA configuration OK status Indicator Normally Blinking 7 6 2 PSRLY P2RLY Assy The PSRLY Assy is located at the front of the NEST Assy Table 7 9 LEDs on PSRLY P2RLY Assy MUX embedded Probe Recognition Indicator Normally On D Selected probe connector position number bit 0 Depend on live probe position Selected probe connector position number bit 1 Depend on live probe position FPGA Configuration OK status indicator Normally On 7 6 3 SYSCONPM SYSCONCM Assy The SYSCONPM SYSCONOM Assy is located at the No 3 slot of the NEST Assy Table 7 10 LEDs on L18YSCON Assy CPDI FPGA configuration OK indicator Normally On Frame Start signal Scan running status indicator Normally blinking on scanning FEBC FPGA configuration OK indicator Normally On DSP operation OK indicator Normally blinking 7 20 Section 7 6 LED Descriptions GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 6 4 APS APS Pro Assy NOTE HVL and HVL are not available for APS PRO The APS APS Pro Assy is located at the No 4 slot of the NEST Assy Table 7 11 LEDs on APS APS Pro Assy DP33 Digital 3 3V output indicator Normally On SHV SHV output indicator status indicator Normally On HVL HVL level indicator Normally On in CFM mode or PW mode HVH Bottom HVH level indicator Normally On in B mode Section 7 6 LED Descriptions 7 21 GE HEALTH
210. efer to the 8 2 7 Main Keyboard Assy on page 8 37 2 Unscrew 4 screws 1 4 and disconnect the cable connector 4 screws Gur E Figure 8 73 Screws and connector for Trackball 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 10 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Service Manual Direction 8 2 9 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 42 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 10 English Greek Russian Swedish Norwegian A N Key assy 8 2 10 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 10 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 10 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the Main Keyboard Assy Refer to the 8 2 7 Main Keyboard Assy on page 8 37 Figure 8 74 A N Key in keyboard 2 Remove USB PCB by unscrewing 6 screws 1 6 and disconnecting the 6 cables NS Lim mers Connectors 1 3 Connector 3 4 6 Figure 8 75 USB Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 43 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 10 3 Removal procedure cont d 3 Unscrew 6 screws from the back side of the A N key assy Figure 8 76 Screws on the A N Key 4 Perform the following functional tests If all are s
211. efer to the Figure 8 123 4 Remove the SYSCONPM SYSCONOM assy in slot 3 in the nest box ACWD Option SYSCONPM CL1TRX SYSCONCM APS BLITRX Unplug the J13 Connector B I IMM Figure 8 123 Pull out the SYSCONPM SYSCONCM Assy Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 87 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 36 3 Removal procedure cont d 5 Remove the battery yee BP OF Dp i rj Lec ut P B o ob ug Figure 8 124 Pull out the battery from SYSCON PWA 6 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 37 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown SYSCONML Assy Function Validation Section 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks Service Manual Direction Section 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 36 Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 5 Peripheral Checks Section 10 5 2 Functional Checks See Also Chapter 4 Section 10 5 2 2 Peripheral Option Checks Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 2 36 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 88 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 37 Front Caster Rear Caster NOTE Bo
212. egister on the each other front end assy and interface to DSP through EMIFB bus Other roles are below Generates a stable PGC curve for getting better image quality Gathers the diagnostic information LV HV Probe temperature Nest temperature Supervises the system safety Manages the each ASSY information with IIC Bus SYSCONPM SYSCONOM CL1TRX P3RLY P2RL ACWD option and Probes Controls HV Voltage output level Transfer the voltage reference data from DSP to APS APS Pro via IIC interface e CPDI FPGA CHACOM Processing Data Interface The major function of CPDI is that transfer mid processed data from CHACOM to DSP local process CPDI has 2EA 8x1024 Dual port as one scan line image data buffer Address sequencer indicates to DSP that buffered data is full one scan line then DSP can transfer a scan line data to one s SDRAM For debugging CPDI generate test pattern image data It will be able to check CHACOM run normally CLOCK DISTRIBUTION BLOCK Each operation clock is divided from 160MHz Also ECL logic is used to remove clock skew for all clock distribution Required clocks is following e 4 2 In phase and 40MHz Quad phase for ACWD CL1TRX assy e 40MHz In phase for PSRLY assy Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 17 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 3 6 5 4 3 7 5 4 3 8 POWER CONTROL BLOCK ON OFF power sequence control is needed to prevent system to bo
213. emote access will require disruptive diagnostic permissions to run Acquisition diagnostics Diagnostic Reports Diagnostic tests return a report to the Service Platform The platform retains the report and allows for future viewing of the diagnostic logs Proactive Diagnostics A system of self monitoring is largely supported with the integration of iLing The scheduler executive user interfaces and some of the proactive diagnostic functions are provided by iLinq Other tasks should be provided by the product team Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 45 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 6 Image Quality The Image Quality page is intended to contain tools for troubleshooting image quality issues Error Logs Diagnostics In lage Qualit Calibration Configuration Hilities a Image Quality This is the Image Quality Application Areal Figure 5 44 Image Quality Page 5 10 7 Calibration The Calibration page is intended to contain the tools used to calibrate the system Error Logs Di agnastics Image Quality Calibration This is the Calibration Application Area Figure 5 45 Calibration Page 5 46 Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 8 Configuration The Configuration page is intended to be used to setup various configuration files on the sys
214. ent lead selector switch if any The connection is at service entrance activated as required or on the supply side of a separately derived system Polarity reversing switch Patient connected leads Appliance POWER OUTLET Internal circuitry Between each patient Hose lead and ground Building ground I Current meter Grounding contact switch use in both G Grounding conductor Figure 10 7 Test Circuit for Measuring Non Isolated Patient Leads 10 6 6 3 Dale 600 Meter Procedure The Dale 600 provides five snap type ECG buttons for testing patient leads Snap on all patient leads to the meter and assure that the ground clip is connected to the system s ground terminal Select the meter s LEAD GND function Select and test each ECG lead positions except ALL of the LEAD selector testing each to the power condition combinations found in PATIENT LEAD LEAKAGE table in the PM CHECKLIST Record the highest leakage current measured for each Power selection CAUTION Line voltage is applied to the ECG leads during this test To avoid possible electric shock A hazard the system being tested must not be touched by patients users or anyone while the ISO TEST switch is depressed When the meter s ground switch is OPEN don t touch the unit Follow these steps to test the ECG module for leakage current 1 Turn the LOGIQ P5 unit OFF 2 Plug the unit into the meter and the meter into the te
215. entions GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL Table 1 6 WEEE Label LABEL SYMBOL LANGUAGE PURPOSE MEANING Bu sembol elektrikli ve elektronik ekipmanlarin siniflandirilmamis Turkish TUR olarak atilmamasi ve ayri olarak toplanmasi gerektigini belirtir L tfen ekipmaninizin imhasiyla ilgili olarak reticinin yetkili temsilcisine bas vurun The symbol is affixed to a battery to advise the user or owner that it must be recycled or disposed of in accordance with local state or country laws English The letter below indicates the toxic element Pb Lead Cd Cadmium Hg Mercury that is contained in the battery that may require special recycling or disposal method Please contact a GEHC Pb Cd Hg representative to facilitate servicing removal and disposal options Section 1 2 Important Conventions 1 11 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL Section 1 3 Safety Considerations 1 3 1 Introduction The following safety precautions must be observed during all phases of operation service and repair of this equipment Failure to comply with these precautions or with specific warnings elsewhere in this manual violates safety standards of design manufacture and intended use of the equipment 1 3 2 Human Safety Operating personnel must not remove the system covers Servicing should be performed by authorized personnel only Only personnel who have participated in a LOG
216. erous Procedure Warnings 1 16 Lockout Tagout Requirements For USA Only 1 16 EOD dic qoe di C d eidem 1 17 Electromagnetic Compatibility EMC 1 17 GE CoMmpllanee umawa bese hood Puis 1 17 Electrostatic Discharge ESD Prevention 1 17 a a nee ore eer ean 1 18 Contact Information 44250000 Rx d RR RR Y px m d Pe EX Xx RE eens 1 18 System Manufacturer 1 19 Table of Contents 3 GE HEALTHCARE DiRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 2 Pre Installation OW CIVIC 2 1 Purbose Ol ChADIEl 2 2s pa uxo iride GEM D Rog aiti Sire d ded 2 1 General Console Requirements 2 2 Console Environmental Requirements 2 2 Electrical Requirements 2 9 ET EMAIL OMS ea Se irat aie HR OE NEUE rr e ORE Edd ed Un eU Pede Rae 2 5 scan Probe Environmental Requirements 2 6 Fact NeSCS cea actu Re 2 7 Purchaser Responsibilities 2 7 2 8 Desirable Feal les outed bonne wees de ed 2 8 Recommended an
217. es Direct Report Cancel Figure 7 4 Menu gt Save As 7 6 Section 7 3 Screen Captures GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 3 Capturing a Screen cont d ORE E Fea Taansig To ui General Oynecology HI Bor uw ix ov iC Enda Worksheet Drect Figure 7 5 Save Dialog Box 5 A Save dialog box will be opened Choose the destination as the archive location to save the image on the CD R DVD R USB or network storage 7 3 4 Reset the P2 Key to Customer s Functionality If the customer had programmed the P2 Key to a function other than screen capture restore that functionality recorded in section 7 3 1 on page 4 refer to Figure 7 2 1 Select Utility from the Keyboard 2 Select Connectivity from the Menu 3 Select the Buttons tab on the Connectivity screen 4 In the Button field select Print2 5 In the Physical Print Buttons box select the options recorded in step 5 Section 7 3 1 Format Image Frames Capture Area Compression Section 7 3 Screen Captures 7 7 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 7 4 Diagnostics As described in Components and Functions Theory the service platform uses a web based user interface Ul to provide access to common service components The Diagnostic home page displays a listing of test categories consisting of Common Diagnostics
218. es Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes es Yes es Yes 5400701 Common with LP6 ves 5252328 Common with Was es eme sensui pr I Option Table 9 6 BODY BLOCK 9 12 Section 9 7 BODY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Samsung Slim DVD Drive 5264920 2 samsung ype ij x Slim DVD drive 508 DVD drive 5269594 2 Pioneer DVD Drive 1 DAB Assy 5315404 samsung Slim DVD 516 DVD Assy Set 5327112 2 Samsung SATA DVD I BRKT DVD Table 9 7 Section 9 7 BODY 9 13 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 8 POWER Figure 9 6 POWER BLOCK 9 14 Section 9 8 POWER GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 8 POWER cont d wy s omes omes sm Power Oord tor tiov 2389073 603 Yes Yes lt o D D o C eoe _ merce mens mem fewer sm _ reete mee mee overtone omes sm mew ees sm mem Table 9 8 POWER BLOCK D o B js spe sepe pa a eje s ees ss p O O O O o o alallala alallala alallala
219. esented in this manual before installing or servicing a unit Table 1 1 Contents in Chapter 1 Safety Considerations 1 72 7 14 EMI and ESD 1 1 2 Purpose of Service Manual This Service Manual provides installation and service information for the LOGIQ P5 Ultrasound ocanning System and contains the following chapters Chapter 1 Introduction Contains a content summary and warnings Chapter 2 Pre Installation Contains pre installation requirements for the LOGIQ P5 Chapter 3 Installation Contains installation procedures Chapter 4 Functional Checks Contains functional checks that are recommended as part of the installation or as required during servicing and periodic maintenance 5 Chapter 5 Components and Functions Theory Contains block diagrams and functional explanations of the electronics 6 Chapter 6 Service Adjustments Contains instructions on how to make available adjustments to the LOGIQ P5 7 Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting Provides procedures for running diagnostic or related routines for the LOGIQ P5 8 Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures Provides disassembly procedures and reassembly procedures for all changeable Field Replaceable Units FRU 9 Chapter 9 Renewal Parts Contains a complete list of field replaceable parts for the LOGIQ P5 10 Chapter 10 Care amp Maintenance Provides periodic maintenance procedures for the LOGIQTM P5
220. et to screen capture 1 While on the Connectivity screen with the Buttons tab displayed go to the drop down selection menu in the Destinations section 2 Ensure that Capture Area is set to Whole Screen secondary Capture and None Image Compression 3 The P2 Key should now be set up for whole screen capture sending the screens to the image buffer clipboard Section 7 3 Screen Captures 7 5 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 3 3 Capturing a Screen The following is a generic process to capture any screen from the scanner 1 Navigate to and display the image screen to be captured 2 Press P2 This will place a snapshot of the screen on the clipboard displayed at the bottom of the scan image display 2 GE Healthcare MI 0 12 Tis 0 0 5CS 059 96 24 06 03 10 29 PM JACK eere un OB 2 3 2 BPD Hadiock 3 X HC Hadlock 1 C AC Hadlock 3 V FL Hadlock Bl AFI Moore Worksheet Clipboard Thumbnails maaa x Menu 1 FL 3 70 cm 21w60 HC 12 62 cm 16w3d OFD HC 4 04 cm n Side if 5 Cursur Select BPD Hadlock HC Hadlock AC Hadlock FL Hadlock AFI Moore 9 85 iling M amp A Figure 7 3 Select Image to Capture 3 Highlight the snapshot to be stored to the system hard drive or CD R DVD R 4 Select Menu on the right side of the image screen then highlight and select SAVE AS System Menu Save As Gave AS Image Properti
221. fy that it is well seated in both ends Try a network cable that is known to be OK NO Is the connection OK now Replace the AEXP cable between SYSCON and Rear panel Is the cable between SYSCON and Rear Panel OK Replace the Rear Panel Connect a Crossed Network Cable between the Scanner and your PC Laptop Try to ping from the PC Laptop to LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro If OK the hardware connection inside LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro is OK Figure 7 22 Network Troubleshooting 7 36 Section 7 7 Trouble Shooting Tree GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 8 Replacement Procedures Section 8 1 Overview 8 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 8 This chapter describes replacement procedures for the following modules and subsystems s NENNT ss Table 8 1 Contents in Chapter 8 Section 8 1 Overview 8 1 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY A WARNING ONLY QUALIFIED SERVICE PERSONNEL SHOULD REMOVE ANY COVERS OR PANELS ELECTRICAL HAZARDS EXISTS AT SEVERAL POINTS INSIDE BECOME THOROUGHLY FAMILIAR WITH ALL HAZARDOUS VOLTAGES AND HIGH CURRENT LEVELS TO AVOID ACCIDENTAL CONTACT CAUTION Do not wear the ESD wrist strap when you remove a part of power supply unit Turn OFF power and unplug the power cord before removing a part of power supply unit However be sur
222. ghest reading of current POLARITY REVERSING FOWE SWITCH OUTLET H BLACK N WHITE r I lt ACCESSIBLE MOMENT AR Y SWITCH METAL G GREENI 5 LEAKAGE TEST METER Figure 10 5 Set Up for Chassis Source Leakage Current IEC 601 1 Clause 19 Continuos Leakage Currents and Patient Auxiliary Currents When using the Microguard or a similar test instrument its power plug may be inserted into the wall outlet and the equipment under test is plugged into the receptacle on the panel of the meter This places the meter in the grounding conductor and the current flowing from the case to ground will be indicated in any of the current ranges The maximum allowable limit for chassis source leakage is shown in Table 10 14 Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests 10 17 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 5 3 10 18 Dale 600 Meter Procedure When measuring system chassis currents with the Dale 600 always use the CHASSIS selection of the external chassis function switch This requires the ground clip lead and changing the meters switches in accordance with the IEC 601 1 1 refer to the Dale 600 Instruction Manual for meter self test and operation Record the highest leakage current measured Follow these steps to test the unit for leakage current 1 Turn the LOGIQ P5 unit OFF 2 Plug the unit into the meter and the meter i
223. have B Mode and Time motion side by side or over under In the side by side layout there are three display alternatives Doppler Display Formats defined equal priority time motion priority or time motion with B Mode reference In the over under layout there are three display alternatives defined time motion priority B Mode priority or equal priority Sample Volume Gate Length Sizes the sample volume gate Slants the B Mode or Color Flow linear image left or right to get Scan Area more information without moving the probe Section 4 2 Required Equipment 4 9 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 6 Basic Measurements NOTE The following instructions assume that you first scan the patient and then press Freeze 4 3 6 1 Distance and Tissue Depth Measurements 1 Press MEASURE once an active caliper displays 2 To position the active caliper at the start point distance or the most anterior point tissue depth move the TRACKBALL 3 To fix the start point press Set The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper 4 To position the second active caliper at the end point distance or the most posterior point tissue depth move the TRACKBALL 5 To complete the measurement press SET The system displays the distance or tissue depth value in the measurement results window Before you complete a measurement To toggle between active calipers pres
224. he 8 2 15 Side Left Cover on page 8 51 and 8 2 16 Side Right Cover on page 8 52 2 Remove rear side cover and front cover Refer to the 8 2 17 Front Cover on page 8 53 and 8 2 18 Rear Cover on page 8 55 3 Unscrew 2 pcs M4 screw and 2 pcs hexa screw on the front of AC trans box And unscrew 4 pcs screw and 2pcs hexa screw on the rear side of Transbox assy and open inlet panel Figure 8 148 4 screw on the front of the AC transbox assy 4 Unplug 4 connectors inside of AC transbox and pull out the transbox assy 5 Pull out the transbox assy Section 8 2 DISASSEMBL Y RE ASSEMBLY 8 109 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 49 3 Removal procedure cont d 6 Unplug 4 connectors inside of AC transbox and pull out the transbox assy Figure 8 149 Pull out the Transbox assy 7 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 50 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script section 10 6 2 Service Manual Direction Section 10 6 4 Grounding Continuity Section 10 6 5 Chassis Leakage Current Test Isolated Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Ground Section 10 6 6 Isolated Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Lead Section 10 6 9 Probe Leakage Current Test Section 10 6 7 Section 10 6 3 Canada passed all required tests and is
225. help determine whether the proper planning and preparation is accomplished before the actual equipment installation is scheduled Table 2 1 Contents in Chapter 2 Section 2 1 Overview 2 1 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 2 2 General Console Requirements 2 2 1 2 2 1 1 2 2 1 2 Console Environmental Requirements Table 2 2 Environmental Requirements for LOGIQ P5 A5 ABPro Scanners 0 E _ _ Temperature 10 30 10 60 40 60 50 104 F 14 140 F 40 140 F 30 85 30 90 30 90 Humidity non condensing non condensing Pressure 700 1060 700 1060hPa 700 1060hPa Table 2 3 Environmental Requirements for an Ultrasound Room Values EN NN 7 100V 120V 3 5A 220 240V NONE REQUIRED for ULTRASOUND ENERGY 20 26 DEG C 68 79 DEG F for PATIENT COMFORT 50966 70 for PATIENT COMFORT 75 kg 165lbs without Accessories Cooling The cooling requirement for the LOGIQ P5 A5 ABPro is 2000 BTU hr This figure does not include cooling needed for lights people or other equipment in the room Each person in the room places an additional 300 BTU hr demand on the cooling system Lighting Bright light is needed for system installation updates and repairs However operator and patient comfort may be optimized if the room light is subdued and indirect Therefore a combination lighting system dim bright is recommende
226. her boards like P2RLY BL1TRX Proper signal processing for tissue and Doppler are done SYSCONOCM APS APS Pro Advanced Power Supply Includes Low voltage power and High voltage power in one module It generates 3 3V 5V and 12V for digital parts and 6V 6V 12A 12V for analog parts Additionally It generate THV Transmit High Voltage and SHV Static High Voltage for transmit pulse driver and High voltage MUX ASIG Signal Transfers the TX pulse signals from CL1TRX BL1TRX to the probe port on PSRLY P2RLY Receives echo signals from PSRLY P2RLY are transfer to CL1TRX BL1TRX through this ASIG For ACWD the pre amplified received signals go to the ACWD though ASIG Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 1 P3RLY and P2RLY RELAY SHV SHV RELAY To CL1TRX NG TPAR era eae 128 108 MMX PORTB 4 i i PORT C 128 Control Control Temperature Control Circuit FPGA Sensor o FPGA Probe ID Interface FEBUS FEBUS Figure 5 10 P3RLY amp P2RLY Block Diagram PSRLY ASSY contains of 3 probe connectors and provides switchable connection between probes and 64ch transmitters receivers
227. hiature elettriche ed elettroniche non devono essere smaltiti come rifiuti municipali indifferenziati e devono invece essere raccolti separatamente Per informazioni relative alle modalit di smantellamento delle apparecchiature fuori uso contattare un rappresentante autorizzato del fabbricante lt OD BE SET Hh BER ROO ET RUE LUCA LC IT 5 LITA SWEWSACEERLTWET CHAO AXE U C Iz 12670 80 5807 fe CERT SU Sis apz m jums nor da ka no elektrisk un elektronisk apr kojuma atkritumiem nedr kst atbr voties k no ne kirotiem m jsaimniec bas atkritumiem un tie ir j sav c atsevi i L dzu sazinieties ar pilnvarotu ra ot ja p rst vi lai sa emtu inform ciju par apr kojuma ekspluat cijas p rtrauk anu is simbolis nurodo kad elektros ir elektronin s rangos atliekos turi b ti surenkamos atskirai ir negali b ti alinamos kaip ner iuotos savivaldyb s tvarkomos atliekos Informacijos apie rangos veikimo sustabdym kreipkit s igaliotajj gamintojo atstov Dette symbolet angir at elektrisk og elektronisk utstyr ikke skal kastes som restavfall men m leveres inn separat Ta kontakt med en autorisert representant for produsenten hvis du vil ha informasjon om hvordan utstyret skal avhendes Ten symbol oznacza i sktadowanie zu ytych urz dze elektrycznych i elektronicznych wraz z og lnymi odpadami miejskimi jest zabronione Informacji na tema
228. ificate see page 29 Note all probes and system power up to verify that no warning or error messages are displayed Section 10 3 Maintenance Task Schedule 10 7 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 5 2 Functional Checks See Also Chapter 4 The functional checks take about 60 minutes to perform refer to the system user documentation whenever necessary 10 5 2 1 System Checks Table 10 7 System Functional Checks Chec k Description B Mode Verify basic B Mode 2D operation Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation CF Mode Verify basic CF Mode Color Flow Mode operation Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation Doppler Modes Verify basic Doppler operation PW and CW if available Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation M Mode Verify basic M Mode operation Check the basic system controls that affect this mode of operation Harmonics Cine Stress Echo etc Check the basic system controls that affect each options operation Xmit Bacv Elements Use the Visual Channel Utility on the 10L probe to verify that all system xmit recv channels are functional Keyboard Test Perform the Keyboard Test Procedure to verify that all keyboard controls are OK Verify basic Monitor display functions refer to Chapter 3 of the User Manual Touch Panel Verify basic Touch Panel display functions refer to Cha
229. ignal processing Delay control data for receive beam forming are contained in SDRAM Typically only 1 selected probe data are saved in SDRAM If new probe is connected additional probe data will be downloaded from HDD to SDRAM Main items are TRBC FPGA Provide interfaces with SYSCONPM SYSCONCM through FE Bus This FPGA control all OQx2 asic for receive beamforming All of parameter information for ASIC operation are loaded into OQX2 ASIC from SYSCONPM SYSCONOM through this FPGA OQX2 Digital receive beamforming ASIC Each OQX2 have capability of 16 channel receiving data inputs Each input data can be 12 bits Operation clock is 40 MHz 4 OQX2 ASICs are used in a Delayed Sum module and each OQX2 summed output are cascaded to next OQX2 ASIC So the last summed output of the last OQX2 are transferred to SYSCONPM SYSCONCM to make meaningful image data The receive beamforming control logic in OQX2 ASIC need delay information data for each channel s control logic This delay information data are downloaded into ASIC from SDRAM by TRBC FPGA SDRAM TD and RD Memory SDRAM keeps the receive delay data for OQX2 ASIC During scan time these data are downloaded into OQX2 ASIC by TRBC FPGA Memory capacity is 32Mbytes for a probe Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 2 5 Transmit Pulse Generation Block
230. igure 8 17 Removing the power cord bracket Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBL Y 8 13 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 3 Removal procedure cont d 3 Disconnect power cable and DVI cable Figure 8 18 Disconnecting power cable and DVI cable 4 Unscrew 1 screw 2329677 4 16 to remove the Fold cover Figure 8 19 Removing the Fold cover 5 Unscrew 2 screws 2159634 BH M4x10 WHT to remove the Cable clamp Figure 8 20 Removing the Cable clamp 8 14 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 3 Removal procedure cont d 6 Unscrew 2 screws 5177684 HSH 5 20 WHT to separate the LCD MONITOR and 1 screw 2159625 PH M4x8 W SP to remove the Cable bracket NOTE While unscrewing the hinge hexa screw from the arm keep hold of the monitor to prevent dropping down Figure 8 21 Separating the LCD monitor amp Removing the Cable bracket 7 Unscrew 2 screws 2337572 FH M3x6 WHT to remove the Arm cover L amp R Figure 8 22 Removing the Arm cover L amp Arm cover R 8 Unscrew 2 screws 2159632 BH M4x6 WHT to remove the Cam cover L amp H Figure 8 23 Removing the Cam cover L amp Cam cover R Section 8 2 DISASSEMBL Y RE ASSEMBL Y 8 15 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 3 Removal procedure cont d 9 Unsc
231. inalizing Figure 4 11 Finalizing Section 4 2 Required Equipment GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 10 1 Using the DVD R cont d 15 It will do Verifying Ss feu Figure 4 12 Verifying 16 It will eject the CD DVD and Go to Utility and reinsert the CD DVD 17 Go to Utility gt Connectivity gt Removable Media Properties Figure 4 13 Removable Media 18 Press Verify 19 The properties will be like below a Capacity is the size of transferred data b Free space is O c Formatted Database Present Finalized Yes DICOMDIR Present depends on setting A NOTICE Avoid mechanical ejection whenever possible Mechanical ejection leaves the actuator unlocked If forced to use this method reboot the system then insert and eject a known good disk using one of the other methods 4 18 Section 4 2 Required Equipment GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 4 3 11 NOTE 4 3 11 1 Backup and Restore Database Preset Configurations and Images When upgrading from R1 0 x or H2 0 x to R3 0 x or R4 0 x preset cannot be transferred Refer to the table below Table 4 4 LP5 BT11 R4 x x compatibility Bex Wie Formatting Media LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 1 To format the backup media CD R or DVD R select the UTILITY key on the Front Panel 2 Select CONNECTIVIT
232. ing the adjustable range of contrast Increases the number of transmit focal zones or moves the focal zone s so that you can tighten up the beam for a specific area A graphic caret corresponding to the focal zone position s appears on the right edge of the image Focus Number and Position Selects a level below which echoes will not be amplified an Rejection echo must have a certain minimum amplitude before it will be processed Edge Enhance brings out subtle tissue differences and boundaries by enhancing the gray scale differences corresponding to the edges of structures Adjustments to M Mode s edge enhancement affects the M Mode only Temporal filter that averages frames together This has the Frame Average effect of presenting a smoother softer image Edge Enhance Enables gray scale image colorization To deactivate reselect a Gray Map Grav Ma Determines how the echo intensity levels received are presented as shades of gray Rotation Up Down Rotates the image by selecting the value from the pop up menu Multi Frequency mode lets you downshift to the probe s next lower frequency or shift up to a higher frequency Optimizes B Mode frame rate or spatial resolution for the best Frame Rate Resolution NN possible image Provides intuitive representation of non quantitative B Flow hemodynamics in vascular structures Sensitivity PRI Adjusts the sample rate for the flow signal Background On Off Ba
233. ion Procedure 4 32 TtacKball ASSy validation z 35 qax on pP Rr VEM OU Rs 4 32 A N Key assy validation 4 32 Freeze key validation 4 32 key assay TGC Knob Set validation 4 33 Sub Keyboard Encoder Knob Set validation 4 33 Mechanical Function Checks 4 34 Cover Parts Function Validation 4 34 LCD plastic filter Function Validation Procedure 4 35 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQTM P5 SERVICE MANUAL Air filter set Function Validation Procedure 4 35 TGC key assy TGC Knob Set Sub keyboard encoder Knob Set Keycap set Main Keyboard Encoder Knob set Function Validation Procedure 4 36 Cup holder Function Validation Procedure 4 37 Front caster Rear caster Function Validation Procedure 4 38 Probe holder Function Validation Procedure 4 39 Flexible LCD Arm Function Validation Procedure 4 40 Board FUNGON GNCCKS z qd adds ie ed debi E e rie diede Sees 4 41 CL1TRX Assy BL1TRX Assy Function Validation Procedure 4 41 ACWD Assy Function Validation Procedure 4 42 Probe Assessment Diagnostic Test Validation Procedure
234. ion of the protect covers to be installed Front Protect Cover Rear Protect Cover Figure 8 328 Protect Cover Installation 2 Install the protect cover using the double stick tape Figure 8 329 Protect Cover Installation Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 209 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 18 Swivel Lock Caster Installation NOTE Both Front Casters and Rear Casters are swivel type in LOGIQ P5 but in LOGIQ 5 only Front Casters are swivel type Rear Casters are Fixed type 1 This is the installation instruction of the Protect Cover Refer to the figure below for the location of the protect covers to be installed 2 Lift the system up front and fix it not to move during installation 3 Unscrew 8 screws 14 84 to remove the existing front casters Refer to the figure below keep the screws for use 4 Replace them to Swivel Lock Casters by screwing 8 screws 14 84 Figure 8 330 Swivel Lock Caster 8 210 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 19 LOGIQ A5 Rear Swivel Caster Installation 1 Refer to the figure below for the location of the Rear Swivel Caster to be installed 2 Lift the system up front and fix it not to move during installation 3 Unscrew 8 screws 1 8 to remove the existing front casters Refer to the figure below keep the screws for
235. ion window with reference number on the screen 9 Verify that confirmation message pops up in the screen 10 RFS request is completed 11 On Line Center will contact the customer shortly by phone Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 12Machine RFS 5 12 1 General This describes general MRFS Machine RFS functionality 1 MRFS function is an automatic call for service from the system to the OLC when system detects high temperature or high or low voltage 5 12 2 Enabling MRFS NOTE In order to enable MRFS System must be connected to network and should be checked out to a product server Default MRFS user should also be set 1 Ha system is not already checked out the system should be checked out to a product server Refer to 5 11 2 System Checkout Procedure 2 MRFS function is an automatic call for service from the system to the OLC when system detects high temperature or high or low voltage 3 Right Click on Connect to GE icon Figure 5 58 Contact GE Icon 4 When RFS window pops up click on Users tab Contact GE Contact GE Queue Machine Queue Contact Information Phone Ext Other System ID Figure 5 59 User tab 5 56 Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 12 2 Enabling MRFS cont d 5 Press Add Use
236. ipheral options for the LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 6 4 External I O Connector Panel Located on the rear panel are video input and output connectors audio input and output USB footswitch connector power connector and control connections for VCR or DVD Recorder printer and service tools This section indicates the pin assignment for each connector Figure 3 14 Rear Connector Panel NOTE Each outer case ground line of peripheral accessory connectors are protectively grounded Signal ground lines are not isolated except the Service port 3 All of signal lines include signal GND of the Service port are isolated Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation 3 19 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 6 4 1 External I O Pin Outs Table 3 6 Pin Assignments of DB15 connector for External VGA Table 3 7 Pin Assignments of USB Table 3 8 Pin Assignments of Ethernet 3 20 Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 6 5 Video Specification Video specifications may be needed to be able to connect the VCR or DVD Video Recorder to the LOGIQ P5 A5 ABPro Table 3 9 Video Specifications 640x480 800x600 800x600 1024x768 Timing Parameter NTSC PAL 60Hz 60Hz 75 2 60Hz Active Lines Frame 768 876
237. ips See Table 2 5 for EMI Prevention tips Table 2 5 EMI Prevention abatement Keep the unit at least 5 meters or 15 feet away from other EMI sources Special shielding Be aware of RF sources may be required to eliminate interference problems caused by high frequency high powered radio or video broadcast signals Ground the uni Poor grounding is the most likely reason a unit will have noisy images Check grounding of the power cord and power outlet After you finish repairing or updating the system replace all covers and tighten all screws Replace all screws RF Any cable with an external connection requires a magnet wrap at each end Install the gaskets covers cores shield over the front of card cage Loose or missing covers or RF gaskets allow radio frequencies to interface with the ultrasound signals If more than 20 or a pair of fingers on the RF gaskets are broken replace the gaskets Replace broken RF gaskets i Do not turn on the unit until any loose metallic part is removed Do not place labels where RF Never place a label where RF gaskets meet the unit Otherwise the gap created will permit gaskets touch metal HF leakage Or if a label has been found in such a position move the label Use GE specified harnesses The interconnect cables are grounded and require ferrite beads and other shielding Also and peripherals cable length material and routing are all important do not change from what is specified Take ca
238. ire Figure 8 177 Printer set backup Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 127 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 5 3 Printer setting Back up cont d 12 Click Save gt select a removable disk or other media gt save the printer configuration Density Adjust Figure 8 178 Printer set backup 13 Click the OK until all printer windows are closed 14 If the printer does not support the configuration save or write option write down or print out the following parameters Portrait or Landscape Rate of length and width AdjustGamma curve Table 8 53 Parameters NOTE The parameters depend on printers so the above parameters are shown to another names and more parameters setting could be needed 8 128 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 ASoftware Installation 8 4 1 Installing Base Image Software NOTE While we do not believe it is necessary It would not hurt to disconnect the system from the network and remove all transducers NOTE All digital peripherals reporting systems connected via the USB ports should be either power off or disconnected prior to the software installation 1 Power ON the scanner 2 Tap gently the DEL key until the following screen appears Enter arirang as a password if the system request a password then press the Enter key Enter
239. ite System Information Comments CONTACT INFORMATION Name Title Phone E Mail Address LER TCP IP Settings IP Settings Remote Archive Setup IP Address Remote Archive IP Subnet Mask Remote Archive Name Default Gateway Services Destination Devices Device Type Manufacturer IP Address AE Title 3 24 3 24 Section 3 8 Software Option Configuration 3 8 Software Option Configuration O OQ G N o N GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 10 Insite IP Address Configuration This information needed to facilitate the OnLine Center engineers in connecting to the system is found in the InSite Installation Manual Section 3 11 Loading Base System Software 3 11 1 Loading Base system Software For more information on loading base system software refer to Chapter 8 Section 3 12 Warnings 3 12 1 Warnings 3 12 1 1 USB HDD External USB type Hard drive may be used to back up the data But not all kinds of USB type can be supported Never use USB types which require additional power source 3 12 1 2 Starting Echoloader in Maintenance mode If Echoloader never started once starting Echoloader in the maintenance mode will not work In other words in order to be able to start Echoloader in maintenace mode Echoloader should have been started at least once Section 3 11 Loading Base System Software 3 25 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTI
240. ition before moving Equipment Damage Possibility Lifting the console by holding covers may damage the covers Do not lift the console by holding any covers In general a single adult can move the LOGIQ P5 A5 ABPro along an even surface with no steep grades At least two people should move the machine when large humps grooves or grades will be encountered It is better to pull from the rear rather than push from the front of the unit Before moving store all loose parts in the unit Wrap transducers in soft cloth or foam to prevent damage Although LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro is a compact and mobile machine two people should move it over rough surfaces or up and down grades Adjusting System Clock oet the system clock for the LOGIQ P5 A5 ABPro to the local time For procedure of adjusting the system clock refer to section 3 6 1 1 on page 16 Fill out proper customer Information the Product Locator Installation Card Mail this Installation Card Product Locator to the address corresponding to your pole Product Locator Installation Card The Product Locator Installation Card shown may not be same as the provided Product Locator card GE Systems Hau Preduzlaczeor File Jupes P OQ Box did M wakes 53201 0414 PREPARE gA SAGESS THAT DO WoT PAVE A LOCATOR INSTALLATION INSTALLATION Figure 3 7 Product Locator Installation Card Section 3 1 Overview 3 9 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 RE
241. iya 10 8 Peripheral Option Checks 10 9 Pm 10 9 Mains Cable Inspection 10 9 oad 10 9 a t di 10 10 Optional Diagnostic Checks 10 11 Probe ce EX EE 10 11 Electrical salely Jesu xo uc Prod rese PEE ICE EHE P 10 12 Safety Test Overview 10 12 GEMS Leakage Current Limits 10 13 Outlet Test Wiring Arrangement USA amp Canada 10 14 Grounding GOniinulily bua usu eee au IN ar eco u m 10 15 Chassis Leakage Current 10 17 Isolated Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Ground 10 19 Isolated Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Lead 10 22 Isolated Patient Lead Sink Leakage Isolation Test 10 22 Probe Leakage Current Test 10 24 When There s Too Much Leakage Current 10 28 17 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 18 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEvICE MANUAL Important Precautions
242. l Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 15 Equipment Section 4 8 1 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 2 15 4 Mounting Procedure Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 51 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 16 8 2 16 1 8 2 16 2 8 2 16 3 8 2 16 4 8 52 Side Right Cover Tools Common pillips screwdrivers Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker Removal procedure 1 Unscrew 2 screws 1 2 Figure 8 86 2 screw on side right cover 2 Remove the Right cover Figure 8 87 Open side right cover 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 17 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 16 Equipment Section 4 8 1 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBL Y RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 17 Front Cover 8 2 17 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers
243. lation 8 214 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 21 MTZ PROBE HOLDER Installation 1 This section describes the installation procedure of the MTZ PROBE HOLDER 2 Assemble the MTZ PROBE HOLDER FIX BRKT to MTZ HOLDER with 3 screws 2160212 FH M4X8 Figure 8 338 MTZ PROBE HOLDER Installation 3 Assemble the Holder to bottom of the Keyboard with 2 screws 2159634 BH 4 10 Figure 8 339 MTZ PROBE HOLDER Installation 4 Installation completion ES T Figure 8 340 MTZ PROBE HOLDER Installation Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 215 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 22 DVR Fixture Top Installation SONY DVO 1000MD DVD Recorder 1 This section describes the installation procedure of SONY DVO 1000MD DVD recorder 2 Unscrew 2 existing screw from the TOP COVER Figure 8 341 SONY DVR Fixture Top Installation 3 Assemble the FIXTURE DVD BOTTOM BRKT on the TOP COVER by screwing 2 screws 2327592 FH 4 14 Figure 8 342 SONY DVR Fixture Top Installation 8 216 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL DVR Fixture Top Installation SONY DVO 1000MD DVD Recorder cont 4 Assemble the SONY DVO 1000MD to TOP FIXTURE BRKT by screwing 4 screws 2306562 FH 3 6 8 7 22 Figure 8 343 5
244. layed to restart the measurement To exit the measurement function without completing the measurement press CLEAR a second time 4 10 Section 4 2 Required Equipment GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 6 3 Worksheets Measurement Calculation worksheets are available to display and edit measurements and calculations There are generic worksheets as well as Application specific worksheets Section 4 2 Required Equipment 4 11 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 7 4 3 7 1 4 3 7 2 4 3 7 3 4 3 7 4 Probe Connectors Usage Connecting a probe 2 Place the probe s carrying case on a stable surface and open the case Carefully remove the probe and unwrap the probe cable DO NOT allow the probe head to hang free Impact to the probe head could result in irreparable damage Turn the connector locking handle counterclockwise Align the connector with the probe port and carefully push into place Turn the connector locking handle clockwise to secure the probe connector Carefully position the probe cable in the probe cord holder spot so it is free to move but not resting on the floor DoD Or a Activating the probe Select the appropriate probe from the probe indicators on the monitor screen The probe selection screen will be come up when the application key is enabled The probe activates in
245. lexible Arm stopper should face inside Flexible Arm Stoppers Figure 8 40 Inserting cables to the flexible arm stopper 4 Insert oilless bush into the flexible arm neck pipe and insert two cables into the flexible arm neck pipe 4 1 We 7 e F3 Figure 8 41 Inserting the oilless bush 5 Insert the flexible arm into the flexible arm neck pipe Figure 8 42 Inserting the flexible arm Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 25 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 4 Assembly procedure cont d 6 Screw 3 screws 2373562 4 10 YEL to fix the flexible arm stopper after adjusting the holes Figure 8 43 Fixing the flexible arm stopper 7 Screw 1 screw 2159625 PH M4X8 W SP to install OP bracket Figure 8 44 Installing OP Bracket 8 Screw 3 screws 5327646 HSH 6 16 WHT to install the arm neck pipe Make sure place DVI cable be on the right side power cable on the left side Figure 8 45 Assembling the arm neck pipe 8 26 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 8 2 6 4 Assembly procedure cont d 9 Screw 2 screws 5177684 HSH M5X20 WHT to assemble the LCD monitor with flexible arm Top part Figure 8 46 Screwing 2 screws 10 Insert the two cables inside the Flexible arm and Screw 4 screws 2159625 PH MAX8 W SP to assemble the Lower arm cable bracket
246. listed below a None Read HV voltage and display HV values icis Read HV voltage and display LV values 7 5 4 6 FRONT PANEL These programs are provided for testing the Front panel Table 7 7 FRU Test ACWD Diagnostics Menu User Descriptions FRONT PANEL Performs all of the Front Panel tests listed below All None Overall FRONT PANEL Test EEPROM Send test pattern to write to EEPROM and read Displays the board M n All None Revision revision of the Front Panel Makes a check of intemal ROM cheok sum a check of internal ROM check sum Makes check of internal ROM check sum TA None Writes reads data over all address of RAM and also makes a check of control oes program EEPROM Writes reads data over all address of EEPROM A SWITCH Test switch in Front Panel Rotate or depress any key Verify that it is displayed on the CRT monitor To finish the All None test press Abort key and wait until complete message appears NOTE For the EchoBack test it is highly recommended to press a button less than two times per a second NOTE When Abort button is pressed to finish EchoBack test you have to wait until Completed message is displayed to proceed other tests Section 7 5 Common Diagnostics 7 19 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 7 6 LED Descriptions 7 6 1 Assy The CL1TRX BL1TRX Assy is locat
247. ll board covers and frame panels are securely in place System performance and cooling require this CAUTION OPERATOR MANUAL S The User Manual s should be fully read and understood before operating the LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro and kept near the unit for quick reference CAUTION ACOUSTIC OUTPUT HAZARD Although the ultrasound energy transmitted from the LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro probe is within FDA limits avoid unnecessary exposure Ultrasound energy can produce heat and mechanical damage P P P P pb bP P Figure 3 1 Environmental Labels Section 3 1 Overview 3 3 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment When a new system arrives check that any components are not damaged and are not in short supply If shipping damage or shortage occurs contact the address shown in Chapter 1 A CAUTION Do not lift the unit by the Keyboard Equipment damage may result CAUTION The crate with the LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro weighs approximately 75 kg 165 Ib Be prepared for a sudden shift of weight as the unit is removed from its base pallet 1 Cut the three PLASTIC BANDs Plastic Bands Figure 3 2 Cutting the Plastic Bands 3 4 Section 3 1 Overview GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 3 Receiving and Unpacking the Equipment conta 2 Lift the TOP COVER up and off p Top Cover Figure 3
248. ll the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 94 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 41 Cup Holder 8 2 41 1 Tools need tool 8 2 41 2 Removal procedure 1 Remove the cup holder Figure 8 131 Cup holder 2 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 42 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 41 Equipment Section 4 8 1 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 2 41 3 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBL Y 8 95 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 42 ECG Cable Hook 8 2 42 1 15 Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 42 2 Removal procedure 1 Unscrew 2 screws 1 2 to remove the ECG Cable Hook Figure 8 132 Screws of cable hook 2 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 43 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section4 34 4 3 1 Power O
249. lues shown in Table 10 15 and Table 10 16 Record all data on the PM Inspection Certificate CAUTION Equipment damage possibility Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the unit AN is powered ON Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching them using the POLARITY switch and or the NEUTRAL switch Otherwise the unit may be damaged Table 10 23 Typical Data Sheet For Transducer Source Leakage Current Transducer Tested Tester Power Polarity Tester GROUND or Switch NEUTRAL Switch Measurement r Low s e Low n s x Low nm C Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests 10 27 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 10 7 When There s Too Much Leakage Current CHASSIS FAILS Check the ground on the power cord and plug for continuity Ensure the ground is not broken frayed or intermittent Replace any defective part Tighten all grounds Ensure star washers are under all ground studs Inspect wiring for bad crimps poor connections or damage Test the wall outlet verify it is grounded and is free of other wiring abnormalities Notify the user or owner to correct any deviations As a work around check the other outlets to see if they could be used instead NOTE No outlet tester can detect the condition where the white neutral wire and the green grounding wire are reversed If later tests indicate high leak
250. ly Probe PROBE CODE Checks if the 8 bits of the Probe Code in the probe connector is properly connected If connected probe is available display code and Probe name ACWD These programs are provided for testing the ACWD board Table 7 5 FRU Test ACWD Diagnostics Menu User Descriptions m 00000002 ever soos Full Test Test Performs all of the ACWD board test listed below all of the ACWD board test listed below 5 Revision Test EEPROM Send test pattern to write to EEPROM and readDisplays the board Muss TEst revision of the ACWD board USC Interface Checks if the DSP in SYSCONPM SYSCNOM can access the ACWD boards via USB Test bus FEBUS Test Allows SYSCONPM SYSCNCM to access FE bus interface in the ACWD in order to check if FE bus line is normal Send the command to perform CW scanning read IQ data from assigned memory IQ Data Read analyze the data with FFT algorithm Tobe Checks whether ACWD probe connected or not Connection Channel Test 1 test pattern perform 32 channel scanning in ACWD read the data and Section 7 5 Common Diagnostics GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 5 4 5 APS APS Pro These programs are provided for testing the APS board Table 7 6 FRU Test APS Diagnostics Menu User Descriptions MEME Full Test Test Performs all of the APS test listed below all of the APS test listed below Performs all of the APS test
251. m Software E GEMS Service Honre Page Servite Brurscr Haase Figure 8 233 Reload system Software 10 Verify that Local Archive is available under Dataflow 11 Press ReLoad 12 Confirmation message pops up 13 Press Yes to proceed 14 Progress bar is displayed Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 165 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 2 1 Perform Software Reloading in the Service Platform cont d 15 Setup is completed successfully a If you do s w reloading from the system directly please shut down the system now b For remote s w reloading please enable Disruptive mode Figure 8 235 setup completed message 16 Press Disruptive mode Error Logs Diagnostics Image Quality 4 Figure 8 236 Disruptive mode 8 166 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 2 1 Perform Software Reloading in the Service Platform cont d 17 If Disruptive Mode Status is disabled Press Yes to enable disruptive mode For the remote reloading customer has to agree to the diruptive mode The following window Figure 8 237 pops up in the system screen and customer has to press Yes to enable Disruptive mode Insite Notification Figure 8 237 Insite Notification 18 Press System Shutdown Figure 8 238 System Shutdown NOTE
252. m the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 40 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 4 3 1 Power On Boot PowerOnBootUp E E 4 3 2 Se Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 39 Equipment Section 4 8 1 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 2 39 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 93 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 40 Probe Holder 8 2 40 1 Tools need tool 8 2 40 2 Removal procedure 1 Remove the probe holders from the Keyboard Figure 8 130 Probe Holders 2 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 A1 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section4 34 4 3 1 Power On Boot PowerOnBootUp 4 3 2 u Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction waspa 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 40 Equipment Section 4 8 7 Probe holder Function Validation Procedure passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 2 40 3 Mounting Procedure Insta
253. ms Various tests are run on the PCI bus in order to ensure it is working up to speed The motherboard is scanned to verify the configuration space and to make sure the diagnostics can communicate with the board Network Test Section 7 5 Common Diagnostics 7 13 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 5 3 PC Diagnostics Interactive Tests 7 5 3 1 Keyboard Test 1 Click Keyboard Test from the PC Diagnostics interactive tests menu 2 Click the Test button A keyboard layout is displayed on which you can see the keys of your keyboard 3 Press each key on your keyboard once and make sure that the corresponding keys on screen are removed from view If a key on screen is not removed that key may be damaged and you may have to have your keyboard repaired or replaced 4 To reset the keyboard click the Reset Keys button 5 To exit the test click Close 7 5 3 2 Audio Test 1 Click Audio Test from the PC Diagnostic interactive tests menu 2 To test the WAV sound reproduction click Left Channel Right Channel or Both Channels to test your speakers You should hear a guitar chord 3 To test MIDI sound reproduction click the button under MIDI You should hear a few seconds of recorded music 4 Click on the Beep button You should hear a low beep from your PC If no sound is produced in these tests choose the More Info button in the Audio Test dialog box for information about possibl
254. n Boot PowerOnBootUp 4 3 2 EN RH Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 42 Equipment Section 4 8 1 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 2 42 3 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 96 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 43 Air Filter Set 8 2 43 1 Tools need tool 8 2 43 2 Preparations e Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 43 3 Removal procedure 1 Pull out the 2 Air filters from the bottom left and right side of the system 1 2 Figure 8 133 Air filters 2 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 44 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section4 34 4 3 1 Power On Boot PowerOnBootUp EE 4 3 2 a Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction x 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 43 Equipment Section 4 8 3 Air filter set Function Validation Procedure passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 2 43 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 97 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION
255. n Cranmna Cine Mode NUM Cycles Start Frame Select All Loop Spee Start Frame TB Figure 5 63 2 Pressing OK will change the polling rate to 15 seconds for 10 minutes Figure 5 64 Agent Configuration Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 59 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL This page was intentionally left blank 5 60 Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 6 Service Adjustments Section 6 1 Overview 6 1 1 Purpose of this chapter 6 This section describes how to test and adjust the scanner These tests are optional You may use them to check the system for errors Table 6 1 Contents in chapter Section 6 2 Regulatory Verify where applicable that any regulatory information or tests required by national law are present and accounted for and any regulatory tests required by national law are performed and documented Section 6 1 Overview GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 6 3 Monitor Adjustments 6 3 1 Rotate and tilt the monitor The monitor position can be adjusted for easy viewing monitor can be rotated around its central pivot point monitor can be tilted for the optimum viewing angle the monitor can be flipped up and down NOTE When moving the system flip down the monitor to its lowest possible posi
256. n off switch Alpha Numeric key Patient Key TGC Track Ball Function Select key Freeze Key Gain Knob User Define Key Section 4 2 Required Equipment Peta LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 3 2 Control Panel for LOGIQ A5 LOGIQ A5Pro 10 1 2 i 3 i J t 7 5 6 Figure 4 5 Control Panel Tour LOGIQ A5 LOGIQ A5Pro 1 Power on off switch 2 Alpha Numeric key 3 Patient Key 4 TGC 5 Track Ball 6 Function Select key 7 Freeze Key 8 Gain Knob 9 User Define Key NOTE If the LOGIQ A5 have been upgrade with Color Upgrade kit LOGIQ A5 have same keyboard as LOGIQ P5 NOTE LOGIQ A5Pro has the same control panel of LOGIQ A5 but PW Mode button is not enabled 4 6 Section 4 2 Required Equipment GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 4 3 3 3 Monitor Display for LOGIQ P5 1 SGE Healthcare 1906 21 06 03 10 29 PM w 797 1628 30 7 62 6 5 Rt Lt 2 BPD Hadiock X HC Hadlock AC Hadlock V FL Hadiock AFi Moore Worksheet 1FL 3 70cm 21864 2 HC 12 62 16w3d OFD HC 4 04 cm 1 1 Measure BPD Hadlock HC Hadlock iling 19 20 AC Hadlock LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 2 3 12 0 12 Tis 0 0 5 5 OB 2 3 B 22 0 Fra 5 0 MHz Gn 66 EIA 1 1 13 Map D 16 0 cm
257. n this procedure Also included in this section are guidelines for transporting the unit to a new site Table 3 1 Contents in Chapter 3 Section 3 1 Overview 3 1 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 3 2 Installation Reminders 3 2 1 3 2 2 NOTE A CAUTION 3 2 Average Installation Time Table 3 2 Average Installation Time Description Average Installation Time Scanner wo options Dependant on the configuration that is required DICOM Option Dependant on the amount of configuration The LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro has been designed to be installed and checked out by an experienced service technician in approximately four hours LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro consoles with optional equipment may take slightly longer Installation Warnings 1 Since the LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro weighs approximately 75 kg 165 Ib without options preferably two people should unpack it Two people are also preferable for installing any additional bulky items 2 There are no operator serviceable components To prevent shock do not remove any covers or panels Should problems or malfunctions occur unplug the power cord Only qualified service personnel should carry out servicing and troubleshooting For information regarding packing labels refer to LABELS ON PACKAGE 3 After being transported the unit may be very cold or hot If this is the case allow the unit to acclimate before y
258. nd its connectors for damage of any kind 3 Verify Verify that the LINE NEUTRAL and GROUND wires are properly attached to the terminals and that no strands may cause a short circuit Inlet connector retainer is functional Cleaning General Cleaning Table 10 10 General Cleaning s wm 1 Console Use a fluid detergent in warm water on a soft damp cloth to carefully wipe the entire system Be careful not to get the cloth too wet so that moisture does not enter the console Probe Holder Clean probe holders they may need to be soaked to remove excess gel Section 10 3 Maintenance Task Schedule 10 9 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 5 4 2 Air Filter Cleaning Table 10 11 Air Filter Cleaning frequency varies with your environment Description Remove Filter Cover refer to Chapter 8 for air filter location and removal instructions The filters can be cleaned in sprinkling water or they can be dusted with a vacuum cleaner If the filter is metal wash and or vacuum If the filter is fiber or plastic vacuum or replace Install Filter Install the clean filter NOTE For your convenience or of the air filter is too dirty replacement filters are available refer to Chapter 9 for the air filter replacement part number Clean Filter 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Table 10 12 Physical Checks wm 1 Labeling Verify that all system labeling is prese
259. needed Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 4 SOM Module The SOM means System On Module which integrates the PC motherboard and CPU and memory and peripheral device for BEP Back End Process functionality into a small size PWA There are 2 kinds of SOM module for LOGIQ P5 and LOGIQ A5 A5Pro One is PM SOM Assy with high performance Pentium M CPU and the other is CM SOM Assy with lower performance Celeron M CPU PM SOM PWA include moble Pentium M CPU and 915GM chipset and 1G DDR2 memory on small size form factor PCB 3 75 inch x 4 5 inch CM SOM PWA include mobile Celeron M CPU 915GM chipset and 512MB DDR2 memory This SOM module is attached on the SYSCON PWA So SYSCONPM Assy include PM SOM module and SYSCONOCM Assy include CM SOM module WD Trig Fan C aus Flug Super i o m E m i 3 L T E pa eb Management N Figure 5 16 PM SOM and CM SOM Block Diagram Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 19 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 4 1 PM SOM and CM SOM The difference on both module is BIOS boot screen and label on the module The label include FRU number e PM SOM FRU number is 5178410 and CM SOM FRU number is 5178834 gt amp k i E E T T7 w w SOM 5178410
260. new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 67 GE HEALTHCARE 8 2 26 2 8 2 26 3 8 2 26 4 DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 26 EMII Cover L 8 2 26 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker Removal procedure 1 Remove the Side Left Cover Refer to the 8 2 15 Side Left Cover on page 8 51 2 Unscrew 6 screws 1 6 Figure 8 104 EMI Cover L 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 27 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 26 Equipment Section 4 8 1 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE 8 2 27 2 8 2 27 3 8 2 27 4 DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 27 EMI Cover R 8 2 27 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker Removal procedure 1 Remove the Side Right Cover Refer to the 8 2 16 Side Right Cover on page
261. ng Procedure 8 6 2 1 Perform Software Reloading in the Service Platform No media CD DVD is needed to perform this function This can be done in two ways A By logging on to the Service Platform B To access the system remotely In case of performing Software Reloading remotely you will need the assistance of the customer to switch the system back on and put it in disruptive mode The following procedure applies to both Locally and Remotely 1 Go to Utility gt System gt General 2 Press Date Time General Location GE Healthcare Datel Time Figure 8 231 Date Time Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 163 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 2 1 Perform Software Reloading in the Service Platform cont d 3 Press Time Zone Date and Time Properties blir Figure 8 232 Time Zone 4 Register the current Time Zone Current Time Zone Table 8 1 Current Time Zone Press Cancel Log onto the Service Platform Go to Utilities Common Utilities Go to Utility System About Verify that Software version and software build version are same with the ones before the Software Reloading CON 8 164 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 2 1 Perform Software Reloading in the Service Platform cont d 9 Select Reload Syste
262. ng pad to reduce the risk of injury For a complete review of all safety requirements see the Chapter 1 Safety Considerations section in the Service Manual GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEvICE MANUAL LEGAL NOTES The contents of this publication may not be copied or duplicated in any form in whole or in part without prior written permission of GE Healthcare GE Healthcare may revise this publication from time to time without written notice TRADEMARKS All products and their name brands are trademarks of their respective holders COPYRIGHTS All Material Copyright 2004 and 2008 by General Electric Company Inc All Rights Reserved GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 Revision History LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL Revision Reason for change 1 May 3 2010 Initial Release List of Effected Pages LOEP Pages Revision Pages Revision Pages Revision Title Page 1 4 1 to 4 55 1 10 1 to 10 30 1 Warnings ito x 1 5 1 to 5 60 1 Index 1 to Index 4 1 TOC vii to 1 6 1 to 6 8 1 Back Cover N A llo 1 7 1 to 7 36 1 2 1 to 2 12 1 8 1 to 8 210 1 3 1 to 3 26 1 9 1 to 9 23 1 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL Chapter 1 introduction Section 1 1 Overview 1 1 1 Purpose of Chapter 1 This chapter describes important issues related to safely servicing the LOGIQ P5 scanner The service provider must read and understand all the information pr
263. nit in a vehicle Secure the unit in an upright position e Lock the wheels brake e DO NOT use the Control Panel as an anchor point e Place the probes in their carrying case Eject DVD media from the system CAUTION Keep the heat venting holes on the monitor unobstructed to avoid overheating of the monitor 1 3 4 Electrical Safety To minimize shock hazard the equipment chassis must be connected to an electrical ground The system is equipped with a three conductor AC power cable This must be plugged into an approved electrical outlet with safety ground If an extension cord is used with the system make sure that the total current rating of the system does not exceed the extension cord rating The power outlet used for this equipment should not be shared with other types of equipment Both the system power cable and the power connector meet international electrical standards A WARNING DO NOT SERVICE OR DISASSEMBLE PARTS UNDER FRU UNIT LEVEL AT ANY CIRCUMSTANCES Section 1 3 Safety Considerations 1 13 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL 1 3 5 Label Locations GR 85 1 SAARI J SUS LORTA da REM e VOLTS UL BAR CODE USA A81A 120v Console PS 33 89k piya NH S Auja m TS FP ike RW SE EPO Td F do us
264. nsole Leakage Current Checks i maintenance also after corrective maintenance also after corrective Surface Probe Leakage Current Checks maintenance Peripheral Leakage Current Checks Endocavity Probe Leakage also after corrective Current Checks maintenance Transesphongeal Probe Leakage also after corrective Current Checks maintenance Surgical Probe Leakage also after corrective Current Checks maintenance maintenance maintenance maintenance Section 10 3 Maintenance Task Schedule 10 3 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 10 4 Tools Required 10 4 1 10 4 Standard GE Tool Kit The following is a description of the Standard GE tool kit in the USA Not all tools are required for PMs Table 10 3 Overview of GE 1 Tool Kit Contents Xcelte hex Blade 27mm hex Blade 1 5mm Wrench Open Era 12 946 Xcelte nox Blade e e e gt A T O Oo N OO N C1 N A N co BA C1 C1 9 45378 Pliers Slip Joint 9 XL9977MM Xcelite hex Blade 5mm 9 4518 Pliers Long Nose Miniature 9 XL991CM Handle 9 4518 Pliers Long Nose Miniature C2356E Screw starter Kedman Quick Wedge Solder Aid Fork and Hook Miror Round Telescoping Stee Rule Decimal 6 inc gt gt Ol Oo O N O o w
265. nstallation UP D25MD Printer 8 185 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation UP23MD Printer 8 187 Color Printer Fixture Top Installation UP D25MD Printer 8 189 Printer VCR DVD fixture Top installation CP900 Printer 8 192 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top Installation MD 3000 8 195 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top Installation MD 800 8 200 Rear Handle installation 8 203 Additional Task Lamp installation 8 205 Protect Gover Installation 4 555 es o Dom end 8 207 Swivel Lock Caster Installation 8 208 LOGIQ A5 Rear Swivel Caster Installation 8 209 BT11 Drawer Option Installation 8 210 MTZ PROBE HOLDER 8 213 DVR Fixture Top Installation SONY DVO 1000MD DVD Recorder 8 214 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL CHAPTER 9 Renewal Parts OU IV OW eee ee pu da dE 9 1 LiSE OF ADDIEVIGUONS xu duda ie Eu Baht TERT Hoc o tn 9 2 MONITOR eee 9 3 pe 9 5 COVERS e bete om Os 9 7 PB uoc EU IUE ee eee 9 9 BODY S undae eee es a
266. nswer Yes OK to the messages Press Patient Deselect any selected patient s in the search portion of the Patient screen Press Exam Data Transfer located at the upper left hand corner of the Patient menu 2 Select Export task Button Figure 4 19 Task button 3 The From combo box is not active It displays Local Archive The To combo box is active Select the type of removable media CD R DVD R Then please wait until the patient list is visible Removeable CD DVD No Archive Archive N E Removeable CD DVD Figure 4 20 To Combo Box Section 4 2 Required Equipment 4 23 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 11 4 Archiving Images cont d 4 In the patient list at the top of the Patient menu select the patient s you want to export You can use Windows commands to select more than one patient To select a consecutive list of patients click the cursor on the first name move the cursor to the last name then press and hold down the Shift right Set key to select all the names To select a non consecutive list of patients click the cursor at the first name move the cursor to the next name then press and hold down the Ctrl right Set key move the cursor to the next name then press and hold down the Ctrl right Set key again etc You can also search for patients via the Search key and string Or Select All Button from the Patient Menu Figure 4 21 Source Section NO
267. nt assed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 7 6 TGC key assay TGC Knob Set validation P 4 y 8 2 12 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 48 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 13 Sub Keyboard Encoder Knob Set 8 2 13 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 13 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 13 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove all the Encoder Knobs from the keyboard Figure 8 82 Knob in Sub Keyboard 2 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 14 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 13 Equipment assed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 7 7 Sub Keyboard Encoder Knob Set validation P 4 y 8 2 13 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBL Y 8 49 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 14 Keycap set Main Keyboard Encoder Knob set 8 2 14 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 14 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker
268. nt and in readable condition refer to the LOGIQ P5 User Manual for details Scratches amp Dents Inspect the console for dents scratches or cracks Control Panel Inspect keyboard and control panel Note any damaged or missing items 4 Control Panel Verify ease of control panel Operator I O Panel movement in all acceptable directions Ensure that Movement it latches in position as required Check all wheels and casters for wear and verify operation of foot brake to stop the unit from moving 5 Wheels amp Brakes i and release mechanism Check all caster locks and caster swivel locks for proper operation Cables amp Check all internal cable harnesses and connectors for wear and secure connector seating Pay Connectors special attention to footswitch assembly and probe strain or bend reliefs 7 Shielding amp Check to ensure that all EMI shielding internal covers air flow panels and screws are in place Covers Missing covers and hardware could cause EMI RFI problems while scanning EN External I O Check all connectors for damage and verify that the labeling is good E Op Panel Lights for proper operation of all operator panel and TGC lights Monitor Light Check for proper operation of any monitor lights if available External Check for proper operation of any external microphones by recording an audio test 10 10 Section 10 3 Maintenance Task Schedule GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141
269. ntify the error level severity at a glance Table 5 6 Log Entry Key m MN The Service Interface supports the transfer of these logs to local destinations such as the MOD and CD ROM drive Error Logs Diagnostics Image Quality Calibration Configuration Utilities Replacement x Log Viewer is displayed a seperate window To start another window with log viewer Click T Logs Insite Browser Logs Utlties Search Exit Previons Page Next Page LastPage Refresh Eee Page Number 1 ErrorMessage SeThreudM ys WailPur Handle 1148 SUCCESS Figure 5 41 Log Viewer Logs Log Entries Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 43 GE HEALTHCARE 5 10 4 2 DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 4 1 Logs The seven sub menus of the Logs category are System Infomatics Temperature Probe Board and DICOM NOTE Figure 5 41 provides a graphical example of the log entries for the System Logs Log table headings for the different logs are as follows Exit System Log entry headings include Time Stamp Error Level Package and Error Message Infomatics Log entry headings include TimeStamp Revision PtSex PtWeight PtHeight ExamID Exam Category ExamCurDate and ExamStartTime Temperature Log entry headings include Time Stamp Error Level Package L1SYSCON temperature sensor Probe Log entry headings include Time Stamp Err
270. nto the tested AC wall outlet 3 Plug the black chassis cable into the meter s CHASSIS connector and attach the black chassis cable clamp to an exposed metal part of the LOGIQ P5 4 Set the tester s FUNCTION switch to CHASSIS position O0U0000000000000000000000000000Q00 Outlet Test 2 Lamps 3 Functions Normal Selector Reverse on Polarity 2 ee i C Open Closed Chassis Cable e le im Figure 10 6 Ground and Chassis Leakage Current Test 5 Follow the test conditions described for respective test points shown in Table 10 17 Table 10 17 Chassis Leakage Current Test Condition TEST CONDITION Mounting screw for probe receptacle Mounting screw for CRT housing Mounting screw for peripheral plugged into unit Mounting screw for other peripheral powered by unit 6 Keep a record of the results with other hard copies of PM data kept on site Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 5 4 Data Sheet for Chassis Source Leakage Current 10 6 6 10 6 6 1 A CAUTION The test passes when all readings measure less than the value shown in Table 10 14 Record all data on the PM Inspection Certificate Table 10 18 Typical Data Sheet for Chassis Source Leakage Current Tester Neutral Test 1 Tester Polarity or Ground Probe Test 2 Test 3 Optional Optional Switch Switch Connector caster CRT Test 4 Test 5
271. of relays for switchable connection High voltage multiplexer provide connection between 128 signal of probe and selectable 64 channels transmit receive signals P2RLY Relay This P2RLY is for LOGIQ A5 A5Pro P2RLY Assy contains 2 connectors for probe interface and arrays of relays for switchable connection High voltage multiplexer provide connection between 128 signal of probe and selectable 64 channels transmit receive signals CL1TRX Color single acquisition Tx and Rx This board is for LOGIQ P5 and LOGIQ A5 A5Pro with Color upgrade This consists of two main board L1BFC Single acquisition Beam Forming Control and CTX Color TX ASSY L1BFC has transmit receiving switch to isolate rx signal circuit from transmit pulse The preamplifier on L1BFC amplifies 64 small echo signals The amplified receiving signals are converted to digital and sent to the delayed summing block CTX board has 64 channel Transmit pulse generator bipolar pulse drivers and delay controller SYSCONPM System Control board with Pentium M module SYSCONPM is for LOGIQ P5 or LOGIQ A5 A5Pro with color upgrade kit SYSCONPM controls scan operation and transfer the scan parameters to other boards like PSRLY CL1TRX ACWD option Proper signal processing for tissue and Doppler are done in SYSCONPM SYSCONOM System Control board with Celeron M module SYSCONCM is for LOGIQ A5 A5Pro SYSCONPM controls scan operation and transfer the scan parameters to ot
272. on 6 Connect the cables to the system on the rear panel 4 Figure 8 307 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation 8 200 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 13 2 Bracket Installation cont d 7 Connect the cables Power Cable USB cable S VHS Cable and Sound cables from the VCR to the system Figure 8 308 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation 8 Connect the cables to the system on the rear panel Figure 8 309 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation 9 Install VCR hide bracket by screwing 3 screws 2159633 BH M4x8 WHT Figure 8 310 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 201 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 14 Printer DVD Fixture Top Installation MD 800 1 Unscrew 2 existing screws from the top cover Figure 8 311 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation LQ MD800 2 Install Fixture DVD bot bracket on the top cover by screwing 2 screws 2327592 FH M4x14 YEL Figure 8 312 Printer VCR DVD Fixture installation top 3 Install Fixture Top bracket on the top cover by screwing 4 screws 2373565 FH M4x20 Figure 8 313 Printer VCR DVD Fixture Top installation LQ MD800 8 202 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 14 Printer VCR
273. on marked below in the figure below and check that contrast value is changed as soon as the button pushed PICTURE CONTRAST U u BRIGHTNESS DCN TI IL TU LAP BAe m COLOR TEMP EXIT Figure 4 25 Select OSD Button 5 Displayed value should be changed as soon as the button pushed 4 28 Section 4 4 Software Configuration Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 4 7Keyboard Function Checks 4 7 1 Main Keyboard Assy Function Validation Procedure 1 Boot up the system 2 Insert the Service Dongle and go to the maintenance mode 3 Click Start and go to Figure 4 26 Start and run 4 Click the Run and then you can get the Run dialog box 5 Write the cmd command into Run dialog box and press OK button to display command prompt Figure 4 27 Run dialog box cx CA WINDOWS system3zcmd exe Microsoft Windows AP Version 5 1 26BB 1 gt Copyright 1985 28061 Microsoft Corp C N Documents and Settings arirang scf papitest exe Figure 4 28 command prompt Section 4 7 Keyboard Function Checks 4 29 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 7 1 Main Keyboard Assy Function Validation Procedure cont d 6 Write the scfpapitest exe on the command prompt and press Enter button to pop up the scfpapitest program e ScCFpApilest Ver 1 0
274. on the test shows the following result Figure 4 45 Probe Assessment Diagnostic Test 8 After finishing the test shut down the system 4 46 Section 4 9 Board Function Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 4 SYSCONML Assy Function Validation Procedure 4 9 4 1 L1SYSCON diagnostic Test 1 Turn on the system and check the completion of echoloader loading 2 Do the Service Login Refer to 5 10 2 2 Service Login on page 5 41 3 Select Diagnostics gt LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics gt test L1SYSCON gt L1SYSCON Overall 4 Execute the diagnostic test 5 All diagnostic test item of L18YSCON should be passed Service Home Page Service Browser Fero ix m armand y a Diagnostics RL Common Diagostice y LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics L Trouble Shooting FRU test LISYSCON Fress the Execute button Lo start Current Status Started on Tue Apr 15 09 01 41 BST 2008 Start the L183YSCON FULL diagnostic LISYSCHH ASSY CHECK Bev Buard Revision LISYSCON USC IF BASS L1SYSCUN FEBUS IF PASS LISYSCOH TRIG Hon L1SYSCUN PCI PASS LISYSCON DSP MEMORY PASS L15YSCUM TEMP PASS Board Temperature 49 LISYSCUN CHACUM PASS Completed on Tue Apr 15 09 02 07 BST 2008 i FRONTPANEL Loon count Completes
275. on 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 11 Equipment assed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 7 5 Freeze key validation P 4 y 8 2 11 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 46 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 12 TGC key assy Knob Set 8 2 12 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 12 2 Preparations e Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 12 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the CFUNCKEY Assy Refer to the 8 2 7 Main Keyboard Assy on page 8 37 2 Remove the TGC Knobs Figure 8 79 8 TGC Knobs 3 Unscrew 4 screws 1 4 Figure 8 80 TGC PCB Assy in Keyboard Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 47 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 12 3 Removal procedure cont d 4 Disconnect 1 connector from the PCB TIRE PASSED hy cc irm pones E Sor H Figure 8 81 TGC Key Connector 5 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 13 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 12 Equipme
276. on 4 8 1 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 2 24 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 65 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 25 Dummy Cover L R 8 2 25 1 15 Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 25 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 25 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove 2 rubber caps 1 2 Figure 8 102 rubber cap of dummy cover 2 Unscrew 2 screws and remove the dummy cover L Figure 8 103 screws of dummy cover 3 Same process is applied for dummy cover H 8 66 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 25 3 Removal procedure cont d 4 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 26 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 4 3 1 Power On Boot PowerOnBootUp 4 3 2 Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 25 Equipment Section 4 8 1 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection 8 2 25 4 Mounting Procedure Install the
277. on the lead selector Depress the rocker switch to ISO TEST to test lead isolation Line voltage is applied to the ECG leads during this test To avoid possible electric shock hazard the system being tested must not be touched by patients users or anyone while the ISO TEST switch is depressed It is not necessary to test each lead individually or power condition combinations as required in previous tests Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 8 1 Data Sheet for ECG Leakage Current The test passes when all readings measure less than the value shown in the table below Record all data on the PM Inspection Certificate Table 10 20 Maximum Allowance Limit for ECG Leakage Current Maximum Allowance Limit AC Power GROUND Source GROUND OPEN CLOSED Patient Lead to Ground Leakage Current Test 115V and Patient Lead to Lead Leakage Current Test TO uus Table 10 21 Maximum Allowance Limit for ECG Leakage Current AC Power Maximum Source Allowance Limit Patient Lead Isolation Current Test 220 240V Table 10 22 Typical Data Sheet for ECG Leakage Current Tester Tester Lead Selector De L Le ew wm 1 T N INN ION
278. onfiguration d Keyboard Mouse Configuration b Remote Access Configuration gt Hardware Health Configuration 8 130 Pouer Figure 8 182 IDE Configuration Legacy IDE Cha nne 15 ISATA Pri PATA Sec 3 Ihird ki L k Third IDE Slaue int Det b Fourth IDE Mastei Not Det Fourth IDE Slave Mat IDE Configuration Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 1 Installing Base Image Software Boot Deuice Prioritu Ue Figure 8 183 Boot Device Priority 6 Insert the BT11 Base Image Software Disk into the CD DVD ROM drive 7 After restarting the system the following screen will be displayed GE Heal THIS PRUCEDUKE MAY KESULT IN CUMPLETE PATIENT DATA LUSS IF NUT USED CORRECTLY PLEASE READ THE OPTION BELOW CAREFULLY BEFORE PROCEED ING This process is NOT REVERSIBLE and xhould he stopped om started DO NOT powcr off the sustcm until the proccss has completed It will take less than 15 minutes to load the drive If this process is stopped for some reason you MILL have run it again to completion or cise thc sustcm will not vork Tf ym want te proceed with this process press the Euler key to continuc with option sclcction Eject the DUDROM from the DUDROM drive and Press CTRL C now to exit Power on and off the system to restart it without overwriting your disk dri
279. oot up the system and run the scfpapitest program N NOTICE Follow up the procedure 4 7 1 Main Keyboard Assy Function Validation Procedure on page 4 29 to run the scfpapitest program Press and Rotary sub keyboard and Paddle up down right left button 3 Check the log dialog box in scfpapitest program gt Button and Rotary Table Button or Rotary Name The Name displayed in Log 1 Button Rotary PushEncoder 1 of Touchpanel Button Rotary 2 Button Rotary PushEncoder 2 of Touchpanel Button Rotary 3 Button Rotary PushEncoder 3 of Touchpanel Button Rotary 4 Button Rotary PushEncoder 4 of Touchpanel Button Rotary 5 Button Rotary PushEncoder 5 of Touchpanel Button Rotary Paddle Up Button Down Paddle Down Button Left Paddle Left Button Right Paddle Right Button 4 7 3 Trackball Assy validation Boot up the system 2 Press the measurement button 3 Move the Trackball When you move the trackball in measurement mode the cursor should be moved 4 7 4 A N Key assy validation Boot up the system Press Comment button 3 Press A N keyboard Each key should be displayed on the monitor display 4 7 5 Freeze key validation Follow up the procedure 4 7 1 Main Keyboard Assy Function Validation Procedure on page 4 29 to run the scfpapitest program 2 Press Freeze button and check up the Log dialog box if the freeze key was release
280. op Cover on page 8 59 Unscrew 2 screws 1 2 Figure 8 97 Pole Cover 5 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 23 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 4 3 1 Power On Boot PowerOnBootUp 4 3 2 Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction m 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 22 Equipment Section 4 8 1 Cover Parts Function Validation passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 61 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 23 Neck Front 8 2 23 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 23 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 23 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove 1 rubber cap Figure 8 98 rubber cap of neck front cover 2 Unscrew 1 screw and remove the Neck Front Figure 8 99 Open neck front cover 8 62 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 23 3 Removal procedure cont d 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 24 Functional Tests Service Manual S
281. or Level Package Error Message Severity Revision and three 3 new labels that have not yet been named DICOM Log entry headings include Time Stamp Error Level Package and Error Message The sub menu Exit Log Viewer returns the user to the Service Desktop home page E Log Viewer Insite Browser Select log to view Figure 5 42 Exit Log Sub Menu Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 5 NOTE Diagnostics When Service Login for FRU Diagnostic scan mode must be B mode A WARNING Diagnostics should be performed with probes which have 128 or more elements NOTE 5 10 5 1 5 10 5 2 5 10 5 3 Detailed Diagnostic information is found in Diagnostics Troubleshooting 3 DES Servi Home Page sees pum Enter Loge Bes Carin LULA Rapdicarrarid y di F y ri 29 Dapoer Thes m the Lhagoshies Appbcabon Areal BF Common Diagnomes E 4 LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics Trouble Shootmg Ek ERU tert Bk LISYSCON CLITRX P3RLY B 1 ACWD APS MOTCTRL FRONTPANEL Figure 5 43 GE Service Diagnostic Page After finishing Diagnostic test the system should be rebooted Diagnostics Execution Diagnostic tests are executable by both local and remote users The Service Platform provides top level diagnostic selection based on the user s level and login access permissions R
282. ot up abnormally and protect to loose important diagnostic information of patient from unexpected power failure Live power Whenever main AC power is supplied Microprocessor on the SYSCONPM SYSCONCM must live always by live power supplied by APS APS Pro Assy System boot up sequence Peripheral power gt LV power gt SOM Main PC on the SYSCONPM SYSCONOM e Software shut down sequence Because not ATX power Main Operation System Windows XP have to inform about time to shutdown to DSP by interrupt So DSP can allow FPGA to assert shutdown signal to MICOM e Abnormal shut down sequence SYSCONPM SYSCONOM can force to shutdown system abnormally by pressing power button during 15 second But live power for MICOM has to alive CHACOM BLOCK This ASIC have two main function One is the CHAF which have functions of coded excitation decorder and 2nd harmonic filter The other is COMSO which has functions of detector mode edge enhance Log compression and dynamic range control PGC and TEST SIGNAL GENERATION BLOCK SYSCONPM SYSCONCM generate Power Gain Control signal in order to get better quality scan image from CL1TRX This signal goes into a preamp on the CL1TRX BL1TRX Assy Additionally SYSCONPM SYSCONCM generate test signal used to test analog path of CL1TRX BL1TRX Assy These signals are converted to analog from 8bit digital data from FEBC FPGA and DSP could update digital PGC and Test data table whenever
283. ou turn it on It requires one hour for each 2 5 C increment it s temperature is below 10 C or above 30 C Equipment damage possibility Turning the system on without acclimation after arriving at site may cause the system to be damaged Table 3 3 Acclimation Time PEP s ree j j j i e Led Bl RR Lo s jP od Rod od d id Section 3 1 Overview GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 2 3 Safety Reminders N DANGER WHEN USING ANY TEST INSTRUMENT THAT IS CAPABLE OF OPENING THE AC GROUND LINE I E METER S GROUND SWITCH IS OPEN DON T TOUCH THE UNIT CAUTION Two people should unpack the unit because of its weight Two people are required whenever a part weighing 19kg 35 Ib or more must be lifted CAUTION If the unit is very cold or hot do not turn on its power until it has had a chance to acclimate to its operating environment CAUTION To prevent electrical shock connect the unit to a properly grounded power outlet Do not use a three to two prong adapter This defeats safety grounding CAUTION Do NOT wear the ESD wrist strap when you work on live circuits and more than 30 V peak is present CAUTION Do not use a 20 Amp to 15 Amp adapter on the 120 Vac unit s power cord This unit requires a dedicated 20 A circuit and can have a 15A plug if the on board peripherals do not cause the unit to draw more than 14 0 amps CAUTION Do not operate this unit unless a
284. p O O O O O oO O o n o o n n n o n o o o o o Section 9 8 POWER 9 15 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 9Cables p i t Multi Cable Assy Multi Cable assy Multi Cable 5509 ACPC Cable AEXP Cable 5169863 5169959 515873 58845 5 2066 Printer Cable Assy Printer Cable Assy Peripheral AC APS7APS PRO PWR 5177385 5158842 Cable 5155244 Cable 5172066 IEC Type ECG Cable Type ECG Cable DCWD Cable Assy EE Figure 9 7 Cable 9 16 Section 9 9 Cables GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 Section 9 9 700 701 Multi Cable Assy 1 Multi Cable Assy 2 Table 9 9 Cables cont d 5169853 5168859 Cables DVI Cable Speaker Cable KBD Control Cable 1 DVI Cable Connect one side Label DVI to LCDMON II Assy and another side Label J206 to PCB Silk J206 of Backplane Assy 2 Speaker Cable Connect one side Label L amp R to Label L R of opeaker Assy and another side Label J207 to PCB Silk J207 of Backplane Assy 3 Keyboard Control Cable Connect one side Label CON1 to Keyboard Assy and another side Label J209 to PCB Silk J209 of Backplane Assy Mon Pwr Cable BW PWR Cable BW USB Cable KB USB Cable 1 Monitor Power Cable
285. plication Software CD Blank CD Rs for patient image backup or DVDs Service Dongle NOTE Patient Image Data will be deleted when all the drives are ghosted Back up them on the CD H or DVD before starting software loading NOTE Insert the service dongle into this service port located at the rear panel before installing the Base System Software Load image 8 3 3 TimeRequired Approximately 2hours Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 117 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 4 Software Loading Steering Guide Installing Base Application Installing Application Only section 8 3 5 Saving Connectivity Section 8 3 5 2 Image Management Guide section 8 3 5 Saving Connectivity Section 8 3 5 2 Image Management Guide Section 8 4 1 Installing Base Image Software section 8 4 3 Installing Application Software section 8 4 2 Verifying Base Image Software Section 8 4 4 Standard Confirmation amp Functional Checks Section 8 4 3 Installing Application Software End Section 8 4 4 Standard Canfirmatian amp Functional Checks End Figure 8 158 Flow Chart Installation of Base and Application CD 8 118 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 5 Before Starting Software Loading 8 3 5 1 Saving Connectivity Before starting upgrade write down the Connectivity Setting for back up 1 Go to Utility Connectivity and
286. procedure and notice of 8 2 33 y SYSCON PMAssy SYSCON CM Assy before removing and installation the Assy LOGIQ P5 or LOGIQ A5 with PM SOM Assy with 1G 5178410 2 CPU Upgrade or Color Upgrade Option CM SOM Assy with 512M 5178834 2 LOGIQ A5 ONLY took PC module s dT Lt D T dT Tt D Make sure to check the removal procedure and notice of 8 2 33 x 5179267 4 SYSCON PM Assy SYSCON CM Assy before removing and installation the Assy Table 9 5 PCB BOARDS Yes Yes Yes do lt D o Yes Yes Yes Yes n lt D n Yes gt o lt D Yes d n es Yes Yes lt D n Yes lt D o Yes o 7 9 10 Section 9 6 PCB GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 Section 9 7 BODY Figure 9 5 BODY BLOCK Section 9 7 BODY LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 9 7 BODY cont d lt 507 Air Filter Set 5144526 es SATA 80G HDD Assy 5177519 om femme Front Caster 0 5144523 LOGIQ P5 ONLY Yes 5178525 LOGIQAS ONLY Yes 5144524 LOGIQ P5 ONLY Yes Yes 5177898 LOGIQ AS ONLY Yes 506 5164599 Option Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Y
287. pter 3 of the User Manual Scan a gray scale phantom and use the measurement controls to verify distance and area Measurements calculation accuracy refer to the User Manual Chapter 18 for measurement accuracy specifications NOTE Some software may be considered standard depending upon system model configuration Options B Applicable Software Verify the basic operation of all optional modes such as Multi Image 3D Contrast 10 8 Section 10 3 Maintenance Task Schedule GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 5 2 2 10 5 3 10 5 3 1 10 5 4 10 5 4 1 Peripheral Option Checks If any peripherals or options are not part of the system configuration the check can be omitted refer to the User Manual for a list of approved peripherals options Table 10 8 GE Approved Peripheral Hardware Option Functional Checks Verify that InSite is functioning properly Ensure two way remote communications 5 InSite iLinq Warranty amp Contract Customers only 6 Camera Verify hardcopy output of the film camera Clean as necessary Footswitch Verify that the footswitch is functioning as programed Clean as necessary 8 ECG Verify basic operation with customer Input Power Mains Cable Inspection Table 10 9 Mains Cable Inspection Step nem O Unplug Cord Disconnect the mains cable from the wall and system Inspect it a
288. q i iu EPI 4 MINE TEC am am mms ms am zas GNE m GER GN NES Es i Nest FAN APS TRANSBOX FAN Figure 5 33 Cable Connection Internal The black box with white character is the label of the connector and the adjacent same label connector means that the two connectors should be connected each other The dotted line means optional connection when the customer uses that option Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 35 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 8 3 Peripherals and Cable connection A DVD recorder a Black amp White Video Printer and a Color Printer may be installed onboard the scanner These devices are connected to the External I O Rear Panel or Front Panel in the case of B W Printer LOGIQ P5 do not support analog printer but digital printer 5 8 3 1 Cable Connection BW printer Connect the Power cable and USB cable as shown in Figure 5 34 Figure 5 34 Cable Connection Digital BW Printer 5 36 Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 8 3 2 Cable Connection Color Printer Connect USB cable listed below between the compatible Color Printer like SONY UP D21MD and the console Figure 5 35 Cable Connection Digital Color Printer Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 37
289. r Ea Add User Remove Selected Users Remove Selected Users Make Selected Users Permanent Figure 5 60 Add User All the fields that are marked with asterisk are mandatory and should be filled 6 When fields with asterisk are filled Add User button is enabled a First one Add User s Remove Selected Users Set Default Machine Contact Last JOHN i Figure 5 61 Add User 7 Press Add User button Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 57 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 12 2 Enabling MRFS cont d 8 check the checkbox next to the name to set to the default contact Then Press Set Default Machine Contact button _ Machine Queue Set Default Machine Contact 112234 SA Eee ere Add User Remove Selected Users Make Selected Users Permanent Remove Selected Users Figure 5 62 Set Default Machine Contact 9 Now the MRFS is enabled 10 When system detects high temperature or abnormal voltage the system will send the RFS to the OLC automatically 5 58 Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 13Fast Polling 5 13 1 General This describes Fast Polling feature that will change the polling rate to 15 seconds for 10 minutes 5 13 2 Enabling Fast Polling 1 Right Click on Connect to icon ring L nda gt Hirm urlar 3 Ci
290. r Function Validation 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 1 Equipment Procedure passed all required tests and is ready for use Physical Inspection 8 2 1 3 Mounting Procedure 1 Install the LCD monitor cover parts in the reverse order of removal procedure Refer to the 8 2 2 Monitor cover set on page 8 5 2 Put the label on the rear of the LCD monitor aw 9 Figure 8 3 Putting the label on the rear of the LCD monitor 8 4 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBL Y RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 2 Monitor cover set 8 2 2 1 15 e Common pillips screwdrivers e _ Allen Unbraco wrench Stubby screwdriver Flat tip and Cross tip 8 2 2 2 Removal procedure 1 Remove the LCD cable cover i Figure 8 4 Removing the LCD cable cover 2 Unscrew 1 screw 2306565 BH M4x16 WHT to remove the power cord bracket assembled under the LCD cable cover Figure 8 5 Removing the power cord bracket Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 5 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 2 2 Removal procedure cont d 3 Disconnect power cable and DVI cable Figure 8 6 Disconnecting power cable and DVI cable 4 Unscrew 2 screws 5177684 HSH M5x20 WHT to separate LCD monitor Figure 8 7 Separating the LCD monitor 5 Unscrew 4 screws to remove the LCD rear cover Figure 8 8 Removing the LCD rear cover 8 6 Section 8 2 DISAS
291. r cable Figure 8 56 Assembling the power cord bracket 8 30 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 8 2 6 4 Assembly procedure cont d 20 Assemble the LCD cable cover LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Figure 8 57 Assembling the LCD cable cover Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBL Y GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 4 Assembly procedure cont d 21 Screw 3 screws 2159634 BH M4x10 WHT after placing the neck front cover and neck Rear cover Figure 8 58 Assembling the neck front cover and the neck rear cover 22 Screw 1 screw 2159625 PH 4 8 W SP to assemble the Lock Knob Figure 8 59 Assembling the Lock Knob 8 32 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 4 Assembly procedure cont d 23 Screw 1 screw 2329677 M4X16 to assemble the Lock Cover 0 Figure 8 60 Assembling the Lock Cover Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBL Y 8 33 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 4 Assembly procedure cont d 24 Screw 2 screws 2159632 BH 4 6 WHT to assemble the Cam Cover L amp R Figure 8 61 Assembling the Cam Cover L amp R 25 Screw 1 screw 2329677 TAP M4X16 to assemble the Fold Cover Figure 8 62 Assembling the Fold Cover 8 34 Section
292. r other Various instructions when complete information cannot be provided on the label CAUTION Dangerous voltage the lightning flash with arrowhead in equilateral triangle is Various used to indicate electric shock hazards Mains OFF Indicates the power off position of Rear of system adjacent to mains switch the mains power switch Section 1 2 Important Conventions 1 5 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL Table 1 5 Product Icons LABEL SYMBOL PURPOSE MEANING LOCATION OFF Stanaby Indicates the power off standby position of the power switch CAUTION Adjacent to On Off Standby Switch This Power Switch DOES NOT ISOLATE Mains Supply Mains ON Indicates the power on position of the mains power switch ON Indicates the power on position of the power switch Front Panel Switch CAUTION This Power Switch DOES NOT ISOLATE Mains Supply Protective Earth Indicates the protective earth grounding terminal Product schematics Indicates an earth GROUND potential Peripherals Internal 1 6 Section 1 2 Important Conventions GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 1 2 4 WEEE Label LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL The following table describes the meaning of WEEE label and its translation provided on the equipment Table 1 6 WEEE Label LABEL SYMBOL LANGUAGE PURPOSE MEANING English Czech CZE Danish DAN Dutch DUT Catalan CAT Chinese CHN
293. rameters POST Watchdog Runtime Watchdog Figure 5 21 Advanced Menu in BlOS cont d Section 5 4 Main Board Detail Disabled Disabled 5 23 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 5 4 4 2 5 24 BIOS Content cont d BIOS SET UP UTILITY Main Advanced Boot Device Priority Boot Priority Selection 19 Boot Device 2 Boot Device 3 Boot Device 4 Boot Device 5 Boot Device 6 Boot Device 77 Boot Device 8 Boot Device Boot Settings Configuration Quick Boot Quiet Boot Boot Display Automatic Boot List Retry AddOn ROM Display Mode Halt On Error Ht Del Message Display Interrupt 19 Capture PXE Boot to LAN Power Loss Control Security Power Exit Type Based USB CDROM Primary Master Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Enabled Enabled Clear Disabled Keep Current Disabled Disabled Disabled Disabled Remain off Figure 5 22 Boot menu in BIOS BIOS SET UP UTILITY Main Advanced Boot Security Seetings Supervisor Password User Password Change Supervisor Password User Access Level Change User Password Password Check Boot Sector Virus Protection Hard Disk Security Hard Disk Security User Passwords Hard Disk Security Master Passwords BIOS Update amp Write Protection Disabled END KEY Loads CMOS Default Power Exit Installed not Installed No Access Setup Disabled Yes
294. re 8 129 Verifying Base Image Software 8 134 Installing Application Software 8 141 Standard Confirmation amp Functional Checks 8 144 Full Backup Restore Procedure 8 159 O OI L 8 159 DC AE SE e e ir 8 159 Full Backup ProcedUulG e uu d t ab eC lana 8 159 Restore DIOCOdUle gt ES v M qaa 8 162 ooltWare poets ARES cp d 8 163 ECT 8 163 Software Reloading Procedure 8 163 Mechanical Option Installation 8 172 Endo Probe Holder Installation 8 174 Microphone Option fixture Installation 8 175 14 5 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Drawer Option installation llle 8 176 Cable Arm Hook installation 8 177 BW Printer Fixture Keyboard installation 8 178 BW printer Fixture Middle installation 8 181 Color Printer Fixture Middle installation UP23MD Printer 8 183 Color Printer Fixture Middle i
295. re 8 265 BW Printer Fixture Middle installation Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 183 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 7 BW printer Fixture Middle installation 4 Connect the USB cable and power cable from the printer to the system Figure 8 266 BW Printer Fixture Middle installation 5 Install BW hide bracket to the rear side of the BW printer and screw 2 screws 2159633 BH M4x8 WHT to fix it Figure 8 267 BW Printer Fixture Middle installation 6 Tie the cables using the tie wrap as illustrated in the figure below Figure 8 268 BW Printer Fixture Middle installation 8 184 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 8 Color Printer Fixture Middle installation UP23MD Printer 1 Install color printer on the top of the base bracket by screw 4 screws 2306562 FH M3x6 YEL Figure 8 269 Color Printer Fixture Middle installation 2 Unscrew 2 existing screws from the middle cover 3 Screw 1 screw 5176744 BH 4 20 WHT on each side of the system to fix the Color printer with base bracket to the system Figure 8 270 Color Printer Fixture Middle installation Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 185 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 7 8 Color Printer Fixture Middle installation UP23MD Printer
296. re with cellular phones Cellular phones may transmit a 5 V m signal that could cause image artifacts Do not allow cables to lie across the top of the card cage or hang out of the peripheral bays Loop the excess length for peripheral cables inside the peripheral bays Attach the monitor cables to the frame Properly dress peripheral cables Section 2 2 General Console Requirements 2 5 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 2 2 4 Scan Probe Environmental Requirements Operation 10 to 30 C Storage 10 to 60 NOTE Temperature in degrees C Conversion to Degrees F Degrees C 9 5 32 A NOTICE SYSTEMS AND ELECTRONIC PROBES ARE DESIGNED FOR STORAGE TEMPERATURES OF 10 TO 60 degrees C WHEN EXPOSED TO LARGE TEMPERATURE VARIATIONS THE PRODUCT SHOULD BE KEPT IN ROOM TENPERATURE FOR 10 HOURS BEFORE USE Section 2 2 General Console Requirements GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 2 3 Facility Needs 2 3 1 NOTE Purchaser Responsibilities The work and materials needed to prepare the site is the responsibility of the purchaser Delay confusion and waste of manpower can be avoided by completing pre installation work before delivery User the Pre Installation checklist to verify that all needed steps have been taken Purchaser reasonability includes e Procuring the materials required Completing the preparations before deliver
297. ready for use 8 110 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 49 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal When installing the Transbox assy the transbox chassis should be inserted into the guide rail which is under the frame chassis Figure 8 150 Insert the Transbox assy Section 8 2 DISASSEMBL Y RE ASSEMBLY 8 111 GE HEALTHCARE 8 2 50 2 8 2 50 3 8 2 50 4 8 112 DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 50 Fuse Set 8 2 50 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench Stubby screwdriver Flat tip and Cross tip Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker Removal procedure 1 Remove the Transbox assy Refer to the 8 2 49 Transbox Assy 110V 220V on page 8 109 2 Replace the 2 fuses located on the ACPC assy in the transbox assy Fuse Figure 8 151 FUSE in Transbox assy 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 51 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script 431 4 3 1 Power On Boot Power On Boot Up E 4 3 2 Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction _ 5394141 Rev 2 Section 8 2 50 Equipment Section 4 9 14 Fuse set Function Validation Procedure passed all
298. required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 2 2 Peripheral Option Checks Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 51 Read and Write Serial Info 8 2 51 1 How to start serial no read write program 1 Plug the service dongle on the usb port on rear panel 2 Turn on the system 3 When the Start Application dialog box appears press F2 before it automatically starts Echoloader GE Healthcare imagination at work Figure 8 152 Start Application Dialog Box 4 When the Maintenance Access dialog box pops up type in the service password i s Figure 8 153 Maintenance Access Dialog Box Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 113 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 51 1 How to start serial no read write program cont d 5 If the win XP screen appears run the window explorer Move the cursor to bottom of the screen If the task bas appear click the explorer icon Shortcut t EchoLoader B Shortcut to ScLogwWinda imagination at work Figure 8 154 Windows Explorer 6 Run the asn exe by double click This execution file is in C Arirang target bin directory Figure 8 155 8 114 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEA
299. rew 4 screws 2159634 BH 4 10 WHT to remove the Arm bottom cover Figure 8 24 Removing the Arm bottom cover 10 Unscrew 1 screw 2329677 TAP M4X16 to remove the Lock cover Figure 8 25 Removing the Lock cover 11 Unscrew 2 screws 2159625 PH M4x8 W SP to remove the Lower arm guide bracket Figure 8 26 Removing the Lower arm guide bracket 8 16 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBL Y RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 3 Removal procedure cont d 12 Unscrew 2 screws 2159626 PH 4 20 to remove the Arm stopper un Tt A i Figure 8 27 Removing the Arm stopper 3 Vs Figure 8 28 Pulling out power cable amp DVI cable 14 Unscrew 4 screws 2159625 PH M4x8 W SP to remove the Lower arm cable bracket and pull out power cable amp DVI cable Figure 8 29 Unscrewing 4 screws Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 17 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 3 Removal procedure cont d 15 Unscrew 3 screws 2159634 BH M4x10 WHT after removing the rubber caps to remove neck front cover neck rear cover Figure 8 30 Unscrewing 3 screws and removing the neck front cover amp neck rear cover 16 Unscrew screws 5327646 HSH M6X16 WHT to separate the flexible arm neck pipe Figure 8 31 Separating the neck pipe 8 18 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 539
300. rmation 7 5 1 2 System Shutdown Allows for system shutdown from the diagnostic menu Select to retain Disruptive Mode or Not After submitting to or shutdown a confirmation screen gives one last chance to confirm or cancel the request Section 7 5 Common Diagnostics 7 9 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 5 2 PC Diagnostics Non Interactive Tests 7 5 2 1 CPU Tests CPU Test All This diagnostic performs a battery of tests on your CPU to ensure it is working properly The following tests are a complete list of the tests performed on the PC s CPU CPU Registers The CPU registers are tested using the default test patterns defined above On 32 bit CPUs the extended registers are also checked If errors are detected the failed registers are listed CPU Arithimetics Tests the proper function of arithmetic commands ADC ADD DEC DIV IDIV IMUL INC MUL SBB and SUB with 16 and 32 bit operands If errors are detected the failed commands and operands are listed CPU String Operations Tests the proper operation of string commands LODS MOVS SCAS and STOS with 8 16 and 32 bit operands If errors are detected the failed commands and operands are listed CPU Logical Operations Tests the proper operation of logical operations AND NOT OR and with 16 and 32 bit operands If errors are detected the failed operands are listed CPU Math Registers Tests coprocessor register st
301. rmation Storage Information Disk space need 70 43 MB Disk space available 37 23 GB Please click Next to continue Figure 8 228 Storage Information 13 Press next to continue Then the below windows appear Lmergency Disk Making in Progress It will take some time tn make your Fmergenrey Disk Please wait patiently Prepare to make LO Figure 8 229 Emergency Disk Making Preparation Emergency Disk Making in Progress It will take some time tn make your Fmergenry Disk Please wait patiently 627 completed Figure 8 230 Emergency Disk Making in Progress 14 Verify that Backup was completed message is displayed 15 Press Finish to complete Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 161 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 5 4 Restore procedure 1 From Figure 8 225 press Restore button 2 Rest of the procedure is the same with Backup procedure A NOTICE The system should be rebooted atter finishing of Restore procedures 3 After reboot Press Patient Verify that Patient data are restored Press Utility Verify that Userdefined data are restored 8 162 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 8 6Software Reloading 8 6 1 General This describes general Software Reloading of C partition functionality 8 6 2 Software Reloadi
302. rs E System devices 2 Universal Serial Bus controllers Figure 8 192 Device Manager e fXor is displayed Left click on the device with X mark then right click on Enable Left click on the device with mark then right click on Properties to perform the device driver recognition When some files are required designate the file in the directories of C WINNT SYSTEM32 or C WINNT SYSTEM32 DRIVERS If they are not found search them using a window search function Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 2 3 USB Printer Checks USB Printer User Only Without any newly additional user invention LOGIQ P5 will recognize the below 19 kinds of USB printer Digital BW Printer Sony UP D23MD Digital Color Printer otandard Printer HP Officejet 6000 Special Edition This procedure assumes that the P5 software is installed and is functioning properly 1 Attach the USB cable from the printer to the USB port on assigned position Table 8 55 USB Port Position USB Port Position Peripheral Right USB Port on Rear Connector Panel otandard Printer Left USB Port on Rear Connector Panel Digital Color Printer USB Port on OP Printer Bracket Back Panel Digital BW Printer N NOTICE f you plug in USB printer for the first time to the system restart the system Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 137 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141
303. s MEASURE erase the second caliper and the current data measured and start the measurement again press CLEAR once NOTE To rotate through and activate previously fixed calipers turn CURSOR SELECT NOTE After you complete the measurement to erase all data that has been measured to this point but not data entered onto worksheets press CLEAR 4 3 6 2 Circumference Area Ellipse Measurement 1 Press MEASURE once an active caliper displays 2 To position the active caliper move the TRACKBALL 3 Tofix the start point press SET The system fixes the first caliper and displays a second active caliper To position the second caliper move the TRACKBALL Turn the ELLIPSE control an ellipse with an initial circle shape appears 4 5 7 Be careful not to press the Ellipse control as this activates the Body Pattern 6 To position the ellipse and to size the measured axes move the calipers move the TRACKBALL To increase the size turn the ELLIPSE control in a clockwise direction To decrease the size turn the ELLIPSE control in a counterclockwise direction To toggle between active calipers press MEASURE To complete the measurement press SET The system displays the circumference and area in the measurement results window Before you complete a measurement 2 Qo To erase the ellipse and the current data measured press CLEAR once The original caliper is disp
304. s the VCR properly NO connected Check that all signal and power supply cable connections to the VCR unit are OK Is the VCR tape put into the device Put the tape into the device and rewind it Is recording unable even by manual operation Check the signal cable connections between VCR and Internal I O Check the cables between BEP and Internal I O Replace VCR Figure 7 18 VCR Troubleshooting Section 7 7 Trouble Shooting Tree 7 31 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 7 8 7 32 Printer Troubleshooting Unable to use Printer s Is the printer s properly NO connected YES Check that all signal and power supply cable connections between Printer and Scanner are OK Are there print papers left NO Insert the printer papers Is proper configuration for the Print key s set Configure the Print key s See next page Figure 7 19 Printer Troubleshooting Section 7 7 Trouble Shooting Tree GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 7 8 Printer Troubleshooting cont d Still unable to use the Printer s Is printing unavailable even by manual operation NO YES Check the USB cables Between backplane and usb port Is there an error message YES on the monitor display Replace SOM module Replace the Printer Figure 7 20 Printer Troubleshooting contd
305. sabled 8 Press CW button to start CWD Mode 9 Scan in CWD mode with Virtual Convex disabled 10 the CWD with Virtual Convex enabled sensitivity CWD with Virtual Convex disabled 11 Pass if two modes have the same sensitivity 12 Do the service login Refer to 13 Select Diagnostics gt LOGIQ P5 Diagnostics gt FRU Test 14 Select ACWD gt ACWD Overall 15 After All diagnostic function check of ACWD should be Passed Refer to Table 7 5 FRU Test Section 4 9 Board Function Checks 4 43 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL ACWD Diagnostics Menu on page 18 Reboot up the system Figure 4 43 ACWD Diagnostic Test 16 17 18 19 Reboot up the system Insert Probe in Probe port Sector or Pencil Probe After system boot up enter the CWD mode Check the display Image Refer to Section 10 5 System Maintenance on page 10 7 and 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 lt 4 44 Section 4 9 Board Function Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 3 Probe Assessment Diagnostic Test Validation Procedure NOTE This diagnostic test does not represent the result as Passed or Failed 1 Clean probe surface that you want to assess and connect the probe to the 1st probe slot of the system Turn on the system and check the completion of Echoloa
306. screw 1 screw to remove the LCD arm cover Figure 8 14 Unscrews 1 screw 8 10 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 4 3 8 2 4 4 Removal procedure cont d 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 5 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction Flexible LCD Arm Function Validation 9394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 4 Equipment Section 4 8 8 Procedura passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 11 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 5 Monitor Assy 8 2 5 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench 8 2 5 2 Preparations e Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker e Maneuver control console to a suitable position for removing the monitor 8 2 5 3 Removal procedure 1 Detach the monitor assy from arm Open monitor cable cover Unscrew a screw of the power connector fixture bracket Unplug the power plug and DVI connector Flip down the monitor Unscrew the 2 hexa screw of the monitor hinge
307. sembly procedure First remove LP5 LA5 Main K B Assy and LP5 LA5 Sub K B Assy 1 Change the MON PWR CONN LONG cable and remove the cable tie of the DVI cable for flexible arm MON PWR CONN LONG cable 8 22 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBL Y RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 4 Assembly procedure cont d 2 Assemble the LCD locking mechanism a Put the stopper pin inside the spring and then put them inside the spring holder Fix it with spring pin Figure 8 36 Assembling the spring holder Assy b Put lock tite 290 on the M16 tap of the spring holder Assy and screw it Figure 8 37 Screwing the spring holder Assy Section 8 2 DISASSEMBL Y RE ASSEMBLY 8 23 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 4 Assembly procedure cont d b 1 Mold die of AL neck frame modified as seen in the figure below does not need a nut Figure 8 38 Screwing the spring holder Assy c Insert holder grip as seen the picture below and fix it with 2set screws 2327580 2 6 4 Figure 8 39 Assembling the holder grip 8 24 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 6 4 Assembly procedure cont d 3 Insert two of the flexible arm stoppers A B to the Power Cable and DVI cable in the Order illustrated on the figure below Make sure that chamfered shape of the f
308. smit driver because B mode and CFM mode use different voltage level of transmit pulse So in duplex of triplex mode B CFM or B DOP Low THV and High THV are switched in CTX in CL1TRX in real time TRBC FPGA This FPGA is located on L1BFC board interfacing with SYSCONPM SYSCONOCM and updating the TPG data in real time Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 15 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 4 3 5 4 3 1 5 4 3 2 SYSCONPM SYSCONCM SYSCONPM CM 55 PCI BUS DSP SDRAM Video TMS320C6415 32MAZ Decoder FEBC_CPDI FPGA CHACOM IDE JU Ti E O O gt lt m BACKPLANE ASSY Figure 5 15 SYSCONPM SYSCONCM Block Diagram Overview SYSCONPM SYSCONOM ASSY includes Mid processor and Back End Processor DSP generate the scan control data and the FEBC FPGA adjust the time and manipulate the FEBUS to control Front End boards and APS APS Pro CPDI transfer the Image or Doppler data to the Image Ring buffer through DSP Finally the data goes to the SOM module to make displaying image or sound SYSTEM ON MODULE SOM The SYSCONPM SYSCONCM Assy has System On Module PC SOM and PWA which is able to dock SOM In LOGIQ P5 system and LOGIQ P5 system PWA is used the same one But the System On Module which computes received Scan data and interfaces the external peripheral devices ex B W printer Digital Video Recorder
309. st m K Lamps g L Functions Normal Selector Reverse Polarity 5 qu Neutral 4 7 Open Closed Chassis Cable Figure 10 4 Dale 600 Ground Continuity Test Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 5 10 6 5 1 A CAUTION A CAUTION 10 6 5 2 Chassis Leakage Current Test Definition This test measures the current that would flow in a grounded person who touched accessible metal parts of the bedside station if the ground wire should break The test verifies the isolation of the power line from the chassis The meter is connected from accessible metal parts of the case to ground Measurements should be made with the unit On and Off with the power line polarity Normal and Reversed Record the highest reading Electric Shock Hazard When the meter s ground switch is OPEN don t touch the unit Equipment damage possibility Never switch the Polarity and the status of Neutral when the unit is powered ON Be sure to turn the unit power OFF before switching them using the POLARITY switch and or the NEUTRAL switch Otherwise the unit may be damaged Generic Procedure The test verifies the isolation of the power line from the chassis The testing meter is connected from accessible metal parts of the case to ground Measurements should be made with the unit ON and OFF with the power line polarity Normal and Reversed Record the hi
310. stallation Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 169 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 2 2 Software Reloading cont d 4 When installation is finished the system shuts down automatically 5 Press Power Button to start the system 6 When system fully boots up after the software reloading please shutdown system again NOTE For the following procedure disruptive mode should be approved in order to be in done remotely 7 Start the system 8 Press Patient button and verify under Dataflow that Local Archive is available If it s not available shut down the unit one more time 9 To put the Local Time Zone back Go to Utility gt System gt General 10 Click Date Time General Location GE Healthcare Development Metric Date Time Figure 8 242 Date Time 8 170 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 2 2 Software Reloading cont d 11 Press Time Zone Date and Time Properties Edinburgh Lisbon Landon Figure 8 243 Time Zone 12 Change the time zone to the local time zone from Table 1 13 Press Apply 14 Press Date amp Time tab Date and Time Properties Figure 8 244 Date amp Time Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 171 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 6 2 2 Software Reloading cont d
311. sted AC wall outlet 3 Plug the black chassis cable into the meter s CHASSIS connector and attach the black chassis cable clamp to an exposed metal part of the LOGIQ P5 unit 4 Connect the patient leads to the corresponding snaps located at the upper front of the Dale 600 600E Lead nomenclature for this test is not important 10 20 Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 6 3Dale 600 Meter Procedure cont d ECG Patient Cable i 00000000000000000000000000000000 d Se lt m 55 5 5 E J Selecto s pa T ISO Q Hocker Pm C B Switch e Figure 10 8 ECG Leakage Current Test 5 Setthe meter s FUNCTION switch to LEAD TO GROUND position to measure the patient lead to ground leakage current 6 Select and test each ECG lead positions except ALL of the LEAD selector testing each to the power condition combinations Table 10 19 Testing Power Conditions Section 10 6 Electrical Safety Tests 10 21 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 P5 SERVICE MANUAL 10 6 6 3Dale 600 Meter Procedure cont d 10 6 7 10 6 7 1 10 6 8 A CAUTION NOTE 10 22 7 Record the patient lead to ground leakage current measured on the data sheet 8 Setthe meter s FUNCTION switch to LEAD TO LEAD position to mea
312. sure the lead to lead leakage current 9 Select and test each ECG lead positions except ALL of the LEAD selector testing each to the power condition combinations 10 Record the lead to lead leakage current measured on the data sheet 11 Set the meter s FUNCTION switch to LEAD ISO position to measure the patient lead isolation current 12 Select and test each ECG lead positions except ALL of the LEAD selector testing each to the power condition combinations 13 Depress the rocker switch to ISO TEST and read the isolation current To apply the voltage to the lead safely the voltage is only applied when the rocker switch is depressed to ISO TEST 14 Record the patient lead isolation current measured on the data sheet Isolated Patient Lead Source Leakage Lead to Lead reference the procedure in the IEC 60601 1 When using the Dale 600 switch the meter s function selector to the LEAD LEAD position Select and test each of the five ECG lead positions except ALL on the LEAD selector testing each to the power condition combinations found in the table Record the highest leakage current measured Dale 600 Patient Lead Tests NEUTRAL POLARITY 1 Closed Normal 2 Open Normal 3 Closed Reversed 4 Open Reversed Isolated Patient Lead Sink Leakage lsolation Test reference the procedure in the IEC 60601 1 When using the Dale 600 switch the meter s function selector to the LEAD ISO Select the ALL position
313. t 8 50 CEE COVE Bia wh ug asa Ts 8 51 a veces aw E Rex Oden Ded c e n 9 52 PROM COV M DAT 8 53 misc COV Cle enter TT TOILETTE 8 55 COVE s Th 9 57 TOD TETTE 8 59 TOD BOON GOVer che VET 8 60 u 1907 8 61 Wess DEPT 8 62 N C gi fii a C110 52557 01 TTL a 8 64 Lana e aded e genae dela a do e ao QC bias 9 66 EMI COVSI E dhe domos Bi M is 8 68 PICS O p M UE 8 69 APS APSJPIOJASSYu u uyakuna ard ayaqa a ae E PEE w RS bok G 2 de aem h a UR 8 70 CL1TRX Assy BL1TRX 8 73 P3RLY P2RLY Assy amp P2RLY with Dummy 8 75 DACKDIANCASSY u 8 5 9 1 3 4 aq aqu o asa M pond Sa e doa Bas 8 77 he cerir Zaa 8 79 SYSCON Assy SYSCON Assy 8 81 PM SOM Assy with 1G CM SOM Assy with 512M 9 84 cum 8 86 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQTM P5 SERVICE MANUAL Battery on SYSCONPM CM Assy 8 87 Front Gaster Hear Oastel vases tod s
314. t on page 8 5 2 Put the label on the rear of the LCD monitor mw mm mod om ma Ra mom reve a m s a m w w m WmOUm m Q RA T W E r frie ere s m 45353 Figure 6 5 Putting the label on the rear of the LCD monitor Section 6 3 Monitor Adjustments 6 5 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 6 3 4 Flexible LCD arm locking mechanism Flexible LCD arm s rotation movement can be adjusted by using the LCD arm s locking mechanism To unlock the LCD arm 1 Pull the LCD arm toggle knob and turn clockwise to unlock the LCD arm Figure 6 6 Unlocking the Flexible LCD arm To lock the LCD arm 1 Turn counter clockwise and push the LCD arm toggle knob and to lock the LCD arm Figure 6 7 Locking the Flexible LCD arm 6 6 Section 6 3 Monitor Adjustments GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 6 4 Trackball Cleaning The trackball on the keyboard need to be cleaning periodically 1 Open the trackball Figure 6 8 Open Trackball Remove dust inside of bucket Figure 6 9 Trackball Hole Section 6 4 Trackball Cleaning 6 7 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL This page was intentionally left blank 6 8 Section 6 4 Trackball Cleaning GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Chapter 7 Diagnostics Troubleshooting Section
315. t is for the video area only or the customer may have customized the P2 Key function Therefore screen capture should involve the following steps Check and record any custom settings for the Print2 button Set the Print2 button to Whole Screen Secondary Capture Capture the required screens to the Hard Drive or CD R DVD R Restore the Print2 button to it s original settings 7 3 1 Check and Record the P2 Key Function Check the function of the Print2 Key in the event that the customer may have made some custom settings 1 Select Utility from the FrontPanel 2 Select Connectivity from the Menu 3 Select the Buttons tab on the Connectivity screen 4 In the Button field select Print2 The Connectivity Buttons Screen will be displayed like the one shown in Figure 7 2 Figure 7 2 Buttons Set Up Screen P2 is the factory default Screen Capture Key If it is not set to Whole Screen or Screen Capture as shown in Figure 7 2 proceed to step 5 to record the customer s custom settings 7 4 Section 7 3 Screen Captures GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 1 3 1 Check and Record the P2 Key Function cont d 5 In the Physical Print Buttons box record the followings Format Image Frames Capture Area Compression 6 In the Printflow View record the print flow associated with the Print2 Button 7 3 2 Setting the P2 Key to Screen Capture If the P2 Key is not s
316. t miejsc sk adowania tego typu odpad w udziela producent sprz tu Este s mbolo indica que os res duos do equipamento el trico e eletr nico n o devem ser descartados no sistema de coleta de lixo municipal e sim coletados separadamente Favor entrar em contato com um representante autorizado do fabricante para obter informa es sobre como descartar seu equipamento Section 1 2 Important Conventions 1 9 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 Table 1 6 LOGIQ P5 SEvICE MANUAL WEEE Label LABEL SYMBOL LANGUAGE PURPOSE MEANING 1 10 Romanian ROM Russian RUS Serbian SCC Slovakian SLK Slovenian SLN Spanish Spain SPA Swedish SWE Acest simbol indic faptul c deseurile de echipamente electrice si electronice nu au voie s fie aruncate nediferentiat ca gunoi menajer si c ele trebuie colectate separat V luati legatura cu un reprezentant autorizat al produc torului pentru a obtine informatii referitoare la eliminarea ecologica a echipamentului dumneavoastr
317. t power off automatically In this case press and hold power button more than 5 sec to power off Do not operate with using mouse or keyboard during installation procedures 13 Turn on the system and immediately eject the button on the DVD drive to eject the DVDROM Verify that the system boots up no error It will take a few minutes The application installation is completed reboot is required 14 Shut down the system 15 Start the system Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 143 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 8 4 4 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Standard Confirmation amp Functional Checks Configure the system settings and perform functional checks after installation of software Items for configuration and functional checks include Confirmation of the software version Preset Data if necessary Patient Image Data if necessary Functional Checks for Service Platform Diagnostic Program 8 4 4 1 Confirming software version 1 Touch the Utility button on the Touch Panel 2 Click on About tab The software version will be shown on the monitor as shown Confirm the following Refer to the Figure 8 202 Additranal About Information 4AT2 972 C Figure 8 202 Confirmation of software version 3 Make sure that Application Software Version R4 x x Software Part Number described on the Application Software CD ROM and Image Part Number described on the Base Image Software CD
318. t to be installed 1 LOGIQ P5 R4 0 1 is only for LOGIQ P5 BT11 product 2 LOGIQ P5 R3 0 4 is only for LOGIQ P5 9 product 3 LOGIQ A5 R3 0 4 is only for LOGIQ A5 BT09 product 4 LOGIQ A5 Pro R3 0 4 is only for LOGIQ A5 PRO product 9 Then press the Y key to continue Then the program requests confirmation Are you sure then Press the Y key again 10 The installation process will be started it will take about 20 minutes 11 apply the preset by region select one of the below options ex Cr WINDOWS sysbem3z cmd exe Skipped Processing Tomcat port remains default hecking if CSD Shortcut is requested onfiguring installed components using InstallOption xml onfiguring Questra Agent using InstallOption xml opying lin install related files Installed Service Applications Successfully Starting Service Platform components that are configured to start automatically Successfully installed Service Platform Gee the installation details in GC InSite2 Install log heck Reg Please mJ 8 142 Figure 8 200 Region selection Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 3 NOTE NOTE NOTE Installing Application Software cont d 12 After the installation is completed the system will power off automatically Landsoftware Figure 8 201 Installation Complete Message Some of systems doesn
319. t your LOGIQTM P5 system does not have any high wear components that fail with use therefore no Periodic Maintenance Inspections are mandatory Some Customers Quality Assurance Programs may require additional tasks and or inspections at a different frequency than listed in this manual Purpose of Chapter 10 This chapter describes Care amp Maintenance on the scanner and peripherals These procedures are intended to maintain the quality of the ultrasound systems performance Read this chapter completely and familiarize yourself with the procedures before performing a task Table 10 1 Contents in Chapter 10 Seinen euni Practice good ESD prevention Wear an anti static strap when handling electronic parts and even when disconnecting connecting cables THERE ARE SEVERAL PLACES ON THE BACKPLANE THE AC DISTRIBUTION AND DC DISTRIBUTION THAT ARE DANGEROUS BE SURE TO DISCONNECT THE SYSTEM POWER PLUG AND OPEN THE MAIN CIRCUIT BREAKER BEFORE YOU REMOVE ANY PARTS BE CAUTIOUS WHENEVER POWER IS STILL ON AND COVERS ARE REMOVED Do not pull out or insert circuit boards while power is ON Do not operate this unit unless all board covers and frame panels are securely in place System performance and cooling require this Section 10 1 Overview 10 1 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 10 2 Why do Maintenance 10 2 1 10 2 2 Keeping Records It is good business practice that
320. tage collapses to low voltage if the monitor is not switched on Section 7 7 Trouble Shooting Tree 7 29 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 7 6 Monitor Troubleshooting cont d Press once the on off switch Press and hold on off switch until Is the shutdown dialog system shut down box displayed Shutdown the scanner from a software screen or depress the ON OFF switch Depress and hold the ON OFF switch on the scanner for approximately 5 seconds If the scanner fails to Shut Off follow the NO step below Did the scanner Shut off Check cable connection refer 7 10 5 If the scanner still does not Shut off Switch the circuit breaker to the OFF Yes position Switch the breaker to the OFF position to completely Power Down the scanner Figure 7 17 Monitor Troubleshooting e Monitor does not work Check AC circuit breaker Verify power is present at monitor outlet Check if video is present at backplane e Prints do not match monitor Verify factory default settings Chapter 18 in the User Manual calls out suggested settings for various exam and lighting conditions e Video test patterns are not clear bright parallel or square Replace the monitor 7 30 Section 7 7 Trouble Shooting Tree GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 7 7 7 Unable to Record to VCR Unable to record to VCH I
321. takt mit einem autorisierten Beauftragten des Herstellers auf um Informationen hinsichtlich der Entsorgung Ihres Ger tes zu erhalten AUTO oou poAo vzo nAdovet OTL ATOBANTA Kot NAEKTPOVIKOD OTMOLODV TPETEL KOtv GAAG va Feyopiotd ue EVAV ECOVOLOSOTNUEVO AVTITPO TOV KATACKEVAOCTH TANPOMOPIES CYETIKG UE TNV ATOPPLYN TOV amp Mov A szimb lum azt jelzi hogy az elektromos s elektronikus k sz l k hullad kat tilos nem szelekt v lakoss gi hullad kk nt kezelni hanem elk l n tve kell gy jteni K rj k a berendez s leselejtez s t illet leg l pjen kapcsolatba a gy rt hivatalos k pviselet vel Merki betta t knar a rafeindateekjum skal eytt s rstakan mata ekki m losa rafeindataeki hef bundin sorphir u l t sem flokka sorp Vinsamlega hafi samband vi umbo smann framlei anda fyrir upply singar um hvernig teekinu skal eytt Section 1 2 Important Conventions GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL Table 1 6 WEEE Label LABEL SYMBOL LANGUAGE PURPOSE MEANING Italian ITA Japanese JPN Latvian LAT Lithuanian LIT Norwegian NOR Polish POL Portuguese Brazilian POB Questo simbolo indica che i rifiuti derivanti da apparecc
322. ted to a number of uses Options that expire must give notice to the user that the option has expired Remote System Shutdown and Restart The Service Platform provides the ability to restart the system as per standard shutdown startup procedures Remote shutdown will only be provided if a software controlled shutdown exists on the scanner Scanner system restart is always accessible from the OLC File and or Image Transfer The Service Platform supports file transfers and archived image transfers to the OnLine Center The Service Platform provides interfaces of the displayed images for transfer to the OLC Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 51 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 11RFS Service For Request 5 11 1 General This describes general RFS functionality 1 RFS function is a call for service to be used by customer or FE directly from the system instead of calling GE Cares 5 11 2 System Checkout Procedure If the system is checked out already skip 5 8 2 System Checkout Procedure and proceed from 5 8 3 Sending RFS Procedure Check if the system is connected to the network Go to Utility Press Service Log on to the Service Platform with a password Press Configuration Press InSite ExC Agent Configuration A KOREA REPUBLIC Figure 5 52 Agent Configuration 5 52 Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE
323. tem The Service Platform is the access and authorization control for remote access to the configuration subsystem The enable disable of software options can be done from this Configuration page Figure 5 46 Configuration Page Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 47 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 8 1 Questra Agent Configuration These feature that allow the customer to register the system to the GE OnLine Center are available for Warranty and Contract customers only 5 10 8 1 1 Device Information Device name and CRM No are displayed by default 5 10 8 1 2 A Advanced Configuration Select Enterprise Server to check out to 5 10 8 1 3 Proxy Configuration If Proxy is used in the site it should be filled proper Proxy Server Address and Proxy Server Port And Press Submit Changes button to finish check out process Figure 5 47 Proxy Configuration NOTE The system is needed to reboot to apply settings 5 48 Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 9 Utilities The Utilities page contains several miscellaneous tools GEMS Service Home Page Netscape Figure 5 48 GE Service Utilities Page GI MS Service Home Page Netscape w Figure 5 49 Customer Utilities Page Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 1
324. ter setting Back up Before starting upgrade write down print out or save the printer setting for back up NOTE All the customized image setting of digital printer will be lost after software loading Take the back up and restore all the digital printers setting at software loading NOTE This printer setting is for only digital printers not analog printers 1 Insert the CD or removable media and Format 2 Go to Utility gt System gt Peripherals and click the Printers E ackup Peripherals Abou Restore Setup Printers Print and Stor ions Removable Media Figure 8 168 Printer set backup 3 Press the left button of the trackball on the printer which need to be backup gt Click properties Backu s Peripherals About EPSON Stylus COLOR sen 0 265 0 Sony P DE n Print and Store Removable Properties Figure 8 169 Printer set backup Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 123 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 5 3 Printer setting Back up 4 Select Printing Preferences Sony LIP DES7 Properties Figure 8 170 Printer set backup 5 If Sony D897 is used Click Write Sony LIP D897 Printing Preferences Figure 8 171 Printer set backup 8 124 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 3 5
325. th Front Casters and Rear Casters are swivel type in LOGIQ P5 but in LOGIQ A5 only Front Casters are swivel type Rear Casters are Fixed type 8 2 37 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers Allen Unbraco wrench 8 2 37 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 37 3 Removal procedure 1 Unscrew 8 screws 1A 8A to remove the front caster 2 Unscrew 8 screws 1 8 to remove the rear caster Figure 8 125 Casters Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBL Y 8 89 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 37 3 8 2 37 4 Removal procedure cont d 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 38 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown Service Manual Direction Front caster Rear caster Function Validation 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 37 Equipment Section 4 8 6 Procedure passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE 8 2 38 2 8 2 38 3 8 2 38 4 DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 38 Rear Handle 8 2 38 1 Tools Common pillips screwdrivers
326. the assemblies are the same except the circuit breaker s current ratings depending on voltage of the system power source See Safety described below 5 7 4 1 Safety e Circuit Breaker Table 5 4 Circuit Breaker Specification Power Voltage Peripheral Current 1 hour max 1hour max ARP CONN 220V 3 5A 25 degreeC 180 second e Electrical Isolation The ARP s Insite interface is electrically isolated from the system s internal circuit The isolator s dielectric strength should be 500VAC RMS or higher within 1 minute in compliance with IEC60601 1 1 5 34 Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL Section 5 8 Cable Connection 5 8 1 Overview The cable connection can be separated to two group internal harness and external cable connection for peripheral equipment 5 8 2 Internal Cable ASSY z ASPK BW BRKT o SUB 1 R PRN TONIT z FRONT BRKT oie WAIN KBD F USB KBD mnm ARPASEY E MM mm EN i i J209 USB HUE X HIM 1707 Upstream ETIN MER ADUSE NH emnseeeeMM J22 Ed E m isi ii d V i 1 T1209 i HDD EEE m BEHE sara i HDDP nid ET 1j 1 poo TS kusa k DDP mio 181519 i1 i i igieig Er L1SYSCON 3 13 31 i i 4
327. the currently selected operating mode The probe s default settings for the mode and selected exam are used automatically Deactivating the probe When deactivating the probe the probe is automatically placed in standby mode 1 Press the Freeze key 2 Gently wipe the excess gel from the face of the probe refer to the Basic User Manual for complete probe cleaning instructions 3 Carefully slide the probe around the right side of the keyboard toward the probe holder Ensure that the probe is placed gently in the probe holder Disconnecting the probe Probes can be disconnected at any time However the probe should not be selected as the active probe 1 Move the probe locking handle counterclockwise Pull the probe and connector straight out of the probe port 2 Carefully slide the probe and connector away from the probe port and around the right side of the keyboard Ensure the cable is free 3 Be sure that the probe head is clean before placing the probe in its storage box Section 4 2 Required Equipment GE HEALTHCARE 4 3 8 2 4 3 8 3 4 3 8 4 4 3 8 5 4 3 8 6 DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 3 8 Using Cine 4 3 8 1 Activating CINE Press FREEZE then roll the TRACKBALL to activate CINE To start CINE Loop playback press Run otop To stop CINE Loop playback press Run Stop Quickly Move to Start End Frame Press FIRST to move to the first CINE frame press LAST to move to
328. the last CINE frame Start Frame End Frame Turn the START FRAME dial to the left to move to the beginning of the CINE Loop Turn the dial to the right to move forward through the CINE Loop Turn the END FRAME dial to the right to move to the end of the CINE Loop Turn the dial to the left to move backward through the CINE Loop Adjusting the CINE Loop Playback Speed Turn the LOOP SPEED dial right left to increase decrease the CINE Loop playback speed Disconnecting B Mode CINE from Timeline CINE To review the B Mode CINE Loop only press CINE MODE SELECTION and select B ONLY To review the Timeline CINE Loop only press CINE MODE SELECTION and select TL ONLY To return to linked B Mode and Timeline CINE Loop review press CINE MODE SELECTION and select B TL Moving through a CINE Loop Frame By Frame Turn FRAME BY FRAME to move through CINE memory one frame at a time Section 4 2 Required Equipment 4 13 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 4 3 9 Image Management QG For Image Management functionality refer to the LOGIQ P5 A5 A5Pro Quick Guide It talks about several topics Clipboard Printing Images Browsing and Managing an Exam s Stored Image Connectivity and Dataflow Concept and Creation otarting an Exam Configuring Connectivity TCP IP Services Destinations Buttons Views Verifying and Pinging a Device Section 4 2 Required Equipment LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL GE HEALTHCARE DI
329. ther side Label J205 to PCB Silk J205 of LP5 Backplane Assy Connect one side label to Label CONT of Monitor power cable and another side Label MON to LCDMON II Assy Connect one side label CON to Label CONT of Monitor power cable and another side Label MON to LCDMON II Assy Connect one side Label J203 to PCB Silk J203 of LP5 Backplane and another side Label CON2 to Label of Internal ACPC ConCable Connect one side to BW Printer Power cable and another side to External Printer short cable Connect one side to BW Printer Power cable and another side to External Printer long cable Connect one side Label ODD to LP5 ODD Assy and another side Label J204 to PCB Silk J204 of LP5 Backplane Assy Connect one side Label APS to Label APS of LP5 APS Assy and another side Label CONS to Label CONS of LP5 AC Out Cable Section 9 9 Cables LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL R2 0 X R3 0 X R1 0 X Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes R4 0 X Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes Yes GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 FRU Number Peripheral AC Power Cable 5165244 AEXP Cable 5172066 5174403 IEC Type ECG CABLE 5341188 AHA Type ECG CABLE 5341189 Table 9 9 Cables DCWD Cabl
330. tings and leave this information with the system Generally speaking do not change the controls once they have been set Once set the display then becomes the reference for the hard copy device s NOTE After readjusting the monitor s Contrast and Brightness readjust all preset and peripheral settings Section 6 3 Monitor Adjustments 6 3 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 6 3 3 LCD Plastic filter 6 3 3 1 Tools Common Phillips screwdrivers e Allen Unbraco wrench Stubby screwdriver Flat tip and Cross tip 6 3 3 2 Removal procedure 1 Remove the Monitor cover set Refer to the 8 2 2 Monitor cover set on page 8 5 and the figure below 2 Remove the LCD Plastic filter Figure 6 3 Removing the LCD plastic filter 3 Put the LCD plastic filter on the LCD monitor after detaching the tape of the LCD plastic filter Section 6 3 Monitor Adjustments GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 6 3 3 2 Removal procedure cont d 4 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 6 2 Functional Tests Debrief Script Service Manual Direction 5394141 Rev 2 6 3 3 Equipment passed all required tests and is ready for use 6 3 3 3 Mounting Procedure 1 Install the LCD monitor cover parts in the reverse order of removal procedure Refer to the 8 2 2 Monitor cover se
331. tion 4 9 15 ARP Assy Function Validation Procedure Section 4 5 benpheralohecks Service Manual Direction Section 10 5 2 2 Peripheral Option Checks passed all required tests and is ready for use Section 10 5 5 Physical Inspection Outlet Test Wiring Arrangement USA amp 8 2 46 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY 8 103 GE HEALTHCARE 8 104 DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 47 SATA HDD Assy 8 2 47 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 47 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 47 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the side left cover Refer to the 8 2 15 Side Left Cover on page 8 51 2 Remove EMI L Cover Refer to the 8 2 26 EMI Cover L on page 8 68 3 Disconnect the HDD power cable and unscrew 4 screws of the HDD fixture bracket w mc ETE um Figure 8 143 HDD in System Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 47 3 Removal procedure cont d 4 Unplug the SATA cable from the backplane on the bottom of backplane Figure 8 144 Unplug the SATA Cable 5 Disconnect the SATA Power Cable and SATA Cable from HDD Assy after removing 2ea cable ties And unscrew 4screws to remove the HDD Fixture bracket Figure 8 145 Separate HDD and HDD Fixture Bracket Section 8 2 DISASS
332. tion to improve stability Figure 6 1 LCD monitor Flip up and down 6 2 Section 6 3 Monitor Adjustments GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 6 3 2 oe Brightness and Contrast Adjusting the monitor s contrast and brightness is one of the most important factors for proper image quality If these controls are set incorrectly the Gain TGC Dynamic Range and even Power Output may have to be changed more often than necessary to compensate The proper setup displays a complete gray scale The lowest level of black should just disappear into the background and the highest white should be bright but not saturated To adjust the contrast 1 Press the Toggle button on the display monitor once 2 Press the Adjustment button to increase contrast Press the Adjustment button to decrease contrast 3 The amount of contrast is shown on a slide bar on the screen To adjust the brightness 4 Press the Toggle button on the display monitor twice 5 Press the Adjustment button to increase brightness Press the Adjustment button to decrease brightness 6 The amount of brightness is shown on a slide bar on the screen Figure 6 2 Brightness and Contrast Contrast Indicator Brightness Indicator Dim Brightness Indicator Light Button Adjustment Button Toggle Button Adjustment 4 Button Record any changes to the final brightness and contrast set
333. to 4 3 4 System B M Mode Checks on page 4 8 and refer to 4 3 5 System CFM and PWD Checks on page 4 9 Section 4 9 Board Function Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 9 2 ACWD Assy Function Validation Procedure 1 Insert the Sector probe in probe port 2 Turn on the system 3 Press Virtual Convex button to enable Virtual Convex if not already enabled Frequency 2 CrossBeam Dynamic Range 4 SRI HD 5 Focus Position Virtual Convex CrossBeam Gray Map Rotation Focus Number Figure 4 39 Virtual Convex Enabled Healthcare MI 0 32 TIs 0 8 5Sp chc 9 10 45 35 AM ADI i Abdomen 9 05 25 09 10 45 35 AM ADM Abd B G m RA Frq 6 7 MHz 4 gt _ Gn 98 CD EIA 113 Map CI0OIO D 4 0 cm DR 7 L FR 42 Hz 100 Figure 4 40 Virtual Convex 4 42 Section 4 9 Board Function Checks GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 4 Press CW button to start CWD Mode CW Frq Gn cm s PRF WF DR Figure 4 41 CW mode 5 Scan in CWD mode with Virtual Convex enabled 6 Press B button to scan in B mode 7 Press Virtual Convex button to disable Virtual Convex if not already disabled Frequency CrossBeam DynamicRange P SRI HD 5 Focus Position Virtual Convex CrossBeam m Gray Map Rotation Focus Number Figure 4 42 Virtual Convex Di
334. to specified diagnostics error logs and utilities Same acquisition diagnostic tests as GE Service Knowledge of a service level password A physical Service Key Dongle required password NOTE For a GE Field Engineer the password changes at specific intervals Access with the password is tied to the service key Every access request whether successful or not will be logged into a service access log that is viewable to authorized users Section 5 4 Main Board Detail 5 41 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 3 Service Home Page When the Service Interface is started the Service Home Page appears The Home Page contains the software revision along with the hardware inventory and the results of the latest System Health Information The navigation bar at the top of the screen allows the user to select from several tools and utilities ELE Health Iminyrani um Figure 5 40 GE Service Home Page 5 42 Section 5 4 Main Board Detail GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 5 10 4 Error Logs Tab From the Error Logs Tab the Log Viewer displays four categories with pull down sub menus and an Exit selection The Service Interface allows scanner logs to be viewed by all service users The Filter Error log is keyed to GE Service login access permissions and is not available to customer level analysis The log entries are color coded to ide
335. to the Safety Chapter in the Basic User Manual For CE Compliance it is critical that all covers screws shielding gaskets mesh clamps are in good condition installed tightly without skew or stress Proper installation following all comments noted in this service manual is required in order to achieve full EMC performance Electrostatic Discharge ESD Prevention DO NOT TOUCH ANY BOARDS WITH INTEGRATED CIRCUITS PRIOR TO TAKING THE NECESSARY ESD PRECAUTIONS 1 ALWAYS CONNECT YOURSELF VIA AN ARM WRIST STRAP TO THE ADVISED ESD CONNECTION POINT LOCATED ON THE REAR OF THE SCANNER TO THE RIGHT OF THE POWER CONNECTOR 2 FOLLOW GENERAL GUIDELINES FOR HANDLING OF ELECTROSTATIC SENSITIVE EQUIPMENT Section 1 4 EMC EMI and ESD 1 17 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SEVICE MANUAL Section 1 5 Customer Assistance 1 5 1 Contact Information If this equipment does not work as indicated in this service manual or in the User Manual or if you require additional assistance please contact the local distributor or appropriate support resource as listed below Prepare the following information before you call oystem ID serial number Software version Table 1 7 Phone Numbers for Customer Assistance 1 800 437 1171 USA Canada GE Medical Systems Ultrasound Service Engineering 4855 W Electric Avenue Milwaukee WI 53219 1 800 682 5327 Customer Answer Center 1 262 524 5698 Fax 1 414 647 4125
336. uccessful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 11 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction Section 4 3 2 Power Off Shutdown 5394141 Rev 1 Section 8 2 10 Equipment assed all required tests and is ready for use Section 4 7 4 A N Key assy validation P 4 y 8 2 10 4 Mounting Procedure Install the new parts in the reverse order of removal 8 44 Section 8 2 DISASSEMBLY RE ASSEMBLY GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 11 Freeze key assy 8 2 11 1 Tools e Common pillips screwdrivers 8 2 11 2 Preparations Shut down the system and switch off the main breaker 8 2 11 3 Removal procedure 1 Remove the Main Keyboard Assy Refer to the 8 2 7 Main Keyboard Assy on page 8 37 Figure 8 77 Freeze Key in the main keyboard 2 Remove the 3 screws 1 3 and disconnect 1 cable connector Figure 8 78 Freeze Key connector Section 8 2 DISASSEMBL Y RE ASSEMBLY 8 45 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 2 11 3 Removal procedure cont d 3 Perform the following functional tests If all are successful include the debrief script provided below Table 8 12 Functional Tests Service Manual Section Functional Test Diagnostic Test Debrief Script Section 4 3 1 Power On Boot Up Service Manual Direction Secti
337. ue s current contents Press any key to continuc Press any key to continue Figure 8 184 Installation Warning Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure 8 131 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 1 Installing Base Image Software cont d 8 Press Enter key and then the following screen will be shown If you want to abort installation procedures press CTRL C Figure 8 185 Base Image Software Installation Menu 9 Press A key to install the complete disk N NOTICE Select A when installing the new HDD or upgrading from BT09 HDD capacity should be minimum 120GB Select B when replacing C partition only It means all customer data are NOT deleted The Ghost pro cedure is performed with data of the drivers D E F and Z left Select C when replacing C partition and Z partition It means all customer data are NOT deleted The Ghost procedure is performed with data of the drivers D E and F left Z partition used for reloading C partition and Application software will be replaced we C o TL C partition Repository for Reloading Function Table 8 54 Drive Partition 8 132 Section 8 3 Software Loading Procedure GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 8 4 1 Installing Base Image Software 10 Approx twenty 20 minutes later the following screen appears Eject the Base Image Software Disk from the CD DVD
338. wer is recycled too quickly 3 5 1 1 Scanner Power On 1 Connect the Main Power Cable at the rear of the System A WARNING Protective earth must be taken when connecting AC power cable 200V without its plug to wall oullet 2 Connect the Main Power cable to an appropriate mains power outlet 3 Switch ON the Main Circuit Breaker at the rear of the System Figure 3 8 Circuit Breaker When power is applied to the Scanner and the Rear Circuit breaker is turned ON Power is distributed to the DC Power supply unit and power control assy in the AC power assy When the Power ON OFF key is pressed once the DC power supply is enabled and feed each DC power to board assemblies and system run the software 4 Press the ON OFF key at the front of the System once Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation 3 11 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQ P5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 5 1 1 Scanner Power On cont d Power Figure 3 9 Power On Off Switch Location 3 12 Section 3 4 Preparing for Installation GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 5394141 REVISION 1 LOGIQTM P5 SERVICE MANUAL 3 5 1 2 Power Up Sequence 1 The Start Up Screen will be shown on the Monitor display when the system is turned ON 36 imagination at work 3 Figure 3 10 Start Up Screen Display 2 After initialization is complete all lighted buttons on the Control Panel light and the default B Mode screen or Patient screen no probes are connected
339. y IDE Slave Secondary IDE Master Secondary IDE Slave Third IDE Master Third IDE Slave Fourth IDE Master Fourth IDE Slave Hard Disk Write Protect IDE Defect Time Out Sec ATA PI 80Pin Cable Detection Compatible SATA Pri PATA Sec Hard Disk Not Detected ATAPI CDROM Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Not Detected Disabled 35 Host amp Device USB Configuration USB Devices Enabled 1 Keyboard USB Functions USB 2 0 Controller Legacy USB Support USB Keyboard Legacy Support USB Mouse Legacy Support USB Storage Device Support Port 64 60 Emulation USB 2 0 Controller Mode BIOS Hand off USB Beep Message USB Stick Default Emulation USB Mass Storage Reset Delay 6 USB ports Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Enabled Disabled FullSpeed Enabled Enabled Hard Disk 20 sec BIOS SET UP UTILITY BIOS SET UP UTILITY Keyboard Mouse Configuration Configure Remote Access type and parameters Boot up Num Lock Typematic Rate PS 2 Mouse Support On Fast Auto BIOS SET UP UTILITY Hardware Health Configuration H W Health Function Enabled Hardware Health Event Monitoring Board Temperature CPU Temperature VcoreA VcoreB 3 3 In 5 Vin Vbat XX XXX XX XXX 1 3xxV 1 0xxV 3 3xxV 4 8 5V 3 3xxV Remote Access Serial Port BIOS Update Disabled Disabled BIOS SET UP UTILITY Configure Watchdog Pa
340. y of the ultrasound system e Paying the costs for any alternations and modifications not specifically provided in the sales contract All electrical installation that are preliminary to the positioning of the equipment at the site prepared for the equipment must be performed by licensed electrical contractors Other connections between pieces of electrical equipment products involved and the accompanying electrical installations are highly sophisticated and special engineering competence is required All electrical work on these product must comply with the requirements of applicable electrical codes The purchaser of GE equipment must only utilize qualified personnel to perform electrical servicing on the equipment The desire to use a non listed or customer provided product or to place an approved product further from the system than the interface kit allows presents challenges to the installation team To avoid delays during installation such variances should be made known to the individuals or group performing the installation at the earliest possible date preferable prior to purchase The ultrasound suite must be clean proof to delivery of the machine Carpet is not recommended because it collects dust and creates static Potential sources of EMI electromagnetic interference should also be investigated before delivery Dirt static and EMI can negatively impact system Section 2 3 Facility Needs 2 7 GE HEALTHCARE DIRECTION 539414

Technical Publication Direction 5394141 Revision 1 GE Healthcare

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents